Hancock Whitney
Annual Report 2023

Download report
Get a demo

More annual reports from Hancock Whitney:

2023 Report
2022 Report
2021 Report
2020 Report
2019 Report

Peers and competitors of Hancock Whitney:

Allegiance Bancshares
Grupo Supervielle S.A.
Bank OZK
Pioneer Bancorp, Inc.
Renasant

Plain-text annual report

Hancock Whitney Corporation 2023 ANNUAL REPORT Earnings Per Share – Diluted $5.98 $5.22 $4.50 $3.72 ($0.54) 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Earnings Per Share – Diluted Adjusted PPNR(a) Total Loans (in millions) $5.98 (in billions) $641.1 $5.22 $21.2 $21.8 $21.1 $487.9 $491.2 $3.72 $537.6 $23.1 $635.7 $23.9 $4.50 ($0.54) 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total Loans Total Deposits Adjusted PPNR(a) (in billions) (in billions) (in millions) $21.2 $21.8 $21.1 $30.5 $537.6 $23.1 $641.1 $23.9 $635.7 $29.1 $29.7 $487.9 $491.2 $27.7 $23.8 2019 2019 2019 2020 2020 2020 2021 2021 2021 2022 2022 2022 2023 2023 2023 Total Deposits (in billions) $30.5 $29.1 $29.7 $27.7 $23.8 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 6 700 25 600 5 500 4 20 400 3 300 15 2 200 10 1 100 0 0 5 -1 0 25 700 35 600 20 30 500 25 400 15 20 300 10 200 15 100 10 5 0 5 0 0 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 Earnings Per Share – Diluted $5.98 $5.22 $4.50 $3.72 ($0.54) 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Earnings Per Share – Diluted Total Loans (in billions) $21.2 $21.8 $21.1 $5.22 $5.98 $23.1 $23.9 $4.50 $3.72 ($0.54) 2019 2019 2020 2020 2021 2021 2022 2022 2023 2023 Total Loans (in billions) $21.2 $21.8 $21.1 $23.1 $23.9 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 25 6 5 20 4 15 3 2 10 1 0 5 0 -1 25 20 15 10 5 0 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 700 600 35 500 30 400 25 300 20 200 15 100 0 10 5 0 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 Adjusted PPNR(a) (in millions) Hancock Whitney Corporation Financial Highlights $635.7 $641.1 $487.9 $491.2 $537.6 (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 2023 2022 INCOME STATEMENT DATA Net income Net interest income (TE)* 2019 Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (PPNR)(a) 2023 2020 2022 2021 COMMON SHARE DATA Earnings per share – diluted Tangible book value per share (period-end) Adjusted PPNR(a) Book value per share (period-end) (in millions) Total Deposits (in billions) $537.6 $30.5 Cash dividends per share $487.9 $491.2 Market data $641.1 $635.7 $29.1 $29.7 $27.7 High sales price $23.8 Low sales price Period-end closing price PERIOD-END BALANCE SHEET DATA Securities 2019 Loans 2020 2021 2022 2023 2019 Earning assets 2020 Total assets 2021 2022 2023 Total deposits Common stockholders’ equity Total Deposits (in billions) PERFORMANCE RATIOS $30.5 Return on average assets $27.7 $29.1 $29.7 $23.8 Return on average common equity Net interest margin (TE)* Efficiency ratio(b) Allowance for credit losses as percent of period-end loans Tangible common equity ratio(c) Return on average tangible common equity 2019 Leverage (Tier 1) ratio 2020 2021 2022 2023 Common equity tier 1 (CET1) ratio Total risk-based capital ratio $392,602 $524,089 $1,108,706 $1,060,351 $635,715 $641,145 $4.50 $44.05 $33.63 $1.20 $54.38 $31.02 $48.59 $5.98 $38.89 $28.29 $1.08 $59.82 $41.62 $48.39 $7,599,974 $8,408,536 $23,921,917 $23,114,046 $32,175,097 $31,873,027 $35,578,573 $35,183,825 $29,690,059 $29,070,349 $3,803,661 $3,342,628 1.10% 11.13% 3.34% 55.25% 1.41% 8.37% 14.97% 10.10% 12.33% 13.93% 1.49% 15.39% 3.26% 52.93% 1.48% 7.09% 21.07% 9.53% 11.41% 12.97% *Taxable equivalent (TE) amounts are calculated using a federal income tax rate of 21%. (a) Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (PPNR) is net interest income (TE) and noninterest income less noninterest expense and supplemental disclosure items. For reconciliation of this Non-GAAP financial measure, please refer to the 4Q23 earnings release found on investors.hancockwhitney.com. (b) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest income (TE) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items. For reconciliation of this Non-GAAP financial measure, please refer to the 4Q23 earnings release found on investors.hancockwhitney.com. (c) The tangible common equity ratio is common stockholders’ equity less intangible assets divided by total assets less intangible assets. To Our Shareholders: Guided by our mission, purpose, and core values, Hancock Whitney achieved remarkable financial results in 2023 during a still uncertain national economy—an accomplishment made possible because of our commitment to investing in people, technology, and marketing over the last several years. Despite headwinds from the rate environment and tumult in the banking industry earlier in the year, Hancock Whitney ended 2023 with strong capital, ample liquidity, a seasoned and diversified deposit base, and solid allowance for credit losses. We completed a securities portfolio restructure, deleveraging our balance sheet and reinvesting in higher-yielding securities to support net interest income going forward. Loans grew 3% in 2023, funded by both deposit growth and cash flows from our securities portfolio. Our asset quality metrics, including criticized commercial to total commercial loans and total nonaccrual loans, remained at or near historically low levels throughout the year. Fee income, excluding supplemental disclosure items* from the fourth quarter, experienced growth each quarter of 2023, which we attribute to the efforts of our dedicated associates. As we look toward celebrating in October our 125th year of operating under the charter our founders established in 1899, we believe 2023 financial performance, proven resilience over the past century, and solid, prudent strategies to sustain our trademark strength and stability position us to stay strong and serve clients and communities in any economy. Looking to 2024 We expect 2024 to be another year of potential macro environment challenges; but we also anticipate carrying our 2023 momentum into 2024. We have updated our three-year Corporate Strategic Objectives (CSOs). These CSOs are our board-approved targets for operating the company over the next three years. They are key to every decision we make and reviewed annually. Current Corporate Strategic Objectives (CSOs) 3-Year Objective (4Q26)** 4Q23 Actual 2023 Actual Adjusted ROA* 1.30–1.50% 1.23% 1.27% TCE > 8% 8.37% 8.37% Adjusted ROTCE* > 18% 16.43% 17.24% Efficiency Ratio < 55% 55.58% 55.25% *For additional information and non-GAAP reconciliations, please refer to the 4Q23 earnings release found on investors.hancockwhitney.com. **Assumes Federal Funds Rates at approximately 4% for 2026. Our guidance for 2024 takes into account the near-term economy, a stance we believe is similar to others in our industry. Loan growth projections reflect lower demand because of current higher interest rates, but we do expect loan growth to accelerate in the second half of the year as rates begin to soften. We have shifted our focus from loan-only relationships to more granular relationships, which we believe will create meaningful value in our balance sheet in 2024. Client deposit growth will remain a challenge in the first half of 2024, as clients are still rate-sensitive; but by continuing to leverage prudent pricing strategies, we believe we can maintain our stable deposit base and fund loan growth next year with deposit growth. As we move into 2024, we believe we will continue to grow fee income despite continued external economic and regulatory influences. The rate environment still poses a challenge to net interest and fee income, but we are confident we can achieve our targeted results. Proposed regulatory changes may put pressure on a number of deposit fees, but we remain focused on expanding other business lines to offset their potential impact. We continue to develop Small Business Administration (SBA) fee income, wealth, investments and annuity income, and secondary mortgage fee production. Inflationary pressures continue to impact the company, leading us to expect increased noninterest expenses in 2024. We anticipate, however, that the growth rate of noninterest expenses in 2024 will be lower than the growth rate in 2023, excluding the impact of the FDIC special assessment in the fourth quarter*. Expense management is a core competency of our company, and we have deployed new technology and a strategic procurement group to help us drive efficiencies and achieve our expense goals. We believe our results for 2023 reflect a company positioned well for today’s economic environment: Solid capital levels; built capital in 2023 and remain well- capitalized including all unrealized losses De-risked balance sheet, successful securities portfolio restructuring, and balance sheet deleverage Stable, seasoned, diversified deposits; ability to organically grow deposits Credit metrics at or near historic lows; maintained a robust allowance for credit losses We have proven our ability to proactively manage expenses, with a focus on technology improvements, automation, and strategic procurement Exceptional, dedicated, committed team of associates 1 Quarterly Dividend Increase Recognitions and Accolades In January 2023, the company’s board of directors approved an increase of $0.03, or 11%, on the Hancock Whitney Corporation quarterly dividend payment, which brought the payment to $0.30 per common share held. We are very proud to have paid an uninterrupted quarterly dividend since 1967 and are pleased we could increase this payment to our shareholders. Additionally, the board of directors authorized a stock buyback program that allows the company, from time to time, to purchase up to 4,297,000 share of its outstanding stock. To date, the company has not repurchased shares under this program. The stock buyback program expires on December 31, 2024. Financial Snapshot December 31, 2023 • 182 financial centers • 225 ATMs • Total Assets: $35.6 Billion • Total Loans: $23.9 Billion • Total Deposits: $29.7 Billion • Market Capitalization: $4.2 Billion • Net Income: $392.6 Million • Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (PPNR)*: $635.7 Million • Tangible common equity (TCE) ratio ** 8.37% • Common equity tier 1 (CET1) ratio 12.33% • Full Time Equivalent associates: Approximately 3,600 • Earned 241 Greenwich Excellence Awards and Best Brands Awards for top client service since 2005 • Recognized by J.D. Power with the highest ranking for client satisfaction in retail banking for the South Central Region in the 2023 U.S. Retail Banking Satisfaction Report • Moody’s long-term issuer rating: Baa3; outlook stable • S&P long-term issuer rating: BBB; outlook stable *For additional information and non-GAAP reconciliations, please refer to the 4Q23 earnings release found on investors.hancockwhitney.com. **The tangible common equity ratio is common stockholders’ equity less intangible assets divided by total assets less intangible assets. 2 Each day, Hancock Whitney associates demonstrate the core values that guide how the company does business. Their efforts to provide 5-star service to clients and communities regularly earn the organization national, regional, and local recognition as a financially sound institution and trusted financial and community partner. In 2023, the company earned these business and community accolades: • BauerFinancial, Inc., a leading national independent bank rating and analysis firm, recommended Hancock Whitney as one of America’s strongest, safest financial institutions for the 137th consecutive quarter, as of the quarter ending September 30, 2023. • Forbes tapped Hancock Whitney as one of “America’s Best Banks” for the second year in a row. • Readers of New Orleans CityBusiness, a regional business news publication, voted Hancock Whitney as the top winner in the “Best Bank” category for 2023. • The Mississippi Gulf Coast community voted Hancock Whitney the “Best Bank—Gold Winner” in the 2023 Best of Coastal Mississippi Awards, a special edition of The Sun Herald, the region’s primary print and online news source. Greenwich Excellence Awards Greenwich Associates selects winners in various categories to recognize the best of the best among banks bringing quality service to clients. In 2023, Hancock Whitney received 13 Greenwich Awards. Hancock Whitney has earned a grand total of 241 Greenwich Awards, with 26 Best Brand Awards since 2013 and 215 Excellence Awards since 2005. Excellence Awards — U.S. Middle Market Banking • Overall Satisfaction • Overall Satisfaction – South • RM Proactively Provides Advice – South • Cash Management – Overall Satisfaction • Cash Management – Overall Satisfaction – South Excellence Awards — U.S. Small Business Banking • Likelihood to Recommend • Likelihood to Recommend - South • Overall Satisfaction • Overall Satisfaction - South • Cash Management – Overall Satisfaction • Cash Managewment – Overall Satisfaction – South Best Brand Awards — U.S. Small Business Banking • Best Brand – Ease of Doing Business • Best Brand – Values Long-Term Relationships Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion in Action Corporate Internship Program In 2023, the company’s Corporate Internship Program (CIP) welcomed 18 interns to 13 departments in four markets across the company. The goal of the program is to shape and support inclusive future leaders of the company. Interns represented a broad mix of cultures, ethnicities, hometowns, colleges and universities, and majors and experiences. Highlights of this year’s cohort are beta- testing the mentorship platform Chronus, the Lunch Lead Up Series, a diversity learning experience at the Museum of the Southern Jewish Experience in New Orleans, a financial learning event, a day of community service with the Trinity Community Center Summer Olympic Games in New Orleans, an inclusive leadership panel, and a final project. This year, the company launched several Associate Resource Groups (ARGs), with more ARGs expected in 2024. ARGs are voluntary, associate-led groups created based on associate feedback to promote connection, community, and inclusion in the workplace. ARGs offer associates opportunities for networking, professional development, and raising awareness of relevant issues. All associates are able to join any or all ARGs, regardless of how an associate self-identifies. SheConnects, which made company history as the first ARG to meet, intends to create an environment that allows women to connect with, learn from, and uplift each other. Able, established to connect individuals with disabilities (IWD) and caretakers supporting those living with disabilities, kicked off in August with discussions about ways to ensure inclusivity for people with all abilities. Black Professionals Collaborative (BPC) focuses on professional growth, development, and networking opportunities for African American/Black associates and provides platforms to share experiences, advocate for one another, and enhance the associate experience. Commitment to Service Giving back and paying it forward are important ideals we hold dear—principles central to our company since we were founded. We believe in volunteering our time, talent, energy, and enthusiasm to make a difference in the communities where we work and live. Community Connection, our associate volunteer program, offers associates one paid day each year to volunteer in their communities. In 2023, associates made the following contributions: • 6,500+ volunteer hours • 650+ organizations served • 340+ nonprofit board positions held by associates For the sixth consecutive year, Hancock Whitney awarded competitive grants through its Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) program to nonprofits serving the Gulf South region. In 2023, the company awarded grants totaling $250,000 to 25 nonprofit organizations promoting financial, physical, and/or mental health for vulnerable communities by alleviating health disparities or providing socioeconomic support. SheConnects associate members assisted with serving food to the homeless, homebound, and needy of the Gulfport, Mississippi, area through the local organization Feed My Sheep. The “She Is” campaign is a partnership between Hancock Whitney and The Times-Picayune | The New Orleans Advocate, The Advocate, and The Acadiana Advocate to curate and share stories about accomplished Gulf South women and celebrate the many ways women impact the communities we serve. Eligible nominees are women who are inspiring, growing, and uplifting our communities through their dedication and service. 12.9M Women-owned businesses in the U.S. 1,200 New businesses launched by women every day $7.6T Contributed by women to the U.S. GDP 72% of Millennial women are their household’s primary financial decision-maker. 3 Honoring Our Founders Hancock Whitney embraces a lifelong learning philosophy for financial education. Each October, we celebrate Hancock Whitney Founders Month to highlight our focus on financial education for all ages and encourage associates to share their expertise to help young people and adults learn the value of good financial habits at every stage of life. During National Financial Literacy Month in April, we encourage associates to share their financial know-how with local schools and organizations. During the 30-day period in 2023, associates volunteered for 77 financial education activities supporting 28 different organizations and benefitting more than 2,000 people. Throughout the year, Hancock Whitney’s programs help empower our communities to achieve financial prosperity and secure strong financial futures. Because we strive to increase homeownership rates within our communities, our Plan Your Way Home homebuyer assistance program provides financial support and guidance through the entire home buying process, access to HUD-approved Homebuyer Education, and access to state and local mortgage assistance. We are keenly aware that small businesses are the lifeblood of our communities. Hancock Whitney Small Business Matters entrepreneurship program helps minority- and women-owned businesses gain essential skills and knowledge to stimulate business growth and success. Regular workshops, seminars, and educational resources promote financial empowerment in communities and underserved areas. Additionally, our workforce development partnerships play a pivotal role in opening opportunities for individuals to build professional skills and enhance career readiness. Growing With Our Communities As the company grows and people’s preferences for banking conveniences change, we continuously assess our service network and on-site financial service options, including traditional lobby banking, drive-up lanes and ATMS, and night depositories. As part of our commitment to our clients and as investments in our communities, Hancock Whitney celebrated grand openings of new financial centers in Florida and Texas — the “bookend states” of our business footprint. A newly relocated, modern facility enhances accessibility for clients in Niceville, Florida. About 800 miles west, Hancock Whitney opened our first San Antonio, Texas, location. Hancock Whitney associates and community leaders of San Antonio celebrated the grand opening of the company’s western-most financial center. Additionally, one of our Mississippi Pine Belt financial centers relocated to a larger, multifunctional facility in Hattiesburg, Mississippi at Southern Pointe, featuring an innovative layout representing Hancock Whitney’s “financial center of the future.” These new locations signal organic growth opportunities for our company across the Gulf South. Celebrating a Successful Year Together We are very pleased with Hancock Whitney’s success in 2023 and, again, express sincere appreciation to our clients, communities, and associates. Together, we can continue creating opportunities that help dreams come true for people in the communities we serve. On behalf of our board of directors, executive management, and more than 3,600 associates, we thank you, our shareholders, for your confidence in Hancock Whitney Corporation. With gratitude, John M. Hairston President & CEO 4 Table of Contents IRA UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D. C. 20549 FORM 10-K ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 OR ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 Commission file number 001-36872 HANCOCK WHITNEY CORPORATION (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Mississippi (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) Hancock Whitney Plaza, 2510 14th Street, Gulfport, Mississippi (Address of principal executive offices) 64-0693170 (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) 39501 (Zip Code) (228) 868-4727 Registrant’s telephone number, including area code Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of Each Class Common Stock, par value $3.33 per share 6.25% Subordinated Notes Trading Symbol HWC HWCPZ Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE Name of Exchange on Which Registered The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer small reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “ large accelerated filer” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act: ☒ Large accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was $3.3 billion based upon the closing market price on NASDAQ on June 30, 2023. For purposes of this calculation only, shares held by nonaffiliates are deemed to consist of (a) shares held by all shareholders other than directors and executive officers of the registrant plus (b) shares held by directors and officers as to which beneficial ownership has been disclaimed. On January 31, 2024, the registrant had 86,347,503 shares of common stock outstanding. Accelerated filer Smaller reporting company ☐ ☐ DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “the Commission”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report. Table of Contents Hancock Whitney Corporation Form 10-K Index PART I ITEM 1. ITEM 1A. ITEM 1B. ITEM 1C. ITEM 2. ITEM 3. ITEM 4. PART II ITEM 5. ITEM 6. ITEM 7. ITEM 7A. ITEM 8. ITEM 9. ITEM 9A. ITEM 9B. ITEM 9C. PART III ITEM 10. ITEM 11. ITEM 12. ITEM 13. ITEM 14. PART IV ITEM 15. ITEM 16 BUSINESS RISK FACTORS UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS CYBERSECURITY PROPERTIES LEGAL PROCEEDINGS MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES RESERVED MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES OTHER INFORMATION DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES FORM 10-K SUMMARY 6 24 37 37 38 39 39 40 41 42 80 81 141 141 141 141 142 142 142 142 142 143 146 Table of Contents Entities: Hancock Whitney Corporation Glossary of Defined Terms Hancock Whitney Corporation – a financial holding company registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission Hancock Whitney Bank – a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hancock Whitney Corporation through which Hancock Whitney Corporation conducts its banking operations Hancock Whitney Investment Services – a wholly owned subsidiary of Hancock Whitney Corporation, through which Hancock Whitney Corporation conducts limited broker-dealer services Company – Hancock Whitney Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries Parent – Hancock Whitney Corporation, exclusive of its subsidiaries Bank – Hancock Whitney Bank Other Terms: ACL – Allowance for credit losses AFS – Available for sale securities AMERIBOR -American Interbank Offered Rate; benchmark interest rate based on an overnight unsecured loans transacted on the American Financial Exchange AOCI – Accumulated other comprehensive income or loss ALCO – Asset Liability Management Committee ALLL – Allowance for loan and lease losses ARG – Associate resource groups ARRC – Alternative reference rate committee ASC – Accounting standards codification ASR– Accelerated share repurchase ASU– Accounting standards update ATM – Automated teller machine Basel III - Basel Committee's 2010 Regulatory Capital Framework (Third Accord) Beta – amount by which loan yields or deposit cost change in response to movement in market rates BOLI – Bank-owned life insurance bp(s) – basis point(s) C&I – Commercial and industrial loans CAMT – Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax CARES Act- Coronavirus Aid Relief and Economic Security Act CD – Certificate of deposit CDE – Community development entity CECL – Current Expected Credit Losses CEO – Chief Executive Officer CFPB – Consumer Financial Protection Bureau CFO – Chief Financial Officer CISO – Chief Information Security Officer CME – Chicago Mercantile Exchange CMO – Collateralized mortgage obligation Core client deposits – total deposits excluding public funds and brokered deposits Core deposits – total deposits excluding certificates of $250,000 or more and brokered deposits Coronavirus – The novel coronavirus declared a pandemic during the first quarter of 2020, resulting in prolonged market disruptions COSO – Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission COVID-19 – disease caused by the novel coronavirus CRA – Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 1 Table of Contents CRE – Commercial real estate CET1 – Common equity tier 1 capital as defined by Basel III capital rules DEI – Diversity, equity and inclusion DIF – Deposit Insurance Fund Dodd-Frank Act – The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act ERM – Enterprise risk management ESG – Environmental, Social and Governance; term used in discussion of risks and corporate policies related to those items EVE – Economic Value of Equity Excess Liquidity – deposits held at the Federal Reserve above normal cash flows levels FASB – Financial Accounting Standards Board FDIC – Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation FDICIA – Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 Federal Reserve Board – The 7-member Board of Governors that oversees the Federal Reserve System, establishes monetary policy (interest rates, credit, etc.), and monitors the economic health of the country. Its members are appointed by the President, subject to Senate confirmation, and serve 14-year terms. Federal Reserve System – The 12 Federal Reserve Banks, with each one serving member banks in its own district. This system, supervised by the Federal Reserve Board, has broad regulatory powers over the money supply and the credit structure. They implement the policies of the Federal Reserve Board and also conduct economic research. FFIEC – Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council FHA – Federal Housing Administration FHLB – Federal Home Loan Bank GAAP – Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America HTM – Held to maturity securities ICS – Insured cash sweep IRA of 2022 – Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 IRR – Interest rate risk IRS – Internal Revenue Service IT – Information Technology LIBOR – London Interbank Offered Rate LIHTC – Low income housing tax credit LTIP – Long-term incentive plan MBS – Mortgage-backed securities MD&A – Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations MDBCF – Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance MEFD – reportable modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty as defined by ASC 326 effective January 1, 2023 NAICS – North American Industry Classification System NII – Net interest income n/m – not meaningful NOL – Net operating loss NSF – Nonsufficient funds OCI – Other comprehensive income or loss OD – Overdraft ORE – Other real estate defined as foreclosed and surplus real estate PCD – Purchased credit deteriorated loans, as defined by ASC 326 PPNR – Pre-provision net revenue, a non-GAAP measure Reference rate reform – Refers to the global transition away from LIBOR and other interbank offered rates toward new reference rates that are more reliable and robust Repos – Securities sold under agreements to repurchase SBA – Small Business Administration 2 Table of Contents SBIC – Small Business Investment Company SEC – U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Securities Act – Securities Act of 1933, as amended Short-term Investments – the sum of Interest-bearing bank deposits and Federal funds sold SOFR – Secured Overnight Financing Rate Supplemental disclosure items – certain highlighted significant items that are outside of our principal business and/or are not indicative of forward-looking trends. TDR – Troubled debt restructuring (as defined in ASC 310-40) TSR – Total shareholder return te – taxable equivalent adjustment, or the term used to indicate that a financial measure is presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis USA Patriot Act – Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 U.S. Treasury – The United States Department of the Treasury VERIP – Voluntary Early Retirement Incentive Program Volcker Rule – Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable 3 Table of Contents PART I FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning and protections of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements we make in this annual report are set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other reports or documents that we file from time to time with the SEC and include, but are not limited to, the following: • • • • • general economic and business conditions in our local markets, including conditions affecting employment levels, interest rates, inflation, supply chains, the threat of recession, volatile equity capital markets, property and casualty insurance costs, collateral values, customer income, creditworthiness and confidence, spending and savings that may affect customer bankruptcies, defaults, charge-offs and deposit activity; and the impact of the foregoing on customer and client behavior (including the velocity and levels of deposit withdrawals and loan repayment); adverse developments in the banking industry highlighted by high-profile bank failures and the potential impact of such developments on customer confidence, liquidity and regulatory responses to these developments (including increases in the cost of our deposit insurance assessments), the Company's ability to effectively manage its liquidity risk and any growth plans, and the availability of capital and funding; balance sheet and revenue growth expectations may differ from actual results; the risk that our provision for credit losses may be inadequate or may be negatively affected by credit risk exposure; loan growth expectations; • management’s predictions about charge-offs; • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • fluctuations in commercial and residential real estate values, especially as they relate to the value of collateral supporting the Company's loans; the risk that our enterprise risk management framework may not identify or address risks adequately, which may result in unexpected losses; the impact of future business combinations upon our performance and financial condition including our ability to successfully integrate the businesses; deposit trends, including growth, pricing and betas; credit quality trends; changes in interest rates, including actions by the Federal Reserve Board; the impact of reference rate reform; net interest margin trends, including the impact of changes in interest rates; changes in the cost and availability of funding due to changes in the deposit and credit markets; success of revenue-generating and cost-reducing initiatives; future expense levels; changes in expense to revenue (efficiency ratio), including the risk that we may not realize and/or sustain benefits from our efficiency and growth initiatives or that we may not be able to realize cost savings or revenue benefits in the time period expected, which could negatively affect our future profitability; the effectiveness of derivative financial instruments and hedging activities to manage risks; risks related to our reliance on third parties to provide key components of our business infrastructure, including the risks related to disruptions in services or financial difficulties of a third-party vendor; risks related to potential claims, damages, penalties, fines and reputational damage resulting from pending or future litigation, regulatory proceedings or enforcement actions; risks related to the ability of our operational framework to manage risks associated with our business such as credit risk and operation risk, including third-party vendors and other service providers, which could among other things, result in a breach of operating or security systems as a result of a cyber-attack or similar acts; the extensive use, reliability, disruption, and accuracy of the models and data upon which we rely; risks related to our implementation of new lines of business, new products and services, new technologies, and expansion of our existing business opportunities; projected tax rates; 4 Table of Contents • • • • • • • • • • • • • future profitability; purchase accounting impacts, such as accretion levels; our ability to identify and address potential cybersecurity risks on our systems and/or third party vendors and service providers on which we rely, a failure of which could disrupt our business and result in the disclosure of and/or misuse or misappropriation of confidential or proprietary information, disruption or damage to our systems, increased costs, losses, or adverse effects to our reputation; our ability to receive dividends from Hancock Whitney Bank could affect our liquidity, including our ability to pay dividends or take other capital actions; the risk that we may be required to make substantial expenditures to keep pace with regulatory initiatives and the rapid technology changes in the financial services market; the impact on our financial results, reputation, and business if we are unable to comply with all applicable federal and state regulations or other supervisory actions or directives and any necessary capital initiatives; our ability to effectively compete with other traditional and non-traditional financial services companies, some of whom possess greater financial resources than we do or are subject to different regulatory standards; our ability to maintain adequate internal controls over financial reporting; the financial impact of future tax legislation; the effects of war or other conflicts, including Russia's military action in Ukraine and the Israel-Hamas war, acts of terrorism, climate change, natural disasters such as hurricanes, freezes, flooding, man-made disasters, such as oil spills in the Gulf of Mexico, health emergencies, epidemics or pandemics, or other catastrophic events that may affect general economic conditions and/or increase costs, including, but not limited to, property and casualty and other insurance costs; risks related to environmental, social and governance ("ESG") legislation, rulemaking, activism and litigation, the scope and pace of which could alter our reputation and shareholder, associate, customer and third-party affiliations; changes in laws and regulations affecting our businesses, including governmental monetary and fiscal policies, legislation and regulations relating to bank products and services, increased regulatory scrutiny resulting from bank failures, as well as changes in the enforcement and interpretation of such laws and regulations by applicable governmental and self-regulatory agencies, which could require us to change certain business practices, increase compliance risk, reduce our revenue, impose additional costs on us, or otherwise negatively affect our businesses; and the risk that the regulatory environment may not be conducive to or may prohibit the consummation of future mergers and/or business combinations, may increase the length of time and amount of resources required to consummate such transactions, and the potential to reduce anticipated benefits from such mergers or combinations. Also, any statement that does not describe historical or current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “forecast,” “goals,” “targets,” “initiatives,” “focus,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could.” Forward-looking statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management and on information currently available to management. Our statements speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update these statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new information or future events. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those expressed in the Company’s forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those risk factors outlined in Item 1A. “Risk Factors.” You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We do not intend, and undertake no obligation, to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of differences in actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting such statements, except as required by law. 5 Table of Contents ITEM 1. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION Hancock Whitney Corporation (the “Company”) is registered with the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company and has elected to be treated as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company provides comprehensive financial services through its bank subsidiary, Hancock Whitney Bank (the “Bank”), a Mississippi state bank, and other nonbank affiliates. Our principal executive offices are located at 2510 14th Street, Gulfport, Mississippi, 39501, and our telephone number is (800) 522-6542. Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “HWC.” At December 31, 2023, our balance sheet totaled $35.6 billion, with loans of $23.9 billion and deposits of $29.7 billion. NATURE OF BUSINESS AND MARKETS The Bank offers a broad range of traditional and online banking services to commercial, small business and retail customers, providing a variety of transaction and savings deposit products, treasury management services, secured and unsecured loan products (including revolving credit facilities), letters of credit and similar financial guarantees. The Bank provides trust and investment management services to retirement plans, corporations and individuals and provides its customers access to investment advisory and brokerage products. We offer other services through bank and nonbank subsidiaries. The Bank’s subsidiaries Hancock Whitney Equipment Finance, LLC and Hancock Whitney Equipment Finance and Leasing, LLC, provide commercial finance products to middle market and corporate clients, including leases and related structures. We have other subsidiaries of the bank for purposes such as facilitating investments in new market tax credit activities and holding certain foreclosed assets. Our holding company's nonbank subsidiary, Hancock Whitney Investment Services, Inc., provides customers access to fixed annuity and life insurance products, investment advisory services and also participates in select underwriting transactions, primarily for banking clients. We operate primarily in the Gulf South region of the U.S., comprised of southern and central Mississippi; southern and central Alabama; southern, central and northwest Louisiana; the northern, central, and panhandle regions of Florida; and certain areas of east and northeast Texas, including the Houston, Beaumont, Dallas, Austin and San Antonio areas, among others. We also operate combined loan and deposit production offices in the metropolitan areas of Nashville, Tennessee and Atlanta, Georgia. At December 31, 2023, we had 182 banking locations and 225 ATMs across our footprint. Our operating strategy is to provide customers with the financial sophistication and range of products of a regional bank, while successfully retaining the commercial appeal and level of service of a community bank. Our priority is to continue to grow revenue in our existing markets with controlled expenses while providing five-star service through enhanced technology and processes that make banking simpler for our clients. We have and will continue to invest in promoting new and enhanced products that contribute to the goals of continuing to diversify our sources of revenue from both new and existing clients. We also continue to evaluate future acquisition opportunities that have the potential to increase shareholder value, provided overall economic conditions and our capital levels would support such a transaction. Additional information regarding the Company and the Bank is available at investors.hancockwhitney.com. Loan Production, Underwriting Standards and Credit Review The Bank’s primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer and real estate loans to consumers, small and middle market businesses, and corporate clients in the markets and sectors served by the Bank. We seek to provide quality loan products that are attractive to the borrower and profitable to the Bank. We look to build strong, profitable client relationships over time and maintain a strong presence and position of influence in the communities we serve. Through our relationship-based approach, we have developed a deep knowledge of our customers and the markets in which they operate. We continually work to ensure a consistent lending process across our banking footprint, to strengthen the underwriting criteria we employ to evaluate new loans and loan renewals, and to diversify our loan portfolio in terms of type, industry and geographical concentration. We believe that these measures position the Bank to meet the credit needs of businesses and consumers in the markets we serve while pursuing a balanced strategy of loan profitability, growth and credit quality. The following describes the underwriting procedures of the lending function and presents our principal categories of loans. The results of our lending activities and the relative risk of the loan portfolio are discussed in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” 6 Table of Contents The Bank has a set of loan policies, underwriting standards and key underwriting functions designed to achieve a consistent lending and credit review approach. Our underwriting standards address the following criteria:         collateral requirements; guarantor requirements (including policies on financial statements, tax returns, and guarantees); requirements regarding appraisals and their review; loan approval hierarchy; standard consumer and small business credit scoring underwriting criteria (including credit score thresholds, maximum maturity and amortization, loan-to-value limits, global debt service coverage, and debt to income limits); commercial real estate and commercial and industrial underwriting guidelines (including minimum debt service coverage ratio, maximum amortization, minimum equity requirements, and maximum loan-to-value ratios); lending limits; and credit approval authorities. Additionally, our loan concentration policy sets limits and manages our exposures within specified concentration tolerances, including those to particular borrowers, foreign entities, industries, and property types for commercial real estate. This policy sets standards for portfolio risk management and reporting, monitoring of large borrower concentration limits and systematic tracking of large commercial loans and our portfolio mix. We continually monitor our concentration of commercial real estate, healthcare, shared national credits, leveraged loans and energy-related loans to ensure the mix is consistent with our risk tolerance. In addition, we also employ enhanced due diligence on select customers, portfolios, industry sectors and concentrations as economic, weather or other risk events occur to ensure alignment between credit risk appetite and concentration risk management. Information related to our loan portfolio concentrations is presented in Table 12, "Commercial and Industrial Loans by Industry Concentration" and Table 13, "Commercial Real Estate-Income Producing and Construction by Property Type Concentration" in Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Our underwriting process is structured to require oversight that is proportional to the size and complexity of the lending relationship. We delegate designated regional managers, relationship managers, and credit officers loan authority that can be utilized to approve credit commitments for a single borrowing relationship. The limit of delegated authority is based upon the experience, skill and training of the relationship manager or credit officer. Certain types and sizes of loans and relationships must be approved by either one of the Bank’s centralized underwriting units or by Regional or Senior Regional Commercial Credit Officers, either individually or jointly with another member of the Executive Credit Officer group, depending upon the overall size of the borrowing relationship. Loans are underwritten in accordance with the underwriting standards and loan policies of the Bank. Loans are underwritten primarily on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make timely debt service payments, and secondarily on collateral value. Generally, real estate secured loans and mortgage loans are made when the borrower produces evidence of the ability to make timely debt service payments along with appropriate equity investment in the property. Appropriate and regulatory compliant third party valuations are required at the time of origination for real estate secured loans. The following briefly describes the composition of our loan portfolio by segment: Commercial and industrial The Bank offers a variety of commercial loan services to a diversified customer base over a range of industries, including wholesale and retail trade in various durable and nondurable products, manufacturing of such products, financial and professional services, healthcare services, marine transportation and maritime construction, and energy, among others. Commercial and industrial loans are made available to businesses for working capital (including financing of inventory and receivables), business expansion, to facilitate the acquisition of a business, and for the purchase of equipment and machinery, including equipment leasing, among other items. Commercial non-real estate loans may be secured by the assets being financed or other tangible or intangible business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, enterprise value or commodity interests, and may incorporate a personal or corporate guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis, including a relatively small portfolio of corporate credit cards, generally issued as a part of overall customer relationships. Asset-based loans, such as accounts receivables and business inventory secured loans, may have limits on borrowing that are based on the collateral values. Our source of repayment for asset-based loans is generally the conversion of those assets to cash and may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers. Commercial real estate – owner occupied loans consist of commercial mortgages on properties where repayment is generally dependent on the cash flow from the ongoing operations and activities of the borrower. Like commercial non-real estate, these loans 7 Table of Contents are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower, but also have the added strength of the value of underlying real estate collateral. Commercial real estate – income producing Commercial real estate – income producing loans consist of loans secured by commercial mortgages on properties where the loan is made to real estate developers or investors and repayment is dependent on the sale, refinance or income generated from the operation of the property. Properties financed include retail, office, multifamily, senior housing, hotel/motel, skilled nursing facilities and other commercial properties. Repayment of commercial real estate – income producing loans is generally dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the commercial real estate – income producing portfolios are diverse in terms of type and geographic location. We monitor and evaluate these loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. Past experience has shown that commercial real estate conditions can be volatile, particularly during economic downturns, so we actively monitor concentrations within this portfolio segment, among others. Construction and land development Construction and land development loans are made to facilitate the acquisition, development, improvement and construction of both commercial and residential-purpose properties. Such loans are generally made to builders and investors where repayment is expected to be made from the sale, refinance or operation of the property or to businesses to be used in their operations. Acquisition and development loans are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis of real estate absorption and lease rates, and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally based upon cost estimates, the amount of sponsor equity investment, and the projected value of the completed project. The Bank monitors the construction process to mitigate or identify risks as they arise. Construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment largely dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of construction loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term lenders, sales of developed property, or an interim loan commitment from the Bank until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are typically closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions, and the availability of long-term financing to repay the construction loan in full. Owner occupied loans for the development and improvement of real property to commercial customers to be used in their business operations are underwritten subject to normal commercial and industrial credit standards and are generally subject to project tracking processes, similar to those required for commercial real estate – income producing loans. This portfolio also includes residential construction loans and loans secured by raw land not yet under development. Residential Mortgages Residential mortgages consist of closed-end loans secured by first liens on 1- 4 family residential properties. The portfolio includes both fixed and adjustable rate loans, although most longer-term, fixed-rate loans originated are generally sold in the secondary mortgage market, depending on current strategies. The sale of fixed-rate mortgage loans allows the Bank to manage the interest rate risks related to such lending operations. 8 Table of Contents Consumer Consumer loans include second lien mortgage home loans, home equity lines of credit and nonresidential consumer purpose loans. Nonresidential consumer loans include both direct and indirect loans. Direct nonresidential consumer loans are made to finance the purchase of personal property, including automobiles, recreational vehicles and boats, and for other personal purposes (secured and unsecured), and deposit account secured loans. Indirect nonresidential loans include automobile financing provided to the consumer through an agreement with automobile dealerships, though we are no longer engaged in this type of lending and the remaining portfolio continues to decline. Consumer loans also include a relatively small portfolio of credit card receivables issued on the basis of applications received through referrals from the Bank’s branches, online and other marketing efforts. The Bank approves consumer loans based on income and financial information submitted by prospective borrowers as well as credit reports collected from various credit agencies. Financial stability and credit history of the borrower are the primary factors the Bank considers in granting such loans. The availability of collateral and whether the borrower is located in the Bank’s primary market areas are also factors considered in making such loans. Securities Portfolio The investment portfolio primarily consists of U.S. agency debt securities, U.S. agency mortgage-related securities and obligations of states and municipalities classified as either available for sale or held to maturity. We consider the available for sale portfolio as one of many sources of liquidity available to fund our operations. Investments are made in accordance with an investment policy approved by the Board Risk Committee. Company policies generally limit investments to agency securities and municipal securities determined to be investment grade according to an internally generated score, which generally includes a rating of not less than “Baa” or its equivalent by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. The investment portfolio is tested monthly under multiple stressed interest rate scenarios, the results of which are used to manage our interest rate risk position. The rate scenarios include regulatory and management agreed upon instantaneous and ramped rate movements that may be up to plus or minus 500 basis points. The combined portfolio has a target effective duration of two to five and a half years. A significant portion of the securities portfolio is used to secure certain deposits and other liabilities requiring collateralization. We limit the percentage of securities that can be pledged in order to keep a portion of securities available to support liquidity. The securities portfolio can also be pledged to increase our line of credit available at the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Dallas and the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta. The investments subcommittee of the asset/liability committee (ALCO) is responsible for the oversight, monitoring and management of the investment portfolio. The investments subcommittee is also responsible for the development of investment strategies for the consideration and approval of ALCO, including purchases, sales, classification as either available for sale or held to maturity, and hedging activities. Final authority and responsibility for all aspects of the conduct of investment activities rests with the Board Risk Committee, all in accordance with the overall guidance and limitations of the investment policy. See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Enterprise Risk Management,” for further discussion. Deposits The Bank has several programs designed to attract deposit accounts from consumers and businesses at interest rates generally consistent with market conditions. Deposits are the most significant funding source for the Company’s interest-earning assets. Interest paid on deposits represents a significant component of our interest expense. Deposits are attracted principally from clients within our retail branch network through the offering of a broad array of deposit products to individuals and businesses, including noninterest- bearing demand deposit accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings accounts, money market deposit accounts, and time deposit accounts. Terms vary among deposit products with respect to commitment periods, minimum balances and applicable fees. Interest rates offered on interest-bearing deposits are determined based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to (1) interest rates offered in local markets by competitors, (2) current and expected economic conditions, (3) anticipated future interest rates, (4) the expected amount and timing of funding needs, and (5) the availability and cost of alternative funding sources. Deposit flows are generally controlled primarily through pricing, and to a lesser extent, through promotional activities. Deposit levels can also be, and in the past have been influenced by other factors such as inflows from government stimulus programs, general changes in consumer and business spending behavior, including those as a result of inflation and recessionary concerns, inflows from hurricane-related insurance proceeds, and customer confidence in the institution, among other things. Management believes that the rates that it offers on deposit accounts are generally competitive with other financial institutions in the Bank’s market areas. Client deposits are attractive sources of funding because of their stability and low relative cost. Deposits are regarded as an important part of the overall client relationship. We consider our deposit base to be seasoned, stable and well diversified. 9 Table of Contents The Bank also holds deposits of public entities. The Bank’s strategy for acquiring public funds, as with any type of deposit, is determined by ALCO’s funding and liquidity subcommittee while pricing strategies are determined by ALCO’s deposit pricing subcommittee. Typically, many public fund deposits are allocated based upon the rate of interest offered and the ability of a bank to provide collateralization. The Bank can influence the level of its public fund deposits through pricing decisions. Public deposits typically require the pledging of collateral, most commonly marketable securities and Federal Home Loan Bank letters of credit. This is taken into account when determining the level of interest to be paid on public deposits. The pledging of collateral, monitoring and management reporting represents additional operational requirements for the Bank. Public fund deposits are more volatile than other core deposits because they tend to be price sensitive and have large balances. Public funds are only one of many possible sources of liquidity that the Bank has available to draw upon as part of its liquidity funding strategy as set by ALCO. Brokered deposits, including time deposits and money market accounts, totaled $590 million at December 31, 2023. Brokered deposits are funds which the Bank obtains through deposit brokers who sell participations in a given bank deposit account or instrument to one or more investors. These brokered deposits are fully insured by the FDIC because they are participated out by the deposit broker in shares of $250,000 or less. Brokered deposit issuances are approved by ALCO as one component of its funding strategy to support ongoing asset growth until such time customer deposit growth ultimately replaces the brokered deposits. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), the Bank may continue to accept brokered deposits as long as it is either “well-capitalized” or “adequately-capitalized.” Trust Services The Bank, through its trust department, offers a full range of trust services on a fee basis. In its trust capacities, the Bank provides investment management services on an agency basis and acts as trustee for pension plans, profit sharing plans, corporate and municipal bond issues, living trusts, life insurance trusts and various other types of trusts created by or for individuals, businesses, and charitable and religious organizations. At December 31, 2023, the trust department of the Bank had approximately $31.9 billion of assets under administration, comprised of investment management and investment advisory agency accounts of $5.5 billion and other custody and safekeeping accounts of $9.7 billion, corporate trust accounts of $5.8 billion, and personal, employee benefit, estate and other trust accounts totaling $10.9 billion. HUMAN CAPITAL RESOURCES Our employees, whom we refer to as associates, are our most valuable asset. Associates are the collective face, voice and spirit of our organization. To the people and communities we serve, our associates are Hancock Whitney. Our century-old culture and core values are the consistent beacon that guides how our associates carry on our legacy with honor, integrity and service. Additionally, the policies and practices we define for associates further reinforce the founding principles fundamental to who we are and how we do business. The diversity of our associates makes us a stronger and more resilient company, one that fosters a culture of inclusion and belonging and one that supports our associates, clients, communities and shareholders in achieving their goals and dreams. We promise our associates an inclusive environment where they can grow, have a voice, and are important. We are committed to providing an associate experience and total rewards package that attracts, develops and retains top quality talent. We continually review and develop strategies that support the needs of our associates while balancing business needs. In 2023, the Company’s human capital strategy continued to focus on evolving to meet the ever-changing needs of our associates and supporting various initiatives to improve operations and overall efficiency while maintaining our commitment to our clients, communities and shareholders. A strong and impactful human capital program begins at the top. Our Board of Directors oversees our overall corporate strategy and sets the tone for our culture, values and high ethical standards, and through its Committees, holds management accountable for results. Beginning in 2021, the Board expanded the scope of our Compensation Committee beyond its traditional compensation-focused role to include oversight of all human capital management efforts within Hancock Whitney. Since this expansion, the Compensation Committee has been provided periodic updates on the Company's human capital management efforts, including talent acquisition and retention; talent and performance management; learning and development; total rewards; associate well-being; and diversity, equity and inclusion. In 2022, the Compensation Committee further strengthened its oversight of these areas through the implementation of a human capital management dashboard that it reviews periodically throughout the year. The dashboard includes a mixture of trending and point-in-time metrics designed to provide information and analysis of workforce demographics, talent acquisition, workforce stability and total rewards and associate programs. Workforce Demographics As of December 31, 2023, the Company had 3,591 full-time equivalent associates, predominately located in our core footprint of Mississippi, Louisiana, Alabama, Florida, Texas and Tennessee, compared to 3,627 associates as of December 31, 2022. Approximately 44% of associates were employed in Consumer Banking, 11% in Commercial Banking, 9% in Wealth Management, and 36% in Treasury, Operations, and Other Corporate Business & Administration, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, 10 Table of Contents approximately 68% of our associates self-identified as a female and approximately 29% self-identified as a person of color. In 2023, approximately 71% of our new hires self-identified as female and approximately 43% of new hires self-identified as people of color. Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) are fundamental to our purpose and essential to executing our mission. We pledge exceptional service to our clients and communities and believe our commitment to DEI further strengthens our ability to meet the needs of our associates, communities, clients and shareholders. Different perspectives, backgrounds, and experiences produce stronger teams and collaborative innovation resulting in improved overall organizational performance. This wider range of influence and diverse thought allows us to better serve the people and communities depending on us. Our commitment to DEI starts at the top of our organization, supported through oversight by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. Underscoring our ongoing commitment to a culture of inclusion and belonging, the Company established a DEI Council sponsored by the President and CEO in 2018, which consists of associates from a variety of locations, business segments, genders, races, ethnicities, tenures and experiences who work together as thought leaders to promote and foster an inclusive workplace culture that appreciates differences and values all perspectives. Additionally, the Company named a Director of DEI in 2020 to serve as a champion and dedicated resource to lead the organization’s DEI efforts. The Director of DEI and the Chief Human Resources Officer serve as chair and co-chair, respectively, of the DEI Council and partner with Company leaders on strategies to foster a diverse and inclusive workplace that attracts, develops and retains top talent, regardless of race, color, religious beliefs, national origin, ancestry, citizenship, sex, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity, marital status, age, disability, genetic information, protected veteran status or any other dimension of diversity. We monitor and track the progress of our efforts and regularly implement programs and practices to support a diverse and inclusive workplace. In 2023, we continued our efforts to build and attract a diverse workforce by cultivating new relationships, strengthening existing partnerships, and enhancing diverse recruiting efforts with key organizations. We were intentional with our campus recruiting, internship, and programming efforts across the footprint to expand our diverse talent pool. We continued efforts at historically black colleges and universities through funding of scholarships and programs to support Black students. Our recently revitalized corporate internship program continued to provide an inclusive experience that uniquely incorporates mentorship, financial literacy, community connection, and diversity learning opportunities across the organization and footprint. We proudly hosted the 2023 class of interns consisting of 56% females and 56% people of color, expanding our diverse pool of future talent and campus advocates. Additionally, we partnered with diverse external professional organizations such as Hispanic Chamber of Commerce, Gulf Coast Equality Council, and Families Helping Families and leveraged our associates for candidate referrals to expand our candidate pipeline. Further supporting, developing, and celebrating the existing workforce, associates are provided diversity education, experiences and resources to help inspire behaviors that contribute to an inclusive, high-performing culture in which all associates may thrive. The Company continues to enhance its diversity-learning opportunities with programs designed to listen and learn directly from the voices and experiences of our associates including Living Room Conversations, Cultural Tasting Series, Understanding Cultural Bias Training, and Associate Spotlights featuring New Associates, Women of Excellence, Random Acts of Kindness, and Living Our Core Values to help drive inclusive behaviors and inspire a growth mindset. In 2023, the Company introduced Associate Resource Groups (ARGs) with the aim of fostering community, connection, and inclusion. These voluntary ARGs, led by associates, serve as a platform for networking, participating in professional development, and raising awareness about relevant issues. By engaging with our ARGs, associates have the chance to learn, celebrate, and offer support to one another, ultimately contributing to the development of stronger teams, increased productivity, and a culture of innovation. Launched in March 2023, the SheConnects ARG strives to establish an environment that encourages women to connect, learn, and uplift one another. The Able ARG, introduced in August 2023, is dedicated to fostering unity, promoting meaningful conversations, and providing support for how to best serve the interests of individuals with disabilities and those caring for loved ones with disabilities. Additionally, we announced the Black/African American ARG and the Young Professional ARG, scheduled to launch in 2024. Total Rewards We strive to provide a comprehensive total rewards package that meets the various needs of our associates, including market- competitive pay and robust benefit options that attract and retain top talent. To ensure our total rewards programs remain competitive, we engage in nationally recognized third-party compensation and benefits surveys and utilize the expertise of an independent executive compensation firm, an outside benefits broker, and benefits consulting firms. These resources are used to objectively evaluate our compensation and benefits packages and benchmark them against industry peers and similarly situated organizations on an annual basis. 11 Table of Contents Our compensation philosophy is a performance-based strategy which aligns our programs with our business goals and objectives. Base salaries are established considering competitive market rates for specific roles as well as the experience and performance levels of our associates. The Company rewards associates for individual performance through merit-based compensation increases and provides additional opportunities for financial advancement through promotions and various incentive opportunities. We promote a pay-for-performance philosophy and motivate a majority of our associate population with incentive compensation designed to drive strategies, behaviors and business goals while effectively balancing risk and reward. We also use long-term incentive compensation to attract and retain top talent while keeping associates focused on long-term company performance, significant milestone achievements and creation of shareholder value. We recognize the well-being of our associates is critical to the success of the organization. We offer a competitive and comprehensive benefits program to support associates throughout all life stages. Our benefits include comprehensive health, dental, life and disability coverage that are funded in whole or in part by the Company, as well as a 401(k) plan featuring a company match of a dollar-for- dollar on the first one percent and 50 cents on the dollar on the next five percent of associate contributions and a fixed employer contribution of two percent of pay for associates who do not participate in our grandfathered pension program. We also provide our associates with programs and tools to support their overall well-being, including paid time off, personal health advocate, employee assistance, behavioral assistance and tuition reimbursement programs, as well as a range of resources to support the well-being of our associates and their families throughout the full spectrum of their lives and career journeys. Talent Acquisition, Development and Retention The Company is dedicated to attracting, developing and retaining exceptional talent and strives to keep associates motivated, rewarded and appreciated through our commitment to DEI, competitive total rewards packages and career development. Of the approximately 850 job requisitions filled in 2023, 33% were filled by internal associates. Approximately 9% of our workforce received a promotion in 2023, consisting of 78% females and 33% people of color. Recognizing the development of our associates is critical to our success, the Company invests in resources to ensure associates have access to the tools needed to do their jobs effectively and succeed within the organization, including technical, skills-based, management and leadership programs, as well as formal talent, performance management and succession planning processes. Through customized learning plans, associates are provided targeted resources to ensure they gain the knowledge and skills needed to successfully perform their duties in accordance with the Company’s practices. Associates also have access to a full suite of optional classes and self-directed resources to personalize career development and prioritize their unique needs and growth opportunities. Additionally, the Company supports the use of external resources such as professional conferences, specialized seminars, banking schools and other development and leadership programs to supplement associates’ professional development, and provides a tuition assistance program for those seeking to deepen their education at undergraduate and graduate levels. Health, Safety and Well-Being At Hancock Whitney, supporting the overall health, safety, and well-being of our associates are top priorities for the Company and some of the most valuable investments we make as a company. We are committed to providing robust, competitive benefits and programs that support associates in all aspects and stages of life. We continually explore opportunities for new or enhanced benefits and other programs to better support the overall well-being of our associates. Our benefits and programs are designed around five key pillars of well-being:      Physical: Maintaining a healthy and safe lifestyle Emotional: Reaching greater balance in mind and spirit Financial: Achieving financial goals and dreams Social: Connecting with others and community Career: Growing and developing a meaningful career Supplementing our various benefit plans and programs, the Hancock Whitney Associate Assistance Fund provides assistance for associates with personal and financial needs during times of unexpected or unavoidable emergencies or disasters. The fund is managed by the Gulf Coast Community Foundation and funded by contributions from the Company as well as associates, board members and partner organizations. Rooted in the Gulf South, our Company and associates are frequently impacted by hurricanes and other storms. We believe it is paramount to provide relief and recovery resources to help associates and their families remain safe and recover quickly when a storm 12 Table of Contents hits. Throughout the year, especially during hurricane season, we encourage associates to prepare for inclement weather and natural disasters. We provide associates with resources to prepare for and respond to emergencies, including the American Red Cross, Employee Assistance Program, and Hancock Whitney Associate Assistance Fund. We periodically prompt associates to review and update contact information and emergency contact information in our HR system to ensure that they receive Company communications and outreach during emergency situations. We remain committed to providing a safe, secure environment for our associates and clients. We continuously remind associates of their critical role in maintaining a safe and secure working environment. Trainings and communications are provided to educate and reinforce our safety and security protocols including safely accessing facilities and workspaces; safeguarding information and devices; and preventing, detecting, and reporting crimes and suspicious activities. Engagement We strive to create a culture of engagement where each associate knows they are important, valued, and can grow. We engage our associates through various channels including written, digital and face-to-face communications with targeted audiences ranging from all associates to core leaders, teams and one-on-ones. We encourage continuous open communication with our associates and leaders where input is welcomed through an environment of mutual respect and trust. We promote a workplace focused on gratitude and appreciation through our Value of You recognition program, Community Connection volunteer program as well as other associate campaigns throughout the year. We generally conduct associate engagement surveys on a biennial basis to measure our associates' connection and commitment to the Company and its goals. In 2022, we conducted an anonymous online associate engagement survey to measure associate engagement and collect associate feedback. During the survey, associates answered questions and provided comments to capture their feelings about the Company, leadership, and their team. The survey results indicated overall associate engagement compared favorably to peer benchmark comparisons for the financial services industry and our regional footprint. Using the results of the engagement survey, leaders are able to identify strengths and opportunities for growth within their teams as well as the overall organization to further strengthen our culture and better meet the needs of our associates. Open Communication Our Open Communication Policy cultivates a culture of open and honest communication between managers and associates as a day- to-day business practice. Managers set the tone of the workplace by welcoming input from associates in an environment of mutual respect and trust. We believe this process helps to define any issue and work toward resolving it in an informal manner. We encourage associates to work with their immediate managers to resolve questions, conflicts and disputes. If concerns involve the immediate manager, or if the issue has not been resolved appropriately, associates may escalate the issue to the next-level manager and ultimately Human Resources. Integrity in Action Upholding the core values of Honor & Integrity, Strength & Stability and Personal Responsibility and further protecting our clients, associates, and Company’s financial safety and soundness, our associates are expected to conduct business in a lawful, ethical and fair manner. All associates are strongly encouraged to report ethical concerns related to matters such as accounting, internal controls, auditing, discrimination, and harassment and/or violations or suspected violations of laws or regulations, our Code of Conduct, or other Company policies and procedures by clients, associates, or vendors. Integrity in Action, our whistleblower policy, provides our associates and others with a confidential method of reporting illegal, unethical, or unsafe activity. Administered through a third-party provider, the independent reporting service allows individuals to make reports confidentially by telephone or online 24 hours a day, seven days a week and allows for anonymous reports, if desired. All reports are investigated by Human Resources and/or Internal Audit and monitored through final disposition. Updates are provided to the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis. A copy of our Integrity in Action Whistleblower Policy is available under Governance Documents on our website, www.hancockwhitney.com. COMPETITION The financial services industry is highly competitive and may become more competitive as a result of recent and ongoing legislative, regulatory, and technological changes, as well as continued consolidation within the financial services industry and the addition of nontraditional competitors into our markets, including financial technology companies ("fintechs"). The traditional factors in the competition for deposits and loans are interest rates and fee structures associated with the various products offered. We also compete through the efficiency, quality and range of services and products we provide, as well as the convenience provided by an extensive network of customer access channels including local branch offices, ATMs, online and mobile banking, and telebanking centers. In attracting deposits and in our lending activities, we generally compete with other commercial banks, savings associations, credit 13 Table of Contents unions, mortgage banking firms, securities brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies, and other financial and non- financial institutions offering similar products. The continuing consolidation within the financial services industry is leading to larger, better capitalized and geographically diverse institutions with enhanced product and technology capabilities. In addition to competition from fintechs, certain technology companies are working to provide financial services directly to their customers. These nontraditional financial service providers have been successful in developing digital and other products and services that effectively compete with traditional banking services, but are in some cases subject to fewer regulatory restrictions than banks and bank holding companies, allowing them to operate with greater flexibility and lower cost structures. Further, bank failures, including failures in the first half of 2023, have and may in the future diminish public confidence in small and regional banks’ abilities to safeguard deposits in excess of federally insured limits, which could prompt customers to maintain their deposits with larger financial institutions. AVAILABLE INFORMATION We make available free of charge, on or through our investor relations website investors.hancockwhitney.com, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and other filings pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and amendments to such filings, as soon as reasonably practicable after each is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The SEC maintains a website that contains the Company’s reports, proxy statements, and the Company’s other SEC filings. The address of the SEC’s website is www.sec.gov. We include our website address throughout this filing only as textual references. The information contained on our website is not incorporated in this document by reference. Also available on our investor relations website are our corporate governance documents, including our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Ethics for Officers and Associates, Whistleblower Policy, Code of Ethics for Financial Officers, Code of Ethics for Directors and Committee Charting. These documents are also available in print to any shareholder who requests a copy. SUPERVISION AND REGULATION Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under federal and state law. This discussion is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions described below and is not intended to be an exhaustive description of the statutes or regulations applicable to the Company or the Bank or all aspects of those statutes and regulations. Changes in laws and regulations may alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationships of financial institutions. In addition, bank regulatory agencies may issue enforcement actions, policy statements, interpretive letters and similar written guidance applicable to the Company or the Bank. It cannot be predicted whether and in what form new laws and regulations, or interpretations thereof, may be adopted or the extent to which the business of the Company and the Bank may be affected thereby, but they may have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, and earnings. Supervision, regulation, and examination of the Company, the Bank, and our respective subsidiaries by the appropriate regulatory agencies, as described herein, are intended primarily for the protection of consumers, bank depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC, and the U.S. banking and financial system, rather than holders of our capital stock. 14 Table of Contents Bank Holding Company Regulation The Company is subject to extensive supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). We are required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports and such other information as the Federal Reserve may request. Ongoing supervision is provided through regular examinations by the Federal Reserve and other means that allow the regulators to gauge management’s ability to identify, assess and control risk in all areas of operations in a safe and sound manner and to ensure compliance with laws and regulations. The Company is subject to regulation by the State of Mississippi under its general business corporation laws, and to supervision by the Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance (the “MDBCF”). The Federal Reserve may also examine our non-bank subsidiaries. Various federal and state bodies regulate and supervise our brokerage, investment advisory and insurance agency operations. These include, but are not limited to, the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), federal and state banking regulators and various state regulators of insurance and brokerage activities. Violations of laws and regulations, or other unsafe and unsound practices, may result in regulatory agencies imposing fines or penalties, cease and desist orders, or taking other enforcement actions. Under certain circumstances, these agencies may enforce these remedies directly against officers, directors, employees and other parties participating in the affairs of a bank or bank holding company. Under federal and state laws and regulations pertaining to the safety and soundness of insured depository institutions, federal and state banking regulators have the authority to compel or restrict certain actions on our part if they determine that we have insufficient capital or other resources, or are otherwise operating in a manner that may be deemed to be inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices. Under this authority, our regulators can require us or our subsidiaries to enter into informal or formal supervisory agreements, including board resolutions, memoranda of understanding, written agreements and consent or cease and desist orders, pursuant to which we would be required to take identified corrective actions to address cited concerns and to refrain from taking certain actions. If we become subject to and are unable to comply with the terms of any future regulatory actions or directives, supervisory agreements, or orders, then we could become subject to additional, heightened supervisory actions and orders, possibly including consent orders, prompt corrective action restrictions and/or other regulatory actions, including prohibitions on the payment of dividends on our common stock and, if issued, preferred stock. If our regulators were to take such additional supervisory actions, then we could, among other things, become subject to significant restrictions on our ability to develop any new business, as well as restrictions on our existing business, and we could be required to raise additional capital, dispose of certain assets and liabilities within a prescribed period of time, or both. The terms of any such supervisory action could have a material negative effect on our business, reputation, operating flexibility, financial condition, and the value of our common stock and preferred stock, if issued. Activity Limitations. The Company is registered with the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company and has elected to be treated as a financial holding company under the BHC Act. Bank holding companies generally are limited to the business of banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be closely related to banking, or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Bank holding companies are prohibited from acquiring or obtaining control of more than five percent (5%) of any class of voting interests of any company that engages in activities other than those activities permissible for bank holding companies. Examples of activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be permissible are making, acquiring, brokering, or servicing loans; leasing personal property; providing certain investment or financial advice; performing certain data processing services; acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other insurance products in certain locations; securities brokerage; and performing certain insurance underwriting activities. The BHC Act does not place domestic geographic limits on permissible non-banking activities of bank holding companies. Even with respect to permissible activities, however, the Federal Reserve has the power to order a holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or its control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that continuation of such activity or control of such subsidiary would pose a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that holding company. As a financial holding company, we are permitted to engage directly or indirectly in a broader range of activities than those permitted for a bank holding company that has not elected to be a financial holding company. Financial holding companies may also engage in activities that are considered to be financial in nature, as well as those incidental or, if determined by the Federal Reserve, complementary to financial activities. If the Bank ceases to be “well capitalized” or “well managed” under applicable regulatory standards, or if the Bank receives a rating of less than satisfactory under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”), the Federal Reserve may, among other things, place limitations on our ability to conduct these broader financial activities or, if the deficiencies persist, require us to divest the banking subsidiary or the businesses engaged in activities permissible only for financial holding companies. As further described below, the Company and the Bank are each well-capitalized under applicable regulatory standards as of December 31, 2023, and the Bank has a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent CRA evaluation. 15 Table of Contents Source of Strength Obligations. A bank holding company such as us is required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary bank and to maintain resources adequate to support its bank. The term “source of financial strength” means the ability of a company, such as us, that directly or indirectly owns or controls an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, to provide financial assistance to such insured depository institution in the event of financial distress. The appropriate federal banking agency for the depository institution (in the case of the Bank, this agency is the FDIC) may require reports from us to assess our ability to serve as a source of strength and to enforce compliance with the source of strength requirements by requiring us to provide financial assistance to the Bank in the event of financial distress. If we were to enter bankruptcy or become subject to the orderly liquidation process established by the Dodd-Frank Act, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of the Bank would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee or the FDIC, as appropriate, and entitled to a priority of payment. In addition, the FDIC provides that any insured depository institution generally will be liable for any loss incurred by the FDIC in connection with the default of, or any assistance provided by the FDIC to, a commonly controlled insured depository institution. The Bank is an FDIC- insured depository institution and thus subject to these requirements. Acquisitions. The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve or waiver of such prior approval before it (1) acquires ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after such acquisition, such bank holding company will own or control more than five percent (5%) of any class of the voting shares of such bank, (2) acquires all of the assets of a bank, or (3) merges with any other bank holding company. In reviewing a proposed covered acquisition, among other factors, the Federal Reserve considers (1) the financial and managerial resources of the companies involved, including pro forma capital ratios; (2) the risk to the stability of the United States banking or financial system; (3) the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, including performance under the CRA; and (4) the effectiveness of the companies in combating money laundering. The Federal Reserve also reviews any indebtedness to be incurred by a bank holding company in connection with a proposed acquisition to ensure that the bank holding company can service such indebtedness without adversely affecting its ability to serve as a source of strength to its bank subsidiaries. Well capitalized and well managed bank holding companies are permitted to acquire control of banks in any state, subject to federal regulatory approval, without regard to whether such a transaction is prohibited by the laws of any state. However, a bank holding company may not, following an interstate acquisition, control more than 10% of nationwide insured deposits or 30% of deposits within any state in which the acquiring bank operates. States have the right to lower the 30% limit, although no states within the Company’s current market area have done so. Federal banking regulators are also required to take into account compliance with the CRA in evaluating any proposal for interstate bank acquisitions. Change in Control. Federal law restricts the amount of voting stock of a bank holding company or a bank that a person may acquire without the prior approval of banking regulators. Under the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder, a person or group must give advance notice to and obtain approval from the Federal Reserve before acquiring control of any bank holding company, such as the Company. The Change in Bank Control Act creates a rebuttable presumption of control if a member or group acquires a certain percentage or more of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock. As a result, a person or entity generally must provide prior notice to the Federal Reserve before acquiring the power to vote 10% or more of our outstanding common stock. The overall effect of such laws is to make it more difficult to acquire a bank holding company by tender offer or similar means than it might be to acquire control of another type of corporation. Consequently, shareholders of the Company may be less likely to benefit from the rapid increases in stock prices that may result from tender offers or similar efforts to acquire control of other companies. Investors should be aware of these requirements when acquiring shares of our stock. Anti-tying rules. A bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with extensions of credit, leases or sales of property, or furnishing of services. Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule prohibits us and our subsidiaries from (i) engaging in certain proprietary trading for our own account, and (ii) acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in or sponsoring a “covered fund,” all subject to certain exceptions. The Volcker Rule also specifies certain limited activities in which we and our subsidiaries may continue to engage, and required us to implement a compliance program. Capital Requirements The Company and the Bank are required under federal law to maintain certain minimum capital levels based on ratios of capital to total assets and capital to risk-weighted assets. The required capital ratios are minimums, and the federal banking agencies may determine that a banking organization, based on its size, complexity or risk profile, must maintain a higher level of capital in order to operate in a safe and sound manner. Risks such as concentration of credit risks and the risk arising from non-traditional activities, as well as the institution’s exposure to a decline in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates, and an institution’s ability to manage those risks are important factors that are to be taken into account by the federal banking agencies in assessing an institution’s overall capital adequacy. The following is a brief description of the relevant provisions of these capital rules and their potential impact on our capital levels. 16 Table of Contents The Company and the Bank are subject to the following risk-based capital ratios: a common equity Tier 1 ("CET1") risk-based capital ratio, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, which includes CET1 and additional Tier 1 capital, and a total risk-based capital ratio, which includes Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. CET1 is primarily comprised of the sum of common stock instruments and related surplus net of treasury stock, retained earnings, and certain qualifying minority interests, less certain adjustments and deductions, including with respect to goodwill, intangible assets, mortgage servicing assets and deferred tax assets subject to temporary timing differences. Additional Tier 1 capital is primarily comprised of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, tier 1 minority interests and grandfathered trust preferred securities. Tier 2 capital consists of instruments disqualified from Tier 1 capital, including qualifying subordinated debt, other preferred stock and certain hybrid capital instruments, and a limited amount of allowance for credit loss up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, subject to certain eligibility criteria. The capital rules also define the risk-weights assigned to assets and off-balance sheet items to determine the risk-weighted asset components of the risk-based capital rules, including, for example, certain “high volatility” commercial real estate, past due assets, structured securities and equity holdings. The leverage capital ratio, which serves as a minimum capital standard, is the ratio of Tier 1 capital to quarterly average total assets net of goodwill, certain other intangible assets, and certain required deduction items. The required minimum leverage ratio for all banks and bank holding companies is 4%. In addition, the capital rules also require a capital conservation buffer of CET1 capital of 2.5% above each of the minimum capital ratio requirements (CET1, Tier 1, and total risk-based capital), which is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. These buffer requirements must be met for a bank or bank holding company to be able to pay dividends, engage in share buybacks or make discretionary bonus payments to executive management without restriction. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), among other things, requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to take “prompt corrective action” regarding depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. FDICIA establishes five regulatory capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare to various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation. FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. FDICIA imposes progressively more restrictive restraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in which an institution is classified. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to restrictions on borrowing from the Federal Reserve System. In addition, undercapitalized depository institutions may not accept brokered deposits absent a waiver from the FDIC, are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit capital restoration plans for regulatory approval. A depository institution’s holding company must guarantee any required capital restoration plan, up to an amount equal to the lesser of 5 percent of the depository institution’s assets at the time it becomes undercapitalized or the amount of the capital deficiency when the institution fails to comply with the plan. Federal banking agencies may not accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized. The Bank was well capitalized at December 31, 2023, and brokered deposits are not restricted. To be well-capitalized, the Bank must maintain at least the following capital ratios:     5.0% leverage ratio. 6.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets; 8.0% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets; and 10.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets; The Federal Reserve has different requirements than those imposed under the current capital rules applicable to banks. For purposes of the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y, including determining whether a bank holding company meets the requirements to be a financial holding company, bank holding companies, such as the Company, must maintain a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater to be well-capitalized. If the Federal Reserve were to apply the same or a very similar well-capitalized standard to bank holding companies as that applicable to the Bank, the Company’s capital ratios as of December 31, 2023 would exceed such revised well-capitalized standard. Also, the Federal Reserve may require bank holding companies, including the Company, to maintain capital ratios substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and a bank holding company’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans. Failure to be well-capitalized or to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have an adverse material effect on our operations or financial condition. 17 Table of Contents For example, only a well-capitalized depository institution may accept brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval. Failure to be well-capitalized or to meet minimum capital requirements could also result in restrictions on the Company’s or the Bank’s ability to pay dividends or otherwise distribute capital or to receive regulatory approval of applications or other restrictions on its growth. Throughout 2023, the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios were above the applicable well-capitalized standards and met the capital conservation buffer requirements. Based on current estimates, we believe that the Company and the Bank will continue to exceed all applicable well-capitalized regulatory capital requirements and the capital conservation buffer in 2024. Risk-based capital ratios and the leverage capital ratio at December 31, 2023 for the Company and the Bank were as follows: Tier 1 leverage capital ratio Risk-based capital ratios Common Equity Tier 1 capital Tier 1 capital Total risk-based capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) *Applies to Bank. Payment of Dividends Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action* Plus Capital Conservation Buffer Minimum Minimum Capital Company Bank 4.00 % 4.50 % 6.00 % 8.00 % 5.00 % N/A 10.10 % 9.86 % 6.50 % 8.00 % 10.00 % 7.00 % 8.50 % 10.50 % 12.33 % 12.03 % 12.33 % 12.03 % 13.93 % 13.04 % Hancock Whitney Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from Hancock Whitney Bank and other subsidiaries. Its primary source of cash, other than securities offerings, is dividends from the Bank. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, no dividends may be paid by an insured bank if the bank is in arrears in the payment of any insurance assessment due to the FDIC. The payment of dividends by the Bank may also be affected by other regulatory requirements and policies, such as the maintenance of adequate capital. If, in the opinion of the applicable regulatory authority, a bank under its jurisdiction is engaged in, or is about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition of the bank, could include the payment of dividends), such authority may require, after notice and hearing, that such bank cease and desist from such practice. The FDIC has formal and informal policies which provide that insured banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings. Under a Federal Reserve policy adopted in 2009, the board of directors of a bank holding company must consider certain factors to ensure that its dividend level is prudent relative to maintaining a strong financial position, and is not based on overly optimistic earnings scenarios, such as potential events that could affect its ability to pay, while still maintaining a strong financial position. As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should consult with the Federal Reserve and eliminate, defer or significantly reduce the bank holding company’s dividends if:    its net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or it will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Bank Regulation The operation of the Bank is subject to state and federal statutes applicable to state banks and the regulations of the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”). The operations of the Bank may also be subject to applicable Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) regulation to the extent state banks are granted parity with national banks. Such statutes and regulations relate to, among other things, investments, loans, mergers and consolidations, issuances of securities, payments of dividends, establishment of branches, consumer protection and other aspects of the Bank’s operations. Violations of laws and regulations, or other unsafe and unsound practices, may result in these agencies imposing fines or penalties, cease and desist orders, or taking other enforcement actions. Under certain circumstances, these agencies may enforce these remedies directly against officers, directors, employees and other parties participating in the affairs of a bank or bank holding company. Safety and Soundness. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act requires the federal prudential bank regulatory agencies, such as the FDIC, to prescribe, by regulation or guideline, operational and managerial standards for all insured depository institutions relating to: (1) internal controls; (2) information systems and audit systems; (3) loan documentation; (4) credit underwriting; (5) interest rate risk exposure; and (6) asset quality. The agencies also must prescribe standards for asset quality, earnings, and stock valuation, as well as standards for compensation, fees and benefits. The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations and Interagency Guidelines 18 Table of Contents Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement these required standards. These guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards used to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. Under the regulations, if a regulator determines that a bank fails to meet any standards prescribed by the guidelines, the regulator may require the bank to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance, consistent with deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness compliance plans. Examinations. The Bank is subject to regulation, reporting, and periodic examinations by the FDIC, the Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance (the “MDBCF”), and the CFPB. These regulatory authorities routinely examine the Bank’s loan and investment quality, consumer compliance, management policies, procedures and practices and other aspects of operations. The FDIC has adopted the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) rating system and assigns each financial institution a confidential composite rating based on an evaluation and rating of six essential components of an institution’s financial condition and operations, including Capital Adequacy, Asset Quality, Management, Earnings, Liquidity and Sensitivity to Market Risk (“CAMELS”), as well as the quality of risk management practices. Consumer Protection. The CFPB has rule writing, examination, and enforcement authority with regard to the Bank’s (and the Company’s) compliance with a wide array of consumer financial protection laws, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act (except Sections 615(e) and 628), the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (sections 502 through 509 relating to privacy), among others. The CFPB has broad authority to enforce a prohibition on unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts and practices. The Bank is subject to direct supervision and examination by the CFPB. The CFPB also may examine our other direct or indirect subsidiaries that offer consumer financial products or services. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the CFPB, and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the CFPB against certain institutions. Branching. The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes national and state banks to establish de novo branches in other states to the same extent a bank chartered in those states would be so permitted. Deposit Insurance Assessments. The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits. The Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC insures the deposits of the Bank generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per depositor, per insured bank, for each account ownership category. The FDIC charges insured depository institutions quarterly premiums to maintain the DIF. Deposit insurance assessments are based on average total consolidated assets minus its average tangible equity and applies one of four risk categories determined by reference to its capital levels, supervisory ratings, and certain other factors. The assessment rate schedule can change from time to time, at the discretion of the FDIC, subject to certain limits. In October of 2022, the FDIC adopted a final rule to increase the initial base deposit insurance assessment rate by two basis points, applicable to all insured depository institutions, which began with the first quarterly assessment period in 2023 and will remain in effect until the level of the DIF reserve ratios to insured deposits meets the FDIC's long-term goals. In addition, under section 13(c)(4)(G) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, a loss to the DIF arising from the use of a systemic risk exception must be recovered from one or more special assessments on insured depository institutions, depository institution holding companies (with the concurrence of the Secretary of the Treasury with respect to holding companies), or both, as the FDIC determines to be appropriate. In November 2023, the FDIC approved a final rule to implement a special assessment to recover the loss to the DIF associated with two bank failures that occurred during early 2023. The assessment base for the special assessment is equal to estimated uninsured deposits reported as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion, to be collected at an annual rate of approximately 13.4 basis points for an anticipated total of eight quarterly assessment periods, beginning with the first quarterly assessment period of 2024. Further, under the final rule, the FDIC retains the ability to cease collection early, extend the special assessment collection period one or more quarters beyond the initial eight-quarter collection period, or impose a final shortfall special assessment on a one-time basis after the receiverships for the two banks are terminated. The collection period may change due to updates to the estimated loss pursuant to the systemic risk determination or if assessments collected change due to corrective amendments to the amount of uninsured deposits reported for the December 31, 2022 reporting period. Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The Bank does not believe that it is taking or is subject to any action, condition or violation that could lead to termination of its deposit insurance. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that, in the event of the liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution, including those of the parent bank holding company. 19 Table of Contents Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. The Bank is subject to restrictions on extensions of credit and certain other transactions between the Bank and the Company or any nonbank affiliate. Generally, these covered transactions with either the Company or any affiliate are limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus, and all such transactions between the Bank and the Company and all of its nonbank affiliates combined are limited to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. Loans and other extensions of credit from the Bank to the Company or any affiliate generally are required to be secured by eligible collateral in specified amounts. In addition, any transaction between the Bank and the Company or any affiliate are required to be on an arm’s length basis. Federal banking laws also place similar restrictions on certain extensions of credit by insured banks, such as the Bank, to their directors, executive officers and principal shareholders. Mergers, Subsidiaries. The FDIC is also authorized to approve mergers, consolidations and assumption of deposit liability transactions between insured banks and between insured banks and uninsured banks or institutions to prevent capital or surplus diminution in such transactions where the resulting, continuing or assumed bank is an insured nonmember state bank. Reserves. Although the Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve, it is subject to Federal Reserve regulations that require the Bank to maintain reserves against transaction accounts (primarily checking accounts). These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment by the Federal Reserve. Effective March 26, 2020, reserve requirement ratios were reduced to zero percent. Anti-Money Laundering. A continued focus of governmental policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act broadened the application of anti-money laundering regulations to apply to additional types of financial institutions such as broker-dealers, investment advisors and insurance companies, and strengthened the ability of the U.S. Government to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The principal provisions of Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act require that regulated financial institutions, including state member banks: (i) establish an anti-money laundering program that includes training and audit components; (ii) comply with regulations regarding the verification of the identity of any person seeking to open an account; (iii) take additional required precautions with non-U.S. owned accounts; and (iv) perform certain verification and certification of money laundering risk for their foreign correspondent banking relationships. Failure of a financial institution to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act’s requirements could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution. The Bank has augmented its systems and procedures to meet the requirements of these regulations and will continue to revise and update its policies, procedures and controls to reflect changes required by law. FinCEN has adopted rules that require financial institutions to obtain beneficial ownership information with respect to legal entities with which such institutions conduct business, subject to certain exclusions and exemptions. Bank regulators are focusing their examinations on anti-money laundering compliance, and we continue to monitor and augment, where necessary, our anti-money laundering compliance programs. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these anti-money laundering obligations and recently have been active in imposing “cease and desist” and other regulatory orders and money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be in violation of these requirements. On January 1, 2021, Congress passed federal legislation that made sweeping changes to federal anti- money laundering laws, subject to pending implementation by regulatory rulemaking. On June 30, 2021, FinCEN published the first set of “national AML priorities,” as required by the Bank Secrecy Act, which include, but are not limited to, cybercrime, terrorist financing, fraud, and drug/human trafficking. FinCEN is required to implement regulations to specify how covered financial institutions, such as the Company, should incorporate these national priorities into their AML programs. Economic Sanctions. The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and acts of Congress. OFAC publishes, and routinely updates, lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, including the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List. If we find a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, we must undertake certain specified activities, which could include blocking or freezing the account or transaction requested, and we must notify the appropriate authorities. 20 Table of Contents Concentrations in Lending. During 2006, the federal bank regulatory agencies released guidance on “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending” (the “Guidance”) and advised financial institutions of the risks posed by commercial real estate ("CRE") lending concentrations. The Guidance requires that appropriate processes be in place to identify, monitor and control risks associated with real estate lending concentrations. Higher allowances for loan losses and capital levels may also be required. The Guidance is triggered when CRE loan concentrations exceed either:   Total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land of 100% or more of a bank’s total risk-based capital; or Total reported loans secured by multifamily and nonfarm nonresidential properties and loans for construction, land development, and other land of 300% or more of a bank’s total risk-based capital. The Guidance also applies when a bank has a sharp increase in CRE loans or has significant concentrations of CRE secured by a particular property type. Community Reinvestment Act. The Bank is subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA"), which imposes a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with their safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of entire communities where the bank accepts deposits, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The FDIC’s assessment of the Bank’s CRA record is made available to the public. Further, a less than satisfactory CRA rating will slow, if not preclude, expansion of banking activities and prevent a company from becoming or remaining a financial holding company. Federal CRA regulations require, among other things, that evidence of discrimination against applicants on a prohibited basis, and illegal or abusive lending practices be considered in the CRA evaluation. The Bank has a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent CRA evaluation. On October 24, 2023, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), Federal Reserve, and FDIC issued a final rule to modernize their respective CRA regulations. The revised rules substantially alter the methodology for assessing compliance with the CRA, with material aspects taking effect January 1, 2026, and revised data reporting requirements taking effect January 1, 2027. Among other things, the revised rules evaluate lending outside traditional assessment areas generated by the growth of non-branch delivery systems, such as online and mobile banking, apply a metrics-based benchmarking approach to assessment, and clarify eligible CRA activities. The final rules are likely to make it more challenging and/or costly for the Bank to receive a rating of at least “satisfactory” on its CRA exam. Consumer Regulation. Activities of the Bank are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers. These laws and regulations include, among numerous other things, provisions that:       limit the interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank, including rules respecting the terms of credit cards and of debit card overdrafts; govern the Bank’s disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers; require the Bank to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether it is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the communities it serves; prohibit the Bank from discriminating on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors when it makes decisions to extend credit; govern the manner in which the Bank may collect consumer debts; and prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in the provision of consumer financial products and services. Mortgage Rules. Pursuant to rules adopted by the CFPB, banks that make residential mortgage loans are required to make a good faith determination that a borrower has the ability to repay a mortgage loan prior to extending such credit, require that certain mortgage loans contain escrow payments, obtain new appraisals under certain circumstances, comply with integrated mortgage disclosure rules, and follow specific rules regarding the compensation of loan originators and the servicing of residential mortgage loans. In 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act granted certain forbearance rights and protection against foreclosure to borrowers with a “federally backed mortgage loan,” including certain first or subordinate lien loans designed principally for the occupancy of one to four families. These consumer protections under the CARES Act continued during the COVID 19 pandemic emergency, and while most of these protections expired in 2022, on January 18, 2023, in its revised Mortgage Servicing Examination Procedures, the CFPB stated it expected servicers to continue to utilize these safeguards, regardless of their expiration. Risk-retention rules. Banks that sponsor the securitization of asset-backed securities are generally required to retain not less than 5% of the credit risk of any loan they securitize, except for residential mortgages that meet certain low-risk standards. 21 Table of Contents Privacy, Credit Reporting and Cybersecurity. The Bank is subject to federal and state banking regulations that limit its ability to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties and prescribe standards for the protection of consumer information. These limitations require us to periodically disclose our privacy policies to consumers and allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party under certain circumstances. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services. Banking institutions are required to implement a comprehensive information security program that includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, as well as maintain procedures for notifying customers in the event of a security breach. These security and privacy policies and procedures for the protection of confidential and personal information are in effect across our lines of business. The Company has adopted and implemented our Comprehensive Information Security Policy to comply with these federal requirements. The Bank uses credit bureau data in underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V on a uniform, nationwide basis, including credit reporting, prescreening, and sharing of information between affiliates and the use of credit data. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, which amended the Fair Credit Reporting Act, permits states to enact identity theft laws that are not inconsistent with the conduct required by the provisions of that Act. Furthermore, the federal banking regulators regularly issue guidance regarding cybersecurity intended to enhance cyber risk management. A financial institution is expected to implement multiple lines of defense against cyber-attacks and ensure that their risk management procedures address the risk posed by potential cyber threats. A financial institution is further expected to maintain procedures to effectively respond to a cyber-attack and resume operations following any such attack. The Company has adopted and implemented an Information Security Program to comply with the regulatory cybersecurity guidance. Effective April 1, 2022, the federal banking agencies implemented a new rule that requires banks to notify their regulators within 36 hours of a “computer-security incident” that rises to the level of a “notification incident.” Refer to Part I, Item 1C. "Cybersecurity" for further discussion. Debit Interchange Fees. Interchange fees are fees that merchants pay to credit card companies and card-issuing banks such as the Bank for processing electronic payment transactions on their behalf. The maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction is the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction, subject to an upward adjustment of 1 cent if an issuer certifies that it has implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve the fraud-prevention standards set forth by the Federal Reserve. In addition, the legislation prohibits card issuers and networks from entering into arrangements requiring that debit card transactions be processed on a single network or only two affiliated networks, and allows merchants to determine transaction routing. On October 25, 2023, the FRB proposed to lower the maximum interchange fee that a large debit card issuer can receive for a debit card transaction. The proposal would also establish a regular process for updating the maximum amount every other year going forward. We continue to monitor the development of these proposed rule revisions. Interest rates based on LIBOR. On March 15, 2022, Congress enacted the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act (the “LIBOR Act”) to address references to LIBOR in contracts that (i) are governed by U.S. law; (ii) will not mature before June 30, 2023; and (iii) lack fallback provisions providing for a clearly defined and practicable replacement for LIBOR. On December 16, 2022, the FRB adopted a final rule to implement the LIBOR Act by identifying benchmark rates based on SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate) that will replace LIBOR in certain financial contracts after June 30, 2023. The final rule identifies replacement benchmark rates based on SOFR to replace overnight, one-month, three-month, six-month, and 12-month LIBOR in contracts subject to the LIBOR Act. Anti-Bribery Laws. Federal law prohibits offering or giving a bank official or any third party (or for the bank official to solicit or receive for himself or a third party) "anything of value" other than what is given or offered to the bank itself. Further, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act makes it unlawful to make payments to foreign government officials to assist in obtaining or retaining business. The Company and the Bank have implemented a Code of Business Ethics that governs the behavior of its officers and employees. Nonbanking Subsidiaries The Company’s nonbanking subsidiaries may also be subject to a variety of state and federal laws. For example, Hancock Whitney Investment Services, Inc. is subject to supervision and regulation by the SEC, FINRA and the State of Mississippi. Compensation In June 2010, the federal banking agencies issued joint guidance on executive compensation designed to help ensure that a banking organization’s incentive compensation policies do not encourage imprudent risk taking and are consistent with the safety and soundness of the organization. In addition, in June 2012, the Commission issued final rules to implement the Dodd-Frank Act’s requirement that the Commission direct the national securities exchanges to adopt certain listing standards related to the compensation committee of a company’s board of directors as well as its compensation advisers. 22 Table of Contents In 2016, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and SEC proposed rules that would, depending upon the assets of the institution, directly regulate incentive compensation arrangements and would require enhanced oversight and recordkeeping. As of December 31, 2023, these rules had not been implemented. We have instituted measures to ensure that our incentive compensation plans do not encourage inappropriate risks, consistent with three key principles—that incentive compensation arrangements should appropriately balance risk and financial rewards, be compatible with effective controls and risk management, and be supported by strong corporate governance. Accounting and Controls The Company is also required to file certain reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the SEC under federal securities laws. For example, we are required to comply with various corporate governance and financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and Nasdaq. In particular, we are required to include management and independent registered public accounting firm reports on internal controls over financial reporting as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We have evaluated our controls, including compliance with the SEC rules on internal controls. The assessments of our financial reporting controls as of December 31, 2023 are included in this report under Item 9A. “Controls and Procedures.” Our failure to comply with these internal control rules may materially adversely affect our reputation, ability to obtain the necessary certifications to financial statements, and the value of our securities. Effect of Governmental Monetary and Fiscal Policies The difference between the interest rate paid on deposits and other borrowings and the interest rate received on loans and securities comprises most of a bank’s earnings. The earnings and growth of a bank will be affected by both general economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policy of the U.S. government and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve sets national monetary policy to promote maximum employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term interest rates. This is accomplished by its open-market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments in the amount of reserves that financial institutions are required to maintain and adjustments to the discount rates on borrowings and target rates for federal funds transactions. The actions of the Federal Reserve in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest rates on loans and deposits. The nature and timing of any future changes in monetary policies and their potential impact on the Company cannot be predicted. INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS The names, ages, positions and business experience of our executive officers as of February 28, 2024 are as follows: Name John M. Hairston Michael M. Achary Joseph S. Exnicios* D. Shane Loper Joy Lambert Phillips Age 60 63 68 58 68 Position President of the Company since 2014; Chief Executive Officer since 2008 and Chief Operating Officer from 2008 to 2014; Director since 2006. Senior Executive Vice President since 2017; Executive Vice President from 2008 to 2016; Chief Financial Officer since 2007; Principal Accounting Officer since 2022. Senior Executive Vice President since 2017; Executive Vice President from 2011 to 2016; President of Whitney Bank since 2011. Senior Executive Vice President since 2017; Executive Vice President from 2008 to 2016; Chief Operating Officer since 2014; Chief Administrative Officer from 2013 to 2014; Chief Risk Officer from 2012 to 2013; Chief Risk and Administrative Officer from 2010 to 2012. Senior Executive Vice President since 2020; Executive Vice President from 2009 to 2020; Chief Legal Officer since 2022; Corporate Secretary since 2011; General Counsel from 1999 to 2022. Cecil W. Knight, Jr. 60 Executive Vice President since 2016; Chief Banking Officer since 2016. Juanita P. Kuhner Michael Otero Ruena Hall Thompson Christopher S. Ziluca Executive Vice President since 2024; General Counsel since 2024; Deputy General Counsel from 2022 to 2024; Senior Vice President from 2021 to 2024; Corporate Counsel from 2017 to 2022; Vice President from 2017 to 2021. Executive Vice President since 2013; Chief Risk Officer since 2020; Chief Internal Auditor from 2013 to 2018. Executive Vice President since 2011; Chief Human Resources Officer since 2011. Executive Vice President since 2018; Chief Credit Officer since 2018. 43 57 62 62 * On January 2, 2024, Joseph S. Exnicios announced his retirement from the Company, effective March 1, 2024. 23 Table of Contents ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS We face a number of material risks and uncertainties in connection with our operations. Our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected by the factors described below. While we describe each risk separately, some of these risks are interrelated and certain risks could trigger the applicability of other risks described below. Also, the risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones that we may face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently do not consider significant, could also potentially impair, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Risks Related to Economic and Market Conditions Current uncertain economic conditions pose challenges, and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are operating in an uncertain economic environment. Our business and operations, which primarily consist of lending money to customers in the form of loans, borrowing money from customers in the form of deposits and investing in securities, are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. Continued economic uncertainty and a recessionary or stagnant economy could result in financial stress on our borrowers, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Deteriorating conditions in the regional economies we serve, or in certain sectors of those economies, could drive losses beyond that which is provided for in our allowance for credit losses. We could also face the following risks with the following events:        market developments and economic stagnation or slowdown may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, resulting in increased delinquencies and default rates on loans and other credit facilities; the processes we use to estimate the allowance for credit losses and other reserves may prove to be unreliable. Such estimates rely upon complex modeling inputs and judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions, which may be rendered inaccurate and/or no longer subject to accurate forecasting; our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our borrowers may be impaired if the models and approaches we use to select, manage, and underwrite loans become less predictive of future charge-offs; regulatory scrutiny of the industry could increase, leading to increased regulation of the industry that could lead to a higher cost of compliance, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities and increase our exposure to litigation or fines; ineffective monetary policy or other market conditions could cause rapid changes in interest rates and asset values that would have a materially adverse impact on our profitability and overall financial condition; further erosion in the fiscal condition of the U.S. Treasury could lead to new taxes that would limit our ability to pursue growth and return profits to shareholders; and the U.S. government's decisions regarding its debt ceiling and the possibility that the U.S. could default on its debt obligations may cause further interest rate increases, disrupt access to capital markets and deepen recessionary conditions. If these conditions or similar ones continue to exist or worsen, we could experience continuing or increased adverse effects on our financial condition. We may be vulnerable to certain sectors of the economy and to economic conditions both generally and locally across the specific markets in which we operate. Our financial performance may be adversely affected by macroeconomic factors that affect the U.S. economy. Unfavorable economic conditions, particularly in the Gulf South region, could significantly affect the demand for our loans and other products, the ability of borrowers to repay loans, and the value of collateral securing our outstanding loans. Such factors have and may continue to be caused by events that are difficult to predict in respect to nature, timing, duration and severity. Volatility in global financial markets, including, but not limited to inflation and governmental responses thereto, recessionary concerns, the conflict in Ukraine, the Israeli-Hamas war and other ongoing conflicts, may continue to have a spillover effect that could ultimately impair the performance of the U.S. economy and, in turn, our results of operations and financial condition. 24 Table of Contents We are subject to lending concentration risk. Our loan portfolio contains several industry, collateral and other concentrations including, but not limited to, commercial and residential real estate, healthcare, hospitality, shared national credits, and leveraged loans. Due to the exposure in these concentrations, disruptions in markets, economic conditions, including those resulting from heightened interest rates, inflation, supply chain disruptions, changes in laws or regulations or other events could significantly impact the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A substantial portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. In weak economies, or in areas where real estate market conditions are distressed, we may experience a higher than normal level of nonperforming real estate loans. These risks may be exacerbated by heightened interest rates or tightening credit standards. The collateral value of the portfolio and the revenue stream from those loans could come under stress, and/or could be impacted by unforeseen events, such as pandemics, weather events, environmental contamination, among others, and additional provisions for the allowance for credit losses could be necessitated should actual and/or forecasted losses be in excess of our expectations. Our desire to foreclose on these properties given each circumstance and/or the ability to dispose of foreclosed real estate at prices at or above the respective carrying values could also be impaired, causing additional losses. Certain changes in interest rates, loan origination, inflation, or the financial markets could affect our results of operations, demand for our products and our ability to deliver products efficiently. Our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature and we are subject to significant risks tied to changes in interest rates that are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control. Inflation can influence the growth of total assets in the banking industry and the resulting level of capitalization. Inflation also affects the level of market interest rates, and therefore, the pricing of financial instruments. We believe the most significant potential impact of inflation on our financial results is our ability to manage the impact of changes in interest rates. Further, an increase in inflation could cause our and/or our customers' operating costs related to salaries and benefits, technology and supplies to increase at a faster pace than revenues. Our ability to operate profitably is largely dependent upon net interest income. Net interest income is the primary component of our earnings and is affected by both local external factors such as economic conditions in the Gulf South and local competition for loans and deposits, as well as broader influences, such as federal monetary policy and market interest rates. Unexpected and/or significant movement in interest rates markedly changing the slope of the current yield curve could cause our and our customers’ net interest margins to decrease, subsequently reducing net interest income. In addition, such changes could adversely affect the valuation of our assets and liabilities. In addition, loan originations, and potentially loan revenues, could be adversely impacted by sharply rising interest rates. Heightened interest rates have had, and may continue to have adverse impacts on our borrowers and demand for our loan products. Continued heightened market rates of interest rates would increase debt service requirements for some of our borrowers; adversely affect those borrowers’ ability to pay us as contractually obligated; potentially reduce loan demand or result in additional delinquencies or charge- offs; and increase the cost of our deposits, which are a primary source of funding. The fair market value of our securities portfolio and the investment income from these securities also fluctuate depending on general economic and market conditions. In addition, actual net investment income and/or cash flows from investments that carry prepayment risk, such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, may differ from those anticipated at the time of investment as a result of interest rate fluctuations. Changes in market values of investment securities classified as available for sale have impacted and may continue to negatively impact our other comprehensive income and equity levels through accumulated other comprehensive income, which includes net unrealized gains and losses on those securities. Further, such losses could be realized into earnings should liquidity and/or business strategy necessitate the sales of securities in a loss position. An underperforming stock market could adversely affect wealth management fees associated with managed securities portfolios and could also reduce brokerage transactions, therefore reducing investment brokerage revenues. Although management believes it has implemented an effective asset and liability management strategy to manage the potential effects of changes in interest rates, including the use of adjustable rate and/or short-term assets, and FHLB advances or longer term repurchase agreements, any substantial, unexpected change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of our operation and our strategies may not always be successful in managing the risks associated with changes in interest rates. 25 Table of Contents Changes in the policies of monetary authorities and other government action could adversely affect our profitability. Interest rates and our financial performance are affected by credit policies of monetary authorities, particularly the Federal Reserve. The instruments of monetary policy employed by the Federal Reserve include open market transactions in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate or the federal funds rate on bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, we cannot predict the potential impact of future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, and loan demand on our business and earnings with certainty. Furthermore, the actions of the U.S. government and other governments have resulted, and in the future may result in currency fluctuations, exchange controls, market disruption, material decreases in the values of certain of our financial assets and other adverse effects. Interest rate changes are dependent on the Federal Reserve’s assessment of economic data as it becomes available. Beginning in early 2022 and continuing into 2023, the Federal Reserve raised interest rates aggressively to combat inflation. As a result of the rising interest rate environment, we have and may continue to offer more attractive interest rates to depositors to compete for deposits, or pursue other sources of liquidity, such as wholesale funds. Further, when interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than interest-earning assets, an increase in interest rates generally results in a decrease in net interest income. Conversely, decreasing interest rates reduce our yield on our variable rate loans and on our new loans, which reduces our net interest income. In addition, lower interest rates may reduce our realized yields on investment securities which would reduce our net interest income and cause downward pressure on net interest margin in future periods. A significant reduction in our net interest income could have a material adverse impact on our capital, financial condition and results of operations. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, influence (i) the amount of interest we receive on loans and securities, (ii) the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, (iii) our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (iv) the fair value of our assets and liabilities, and (v) the reinvestment risk associated with changes in the duration of our mortgage-backed securities portfolio. Changes in U.S. trade policies and other factors beyond the Company's control, including the imposition of tariffs and retaliatory tariffs, may adversely impact its business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes to U.S. trade policies, legislation, treaties and tariffs, including trade policies and tariffs affecting other countries, including China, the European Union, Canada and Mexico and retaliatory tariffs by such countries may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Tariffs, retaliatory tariffs or other trade restrictions on products and materials that the Company's customers import or export, including among others, agricultural products, could cause the prices of our customers' products to increase, could reduce demand for such products, or reduce our customers' margins, and adversely impact their revenues, financial results and ability to service debt. Trade restrictions on products include export and import restrictions recently levied against Russia. In addition, to the extent changes in the political environment have a negative impact on the Company or on the markets in which the Company operates its business, its results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted. The financial soundness and stability of other financial institutions could adversely affect us. Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and financial soundness and stability of other financial institutions as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships with such institutions. We routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, and even rumors regarding, other financial institutions, regional banks, or the financial services industry generally, could impair our ability to effect such transactions and could lead to losses or defaults by us. In addition, a number of our transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of a counterparty or client. Additionally, our credit risk may be increased if the collateral we hold in connection with such transactions cannot be realized or can only be liquidated at prices that are not sufficient to cover the full amount of our financial exposure. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Further, bank failures, including the failures in the first half of 2023, have and may in the future diminish public confidence in small and regional banks’ abilities to safeguard deposits in excess of federally insured limits, which could prompt customers to maintain their deposits with larger financial institutions. Concerns over rapid, large-scale deposit movement have and could in the future heighten regulatory scrutiny surrounding liquidity and increase competition for deposits and the resulting cost of funding, which could create pressure on our net interest margin and results of operations. In addition, bank failures have and could in the future prompt the FDIC to increase deposit insurance costs. Increases in funding, deposit insurance or other costs as a result of these types of events have and could in the future materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Further, the disruption following these types of events have and could in the future generate significant market trading volatility among publicly traded bank holding companies and, in particular, regional banks like Hancock Whitney Bank. 26 Table of Contents Tax law and regulatory changes could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Changes to tax laws could significantly impact our business in the form of greater than expected income tax expense and taxes payable. Such changes may also negatively impact the financial condition of our customers and/or overall economic conditions. Further, future regulatory reforms that could include a heightened focus and scrutiny on BSA/AML-related compliance, expansion of consumer protections, the regulation of loan portfolios and credit concentrations to borrowers impacted by climate change, increased capital and liquidity requirements and limitations or additional taxes on share repurchases and dividends, could increase our costs and impact our business. On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act was signed into law in the United States. The Inflation Reduction Act includes various tax provisions, including a nondeductible 1% excise tax on the fair value of certain stock repurchases and a corporate alternative minimum tax that generally applies to U.S. corporations with average adjusted financial statement income over a three-year period in excess of $1 billion. Based on the information available to-date, we do not expect the provisions of the Inflation Reduction Act to have a material impact on our financial results, including on our annual estimated effective tax rate or on our liquidity, absent any further changes in law. Governmental responses to market disruptions and other events may be inadequate and may have unintended consequences. Congress and financial regulators have and may continue to implement measures designed to stabilize financial markets, including in reaction to inflation. The overall impact of these efforts on the financial markets may be ineffective and could adversely affect our business. We compete with a number of financial services companies that are not subject to the same degree of regulatory oversight. The impact of the existing regulatory framework and any future changes to it could negatively affect our ability to compete with these institutions, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and prospects. We may need to rely on the financial markets to provide additional capital. Our common stock is listed and traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. If our capital resources are inadequate to meet our capital requirements in the future, we may need to raise additional debt or equity capital. If conditions in the capital markets are not favorable, we may be constrained in raising capital. We maintain a consistent analyst following; therefore, downgrades in our prospects by one or more of our analysts may cause our stock price to fall and significantly limit our ability to access the markets for additional capital requirements. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when and if needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The interest rates that we pay on our securities are also influenced by, among other things, the credit ratings that we, our affiliates and/or our securities receive from recognized rating agencies. Our credit ratings are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and other factors not entirely within our control such as conditions affecting the financial services industry generally, and remain subject to change at any time. A downgrade to the credit rating of us or our affiliates could affect our ability to access the capital markets, increase our borrowing costs and negatively impact our profitability. A downgrade to us, our affiliates or our securities could create obligations or liabilities under the terms of our outstanding securities that could increase our costs or otherwise have a negative effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Additionally, a downgrade to the credit rating of any particular security issued by us or our affiliates could negatively affect the ability of the holders of that security to sell the securities and the prices at which any such securities may be sold. Because our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future offerings will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings and debt financings. Further, market conditions could require us to accept less favorable terms for the issuance of our securities in the future. In addition, geopolitical and worldwide market conditions may cause disruption or volatility in the U.S. equity and debt markets, which could hinder our ability to issue debt and equity securities in the future on favorable terms. Risks Related to the Financial Services Industry We must maintain adequate sources of funding and liquidity. Effective liquidity management is essential for the operation of our business. We require sufficient liquidity to support our operations and fund outstanding liabilities, as well as to meet regulatory requirements. Our access to sources of liquidity in amounts adequate to fund our activities on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy generally. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include an economic downturn that affects the geographic markets in which our loans and operations are concentrated, or any material deterioration of the credit markets. Our operating results may also be negatively impacted by the value of our securities portfolio, if liquidity and/or business strategy necessitate the sales of securities in a loss position, and/or access to select sources of liquidity could be limited should 27 Table of Contents unrealized losses continue to grow to exceed certain levels. Our access to deposits may also be affected by the liquidity needs of our depositors and the loss of deposits to alternative institutions or investments. Although we have historically been successful in replacing maturing deposits and advances as necessary, we might not be able to duplicate that success in the future, especially if a large number of our depositors were to withdraw their amounts on deposit. A failure to maintain an adequate level of liquidity could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Conversely, liquidity in excess of current demand or operating needs may result in lower-earning assets that may adversely affect our results of operations. Greater loan losses than expected may adversely affect our earnings. We are exposed to the risk that our borrowers will be unable to repay their loans in accordance with their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans may not be sufficient to assure repayment. Credit risk is inherent in our business and any material level of credit failure could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Our credit risk with respect to our real estate and construction loan portfolios relates principally to the creditworthiness of our corporate borrowers and the value of the real estate pledged as security for the repayment of loans. Our credit risk with respect to our commercial and consumer loan portfolios depends on the general creditworthiness of businesses and individuals within our local markets. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for estimated credit losses based on a number of factors. This process requires subjective and complex judgments, including analysis of economic or market conditions that might impair the ability of borrowers to repay their loans. If our assumptions or judgments prove to be incorrect, the allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover actual credit losses. We may have to increase our allowance in the future in response to the request of one of our primary banking regulators, to adjust for changing conditions and assumptions, to adjust for changes in resolution strategies, or as a result of any deterioration in the quality of our loan and lease portfolio. Losses in excess of the existing allowance or any provisions for loan losses taken to increase the allowance will reduce our net income and could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Future provisions for loan losses may vary materially from the amounts of past provisions. Further, we use quantitative models to help manage certain aspects of our business and to assist with certain business decisions, including estimating credit losses, grading loans and extending credit, estimating the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on our financial condition and results of operations. Our modeling methodologies rely on many assumptions, historical analyses and correlations. These assumptions may be incorrect, particularly in times of market distress or volatility, and the historical correlations on which we rely may not continue to be relevant. As a result, our models may not capture or fully express the risks we face or may lead us to misjudge the business and economic environment in which we operate. If our models fail to produce reliable results on an ongoing basis, we may not make appropriate risk management or other business or financial decisions. Furthermore, strategies that we employ to manage and govern the risks associated with our use of models may not be effective or fully reliable, and as a result, we may realize losses or other lapses. We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties. In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we rely in substantial part on information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors if made available. If this information is inaccurate, we may be subject to loan defaults, financial losses, regulatory action, reputational harm or other adverse effects with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are subject to a variety of risks in connection with the sale of any loans. From time to time we may sell all or a portion of one or more loan portfolios, and in connection therewith we may make certain representations and warranties to the purchaser concerning the loans sold and the procedures under which those loans were originated and serviced. If any of these representations and warranties are incorrect, we may be required to indemnify the purchaser for any related losses, or we may be required to repurchase part or all of the affected loans. We may also be required to repurchase loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default by the borrower on a loan we have sold. If we are required to make any indemnity payments or repurchases and do not have a remedy available to us against a solvent counterparty to the loan or loans, we may not be able to recover our losses resulting from these indemnity payments and repurchases. Consequently, our results of operations may be adversely affected. 28 Table of Contents Risks Related to Our Operations A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair our liquidity, disrupt our businesses, result in the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause financial losses. Our ability to adequately conduct and grow our business is dependent on our ability to create and maintain an appropriate operational and organizational control infrastructure. Operational risk can arise in numerous ways including employee fraud, theft or malfeasance; customer fraud; and control lapses in bank operations and information technology. Because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, certain errors in processing or recording transactions appropriately may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered. We have recently and plan to continue to make investments in technologies for sales and service, including mobile and online banking, as well as teller, customer service and loan origination platforms. These technologies and/or operational changes may lead to increased operational risk. Our dependence on our employees and automated systems, including the automated systems used by acquired entities and third parties, to record and process transactions may further increase the risk that technical failures or tampering of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. We are also subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. In addition, products, services and processes are continually changing and we may not fully appreciate or identify new operational risks that may arise from such changes. Failure to maintain an appropriate operational infrastructure can lead to loss of service to customers, additional expenditures related to the detection and correction of operational failures, reputational damage and loss of customer confidence, legal actions, and noncompliance with various laws and regulations. We continuously monitor our operational and technological capabilities and make modifications and improvements when we believe it to be appropriate to do so. However, there are inherent limits to such capabilities. In some instances, we may build and maintain these capabilities ourselves. We also outsource some of these functions to third parties. These third parties may experience errors or disruptions that could adversely impact us and over which we may have limited control. Third parties may fail to properly perform services or comply with applicable laws and regulations, and replacing third party providers could entail significant delay and expense. We also face risk from the integration of new infrastructure platforms and/or new third party providers of such platforms into existing businesses. Our operational and communications systems and infrastructure may fail or may be the subject of a breach or cyber-attack that, if successful, could adversely affect our business and disrupt business continuity. We depend on our ability to process, record and monitor a large number of client transactions and to communicate with clients and other institutions on a continuous basis. Our clients depend on us for access to their assets and account information. Our online, business, financial, accounting, data processing, or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be sudden increases in client transaction volume; electrical or telecommunications outages; natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes, floods, and hurricanes; pandemics; events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; occurrences of employee error, fraud, or malfeasance; and, as described below, cyber-attacks. Furthermore, for most financial institutions, transitioning from existing systems and software (or transitioning legacy systems and software) to a new provider is a significant and expensive undertaking and includes a number of risks, including crashes and system downtime, transition costs, decreased productivity, security risk, and legal and regulatory compliance risks. Although we have response plans, business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our operations and communications may be adversely affected by significant and widespread disruption to our systems and infrastructure that support our businesses and clients. While we continue to evolve and modify our response and business continuity plans, there can be no assurance in an escalating threat environment that they will be effective in avoiding disruption and business impacts. Our insurance may not be adequate to compensate us for all resulting losses, and the cost to obtain adequate coverage may continue to increase for us or the industry. Security risks for financial institutions such as ours have dramatically increased in recent years, in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication, resources and activities of hackers, terrorists, activists, organized crime, and other external parties, including nation state actors. In addition, clients may use devices or software to access our products and services that are beyond our control environment, which may provide additional avenues for attackers to gain access to confidential information. Although we have information security procedures and controls in place, certain of our technologies, systems, networks, and clients’ devices and software have in the past and in the future likely will continue to be the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, use, loss, change or destruction of our or our clients’ confidential, proprietary and other information (including personal identifying information of individuals), or otherwise disrupt our or our clients’ or other third parties’ business operations. From time to time, we, like other financial institutions, become aware of information security vulnerabilities in software emanating from outside vendors and must take active steps to mitigate and prevent the potential exploitation of such vulnerabilities. Further, U.S. financial institutions and financial services companies will continue to face breaches 29 Table of Contents in security of their websites or other systems, including attempts to shut down access to their networks and systems in an attempt to extract compensation from them to regain control. Financial institutions have also experienced, and will continue to be the target of, distributed denial-of-service attacks, a sophisticated and targeted attack intended to disable or degrade internet service or to sabotage systems. We and others in our industry are, and will continue to be, regularly the subject of attempts by attackers to gain unauthorized access to our networks, systems, data and other infrastructure, or to obtain, change, or destroy confidential data (including personal identifying information of individuals) through a variety of means, including computer hacking, acts of vandalism or theft, malware, computer viruses or other malicious codes, phishing, employee error or malfeasance, catastrophes, unforeseen events or other cyber-attacks. In the future, these attacks may result in unauthorized individuals obtaining material access to our confidential information or that of our clients, or otherwise materially accessing, damaging, or disrupting our systems or infrastructure. To date, we have seen no material adverse impact on our business or operations from cyber-attacks or events. Any future significant compromise or breach of our data security, whether external or internal, or misuse of customer, associate, supplier or Company data, could result in significant disruption of our operations, reimbursement and other costs, lost sales, fines, lawsuits and other legal exposure, a loss of trust in us on the part of our clients, vendors or other counterparties, client attrition and damage to our reputation. Any of these could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, our financial condition, and/or our share price. However, the ever-evolving threats mean we and our third-party service providers and vendors must continually evaluate and adapt our respective systems and processes and overall security environment, as well as those of any companies we acquire. We are continuously enhancing our controls, processes and practices designed to protect our networks, systems, data and other infrastructure from attack, damage or unauthorized access. This continued enhancement will require us to expend additional resources, including to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities that may be detected. Despite our ongoing investments in security resources, talent, and business practices, there is no guarantee that these measures will be adequate to safeguard against all data security breaches, system compromises or misuses of data. We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure. We rely on certain third parties to provide products and services necessary to maintain day-to-day operations, such as back office support, data processing and storage, recording and monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, Internet connections, telecommunications, and network access. The failure of a third party to perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements as a result of changes in the third party’s organizational structure, financial condition, support for existing products and services, strategic focus, system interruption or breaches, or for any other reason, could be disruptive to our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our third- party applications may include confidential and proprietary data provided by vendors and by us, including personal employee and/or customer data. While we conduct due diligence prior to engaging with third party vendors and perform ongoing monitoring of vendor controls, we do not control their operations. Further, while our vendor management policies and practices are designed to comply with current regulations, these policies and practices cannot eliminate this risk. Replacing these third parties could also create significant delays and expense. Accordingly, use of such third parties creates an inherent risk to our business operations. We, or third-parties from whom we license critical information technology systems, have in the past been, and in the future may be alleged to have infringed upon intellectual property rights owned by others. Competitors or other third parties have in the past alleged, and in the future may allege that we, or consultants or other third parties retained or indemnified by us or from whom we license critical information technology systems, infringe on their intellectual property rights. Given the complex, rapidly changing and competitive technological and business environment in which we operate, and the potential risks and uncertainties of intellectual property-related litigation, an assertion of an infringement claim against us or our vendors may cause us to spend significant amounts to defend the claim (even if we ultimately prevail); to pay significant money damages; to lose significant revenues; to be prohibited from using the relevant systems, processes, technologies or other intellectual property; to cease offering certain products or services or to incur significant license, royalty or technology development expenses. Moreover, it has become common in recent years for individuals and groups to purchase intellectual property assets for the sole purpose of making claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from companies like ours. Even in instances where we believe that claims and allegations of intellectual property infringement against us are without merit, defending against such claims is time consuming and expensive and could result in the diversion of time and attention of our management and employees. In addition, although in some cases a third party may have agreed to indemnify us for such costs, such indemnifying party may refuse, or be unable, to uphold its contractual obligations. Employee misconduct could expose us to significant legal liability and reputational harm. We are vulnerable to reputational harm because we operate in an industry in which integrity and the confidence of our customers are of critical importance. Our employees could engage in fraudulent, illegal, wrongful or suspicious activities, improper use or disclosure of confidential information and/or activities resulting in consumer harm that adversely affects our customers and/or our business. The 30 Table of Contents precautions we take to detect and prevent such misconduct may not always be effective, and we may be exposed to regulatory sanctions and/or penalties, and serious harm to our reputation, financial condition, customer relationships and ability to attract new customers. The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future. A significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or a significant and sustained decline in the price of our common stock may necessitate our taking charges in the future to reflect an impairment of our goodwill. Future regulatory actions and accounting changes could also have a material impact on assessments of goodwill for impairment. Adverse events or circumstances could impact the recoverability of our intangible assets including significant loss of core deposits, customer relationships acquired in our trust and asset management transaction, losses of acquired credit card accounts and/or balances, increased competition or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent these intangible assets are deemed unrecoverable, a non-cash impairment charge would be recorded. While an impairment charge does not impact regulatory capital, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Risks Related to Our Business Strategy We are subject to industry competition which may have an impact upon our success. Our profitability depends on our ability to compete successfully in a highly competitive market for banking and financial services, and we expect such challenges to continue. Certain of our competitors are larger, have more resources than we do and may be perceived as better than regional banks at safeguarding deposits in excess of federally insured limits. We face competition in our regional market areas from other commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage banking firms, securities brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies, and other financial institutions that offer similar services. Some of our nonbank competitors are not subject to the same extensive supervision and regulation to which we or the Bank are subject, and may accordingly have greater flexibility in competing for business. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by other firms. These developments could result in our competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, or being able to offer a broader range of products and services with more geographic range. Our loan and deposit pricing may be negatively impacted by our competitive environment. If our fee structures are deemed less favorable than other financial services providers, we may be at a competitive disadvantage in attracting customers for certain fee producing products. Further, we may choose to implement changes to remain competitive that could adversely affect our operating results. Another competitive factor is that the financial services market, including banking services, is undergoing rapid changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services, primarily as a result of the increased digitization of banking services. We compete with many forms of payments offered by both bank and non-bank providers, including a variety of new and evolving alternative payment mechanisms, systems and products, such as aggregators and web-based and wireless payment platforms or technologies, digital or “crypto” currencies, prepaid systems and payment services targeting users of social networks, communications platforms and online gaming. Our future success may depend, in part, on our ability to use technology competitively to offer products and services that provide convenience to customers and create additional efficiencies in our operations. The widespread adoption of new technologies has and will continue to require us to make substantial capital expenditures to modify or adapt our systems to remain competitive and offer new products and services. Our ability to effectively implement new technologies to improve our operations and systems will impact our competitive position in the financial services industry. Furthermore, we may not be successful in introducing new products and services in response to industry trends or developments in technology, or those new products may not be accepted by customers. If we are unable to successfully compete with traditional competitors as well as the evolving landscape of fintech companies and other nontraditional competitors to attract and retain customers, our business, financial condition or results of operations may also be adversely affected, perhaps materially. In particular, if we experience an outflow of deposits as a result of our customers desiring to do business with our competitors, we may be forced to rely more heavily on borrowings and other sources of funding to operate our business and meet withdrawal demands, thereby adversely affecting our net interest margin. 31 Table of Contents The implementation of new lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risk. We continuously evaluate our service offerings and may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business in the future. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts. The development of new lines of business or new products and services often requires the commitment of significant resources that may not be recouped if not successful. Variables beyond our control or that we do not foresee may prevent the successful implementation of new lines of business, products or services. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business and/or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could require the establishment of new key and other controls and have a significant impact on our existing system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business and/or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations. We may not realize the expected benefits from our efficiency and growth initiatives, which could negatively impact our future profitability. Operating costs must decrease or grow at a slower pace than overall revenue in order to thrive in the competitive banking environment. We have and will continue to implement strategies to grow our loan portfolio and increase noninterest income in order to realize earnings growth and to remain competitive with the other banks in the markets we serve. We are continuously focused on growth initiatives and strategies for expense reductions to increase efficiencies. While we have had success in cost-savings and revenue growth in the past, there is no guarantee that these initiatives will be successful in the future. In addition, while expense control continues to be a top focus for us, management also expects to continue to make strategic investments in technology that are expected to improve our customer experience and support future growth, which will require an increase in expenditures. There can be no assurance that we will ultimately realize the anticipated benefits of our expense reduction and growth strategies, which may impair our earnings growth. Further, we may not be able to realize cost savings or revenue benefits in the time period expected, which could negatively affect our near-term profitability. Our future growth and financial performance may be negatively affected if we are unable to successfully execute our growth plans, which may include acquisitions and de novo branching. We may not be able to continue our organic, or internal, growth, which depends upon economic conditions, our ability to identify appropriate markets for expansion, our ability to recruit and retain qualified personnel, our ability to fund growth at a reasonable cost, sufficient capital to support our growth initiatives, competitive factors, banking laws, and other factors. We may seek to supplement our internal growth through acquisitions. We cannot predict the number, size or timing of acquisitions, or whether any such acquisition will occur at all. Our acquisition efforts have traditionally focused on targeted banking entities in markets in which we currently operate and markets in which we believe we can compete effectively. However, as consolidation of the financial services industry continues, the competition for suitable acquisition candidates may increase and, as the number of appropriate targets decreases, the prices for potential acquisitions could increase which could reduce our potential returns, and reduce the attractiveness of these opportunities to us. We may compete with other financial services companies for acquisition opportunities, and many of these competitors have greater financial resources than we do and may be able to pay more for an acquisition than we are able or willing to pay. We also may be required to use a substantial amount of our available cash and other liquid assets, or seek additional debt or equity financing, to fund future acquisitions. Such events could make us more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures, and additional debt service requirements may impose a significant burden on our results of operations and financial condition. If we are unable to locate suitable acquisition candidates willing to sell on terms acceptable to us, or we are otherwise unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing necessary for us to continue making acquisitions, we would be required to find other methods to grow our business and we may not grow at the same rate we have in the past, or at all. We must generally satisfy several conditions, including receiving federal regulatory approval, in order to execute most acquisition transactions. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, financial condition, and future prospects. The regulators also review current and projected capital ratios and levels; the competence, experience, and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations; the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the Community Reinvestment Act) and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. We cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. We may also be required to sell banks or branches as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition. Additionally, federal and/or state regulators may charge us with regulatory and compliance failures of an acquired business that occurred prior to the date of acquisition, and such failures may result in the imposition of formal or informal enforcement actions. 32 Table of Contents We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to successfully consolidate any business or assets we acquire with our existing business. The integration of acquired operations and assets may require substantial management effort, time and resources and may divert management’s focus from other strategic opportunities and operational matters. Acquisitions may not perform as expected when the transaction was consummated and may be dilutive to our overall operating results and stockholders’ equity per share of common stock. Specifically, acquisitions could result in higher than expected deposit attrition, loss of key employees or other consequences that could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees. We may also sell or consider selling one or more of our businesses. Such a sale would generally be subject to certain federal and/or state regulatory approvals, and may not be able to generate gains on sale or related increases in stockholders' equity commensurate with desirable levels. In addition to the acquisition of existing financial institutions, as opportunities arise, we may explore de novo branching as a part of our internal growth strategy and possibly enter into new markets through de novo branching. De novo branching and any acquisition carry numerous risks, including the following:        the inability to obtain all required regulatory approvals; significant costs and anticipated operating losses associated with establishing a de novo branch or a new bank; the inability to secure the services of qualified senior management; the failure of the local market to accept the services of a new bank owned and managed by a bank holding company headquartered outside of the market area of the new bank; economic downturns in the new market; the inability to obtain attractive locations within a new market at a reasonable cost; and the additional strain on management resources and internal systems and controls. We have experienced, to some extent, many of these risks with our de novo branching to date. Changes in retail distribution strategies and consumer behavior may adversely impact our investments in bank premises, equipment, technology and other assets and may lead to increased expenditures to change our retail distribution channel. We have significant investments in bank premises and equipment for our branch network. Advances in technology such as e- commerce, telephone, internet and mobile banking, and in-branch self-service technologies including automated teller machines and other equipment, as well as an increasing customer preference for these other methods of accessing our products and services, could decrease the value of our branch network, technology, or other retail distribution physical assets. Such advances may also cause us to change our retail distribution strategy, close and/or sell certain branches or parcels of land held for development and restructure or reduce our remaining branches and work force. Such actions in the future could lead to losses on disposition of such assets or could adversely impact the carrying value of any long-lived assets and may lead to increased expenditures to renovate, reconfigure or close a number of our remaining branches or to otherwise reform our retail distribution channel. Risks Related to the Legal and Regulatory Environment We are subject to regulation by various federal and state entities. We are subject to the regulations of the Commission, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the CFPB and the MDBCF. New regulations issued by these or other agencies may adversely affect our ability to carry on our business activities. We are subject to various federal and state laws, and certain changes in these laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations. Other than the federal securities laws, the laws and regulations governing our business are intended primarily for the protection of our depositors, our customers, the financial system and the FDIC insurance fund, not our shareholders or other creditors. Further, we must obtain approval from our regulators before engaging in certain activities, and our regulators have the ability to compel us to, or restrict us from, taking certain actions entirely, such as increasing dividends, entering into merger or acquisition transactions, acquiring or establishing new branches, and entering into certain new businesses. Noncompliance with certain of these regulations may impact our business plans, including our ability to branch, offer certain products, or execute existing or planned business strategies. For additional information regarding laws and regulations to which our business is subject, see “Supervision and Regulation.” 33 Table of Contents Any of the laws or regulations to which we are subject, including tax laws, regulations or their interpretations, may be modified or changed from time to time, and we cannot be assured that such modifications or changes will not adversely affect us. Failure to appropriately comply with any such laws or regulations could result in sanctions by regulatory authorities, civil monetary penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Further, implementation of new rules, such as the Commission's proposed climate related disclosures, could require additional cost and negatively impact operating results. In addition, as the regulatory environment related to information security, data collection and use, and privacy becomes increasingly rigorous, with new and constantly changing requirements applicable to our business, compliance with those requirements could also result in additional costs. We and other financial institutions have been the subject of litigation, investigations and other proceedings which could result in legal liability and damage to our reputation. We and certain of our directors, officers and subsidiaries are named from time to time as defendants in various class actions and other litigation relating to our business and activities. Past, present and future litigation has included or could include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. We are also involved from time to time in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental, law enforcement and self-regulatory agencies regarding our business. These matters could result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions, amendments and/or restatements of our Commission filings and/or financial statements, determinations of material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures or other relief. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us, as well as matters in which we are involved that are ultimately determined in our favor, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, cause significant reputational harm to our business, divert management attention from the operation of our business and/or result in additional litigation. In addition, in recent years, a number of judicial decisions have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has either violated a duty, whether implied or contractual, of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. We have been and in the future could become subject to claims based on this or other evolving legal theories. Risks Related to Our Common Stock Future issuances of equity securities could dilute the interests of holders of our common stock, and our common stock ranks junior to indebtedness. Our common stock ranks junior to all of our existing and future indebtedness with respect to distributions and liquidation. In addition, future issuances of equity securities, including pursuant to outstanding options, could dilute the interests of our existing shareholders, including you, and could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Moreover, to the extent that we issue restricted stock units, phantom shares, stock appreciation rights, options or warrants to purchase our common stock in the future and those stock appreciation rights, options or warrants are exercised or as the restricted stock units vest, our shareholders may experience further dilution. Holders of our shares of common stock do not have preemptive rights. Additionally, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public markets and the availability of those shares for sale could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Our ability to deliver and pay dividends depends primarily upon the results of operations of our subsidiary Bank, and we may not pay, or be permitted to pay, dividends in the future. We are a bank holding company that conducts substantially all of our operations through our subsidiary Bank. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments on our common stock will depend primarily upon the receipt of dividends and other distributions from the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends or make other payments to us, as well as our ability to pay dividends on our common stock, is limited by the Bank’s obligation to maintain sufficient capital and by other general regulatory restrictions on its dividends, which have tightened since the financial crisis. The Federal Reserve has stated that bank holding companies should not pay dividends from sources other than current earnings. If these requirements are not satisfied, we may be unable to pay dividends on our common stock. 34 Table of Contents We may also decide to limit the payment of dividends even when we have the legal ability to pay them in order to retain earnings for use in our business, which could adversely affect the market value of our common stock. There can be no assurance of whether or when we may pay dividends in the future. Mississippi law, and anti-takeover provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws could make a third-party acquisition of us difficult and may adversely affect share value. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us (even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders) and for holders of our securities to receive any related takeover premium for their securities. We are also subject to certain provisions of state and federal law and our articles of incorporation that may make it more difficult for someone to acquire control of us. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity, or group must notify the federal banking agencies before acquiring 10% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a bank holding company, including shares of our common stock. Banking agencies review the acquisition to determine if it will result in a change of control. The banking agencies have 60 days to act on the notice, and take into account several factors, including the resources of the acquirer and the antitrust effects of the acquisition. Additionally, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before, among other things, acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank. There are also Mississippi statutory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt. As a result, these statutory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation could result in our being less attractive to a potential acquirer and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Shares of our common stock are not insured deposits and may lose value. Shares of our common stock are not savings accounts, deposits or other obligations of any depository institution and are not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other governmental agency or instrumentality, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity, and are subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal. General Risk Factors We must attract and retain skilled personnel. Our success depends, in substantial part, on our ability to attract and retain skilled, experienced personnel in key positions within the organization. Competition for qualified candidates in the activities and markets that we serve is intense. If we are not able to hire, adequately compensate, or retain these key individuals, we may be unable to execute our business strategies and may suffer adverse consequences to our business, financial condition and results of operations. Labor shortages have and may continue to restrict our ability to attract and retain personnel and increase related costs. Natural and man-made disasters, including those caused or exacerbated by climate change, could affect our ability to operate. Our market areas are often impacted by hurricanes and flooding. Natural disasters, such as hurricanes, flooding, tornados, freezes and other natural and man-made disasters, such as oil spills in the Gulf of Mexico, can disrupt our operations, result in significant damage to our properties or properties and businesses of our borrowers, including property pledged as collateral, interrupt our ability to conduct business, negatively affect the local economies in which we operate, and increase circumstances leading to litigation. We cannot predict whether or to what extent damage caused by future hurricanes and other disasters will affect our operations or the economies in our market areas, but such events could cause a decline in loan originations, a decline in the value or destruction of properties securing the loans and an increase in the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures, loan losses and litigation. Climate change may increase the nature, severity and frequency of adverse weather conditions in our footprint, making the impact from these types of natural disasters on us or our customers worse. We and our customers rely on the existence of, and ability of private and public insurance programs to provide coverage for these types of events. Cost for insurance coverage under these programs has and may continue to increase, negatively impacting our business costs and our customers' levels of liquidity and the ability to service their debt. The unavailability of these types of coverage or the inability of these entities to perform could also have a materially adverse impact on our operations. Societal, legislative and regulatory responses to environmental, social and governance ("ESG") concerns, including climate change and "anti ESG" concerns, could adversely affect our business and performance, including indirectly through impacts on our customers. Our business faces increasing public, investor, activist, legislative and regulatory scrutiny related to ESG and “anti-ESG” developments. We risk damage to our brand and reputation in certain sectors if we fail to act in response to ESG concerns, such as 35 Table of Contents diversity, equity and inclusion, environmental stewardship, human capital management, support for our local communities, corporate governance and transparency, or fail to consider ESG factors in our business operations. Concerns over the long-term impacts of climate change have led and will continue to lead to global governmental efforts to mitigate those impacts. Consumers and businesses also may change their behavior and operations as a result of these concerns. The Company and its customers will need to respond to new laws and regulations as well as consumer and business preferences resulting from climate change concerns. We and our customers may face cost increases, asset value reductions and operating process changes. The impact on our customers will likely vary depending on their specific circumstances, including a significant presence in areas that are vulnerable to natural and man-made disasters that may be exacerbated by climate change, or reliance upon or a role in carbon intensive activities. Among the impacts to the Company could be a drop in demand for our products and services, particularly in certain sectors. In addition, we could face reductions in creditworthiness on the part of some customers or in the value of assets securing loans. Our efforts to take these risks into account may not be effective in protecting us from the negative impact of new laws and regulations or changes in consumer or business behavior. Furthermore, as a result of our diverse base of clients and business partners, we may face potential negative publicity based on the identity of our clients or business partners and the public's (or certain segments of the public's) view of those entities. Such publicity may arise from traditional media sources or from social media and may increase rapidly in size and scope. If our client or business partner relationships were exposed to negative publicity, our ability to attract and retain clients, business partners, and employees may be negatively impacted, and our stock price may also be negatively impacted. Additionally, we may face pressure to not do business in certain industries that are viewed as harmful to the environment or are otherwise negatively perceived, which could impact our growth. Certain investors and shareholder advocates are placing increasing emphasis on how corporations address ESG issues in their business strategy when making investment decisions and when developing their investment strategies and proxy recommendations. We may incur increased costs with respect to our ESG efforts and if such efforts are negatively perceived, our reputation and stock price may suffer. In response to ESG developments, there are increasing instances of “anti-ESG” legislation, regulation, and litigation that could have unintended impacts on ordinary banking operations and increase litigation risk related to actions we choose to take. If legislatures in the states in which we operate adopt legislation intended to protect certain industries by limiting or prohibiting consideration of business and industry factors in lending activities, certain portions of our lending operations may be impacted. We are exposed to reputational risk. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged improper activities, such as lending practices, data security breaches, corporate governance policies and decisions, and acquisitions, any of which may damage our reputation. Negative public opinion can also result from action or inaction related to environmental, social and corporate governance matters. Additionally, actions taken by government regulators and community organizations may also damage our reputation. Negative public opinion could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers or expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Changes in accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial condition and results of operations. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), including the accounting rules and regulations of the Commission and the FASB, requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions that impact our financial statements by affecting the value of our assets or liabilities and results of operations. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because materially different amounts may be reported if different estimates or assumptions are used. If such estimates or assumptions underlying our financial statements are incorrect, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. From time to time, the FASB and the Commission change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of such standards that govern the preparation of our external financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be difficult to predict, may require extraordinary efforts or additional costs to implement and could materially impact how we report our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, we may be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements in material amounts. 36 Table of Contents ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy The Company’s information security program is designed to protect the security, availability, integrity, and confidentiality of our computer systems, networks, software and information assets, including client and other sensitive data. The program is comprised of policies, guidelines, and procedures. These policies, guidelines, and procedures are intended to align with regulatory guidance, the ISO Code of Practice for Information Security Controls, and common industry practices. Assessing, identifying and managing cybersecurity related risks are integrated into our overall enterprise risk management process. The Company expects each associate to be responsible for the security and confidentiality of client information. We communicate this responsibility to associates upon hiring and regularly throughout their employment. We require each associate to complete training to protect the confidentiality of client information at the time of hire and during each year of employment. Associates must successfully pass a test to demonstrate understanding of these requirements and provide acknowledgement of their responsibilities. Additionally, we regularly provide associates with information security awareness training covering the recognition and appropriate handling of potential phishing emails, which can introduce malware to a company’s network, result in the theft of user credentials and, ultimately, place client or employee data, or other sensitive company data, and information at risk. The Company employs a number of technical controls to mitigate the risk of phishing emails. We regularly test associates to determine their susceptibility to phishing emails. We require susceptible associates to take additional training and provide regular reports to management. We additionally maintain procedures for the safe storage and handling and secure disposal of sensitive information. The Company protects its network and information assets with industry-tested security products and processes. Our teams actively monitor company networks and systems to detect suspicious or malicious events. The Company evaluates potential cyber risks, as appropriate, in its regular risk assessments. The Company also conducts vulnerability scans, and contracts with third-party vendors to perform penetration tests against the Company’s network. In addition, the Company’s Cyber Defense Center team monitors threat intelligence sources to anticipate and research evolving threats, investigates their potential impact to financial services companies, examines the Company’s controls to detect and defend against those threats, and proactively adjusts the Company’s defenses against those threats. The Company also engages expert cyber consultants, as necessary and appropriate. Before engaging third-party service providers who may have access to the Company's, customer, employee or other sensitive data, or to the Company's systems, we perform due diligence in order to identify and evaluate their cyber risks, which includes self-attestation questionnaires (developed using Service Organization Controls (SOC) reports). This process is led by the Vendor Management team and includes participation of dedicated information security resources. Third party service providers processing sensitive data are contractually required to meet applicable legal and regulatory obligations to protect sensitive data against cybersecurity threats and unauthorized access to the sensitive data. After contract executions, third party service providers deemed critical by our vendor management office undergo ongoing monitoring to ensure they continue to meet their security obligations and other potential cybersecurity threats. As part of our information security program, we have adopted an Information and Cybersecurity Incident Response Plan (“Incident Response Plan”), which is administered by our Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”) in close collaboration with our Director of Enterprise IT Risk. The Incident Response Plan describes the Company’s processes, procedures, and responsibilities for responding to cybersecurity incidents. The Incident Response Plan is intended to proceed on parallel paths in the event of a cybersecurity incident, including implementation of (i) forensic and containment, eradication, and remediation actions by information technology and security personnel and (ii) operational response actions by business, communications, and risk personnel. Our incident response team annually performs exercises to simulate responses to cybersecurity events. The Incident Response Plan includes procedures for escalation and reporting of potentially significant cybersecurity incidents to the Company’s Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Risk Officer, and our Board Risk Committee. Impacts of Cybersecurity Incidents To date, the Company has not experienced a cybersecurity incident that has materially impacted our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. Despite our efforts, there can be no assurance that our cybersecurity risk management processes and measures described will be fully implemented, complied with, or effective in protecting our systems and information. We face risks from certain cybersecurity threats that, if realized, are reasonably likely to materially affect our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in this document for further discussion of the risks associated with an interruption or breach in our information systems or infrastructure. 37 Table of Contents Cybersecurity Governance Our Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the Company’s business and affairs, including risks associated with cybersecurity threats. The Board oversees the Company’s corporate risk governance processes primarily through its committees, and oversight of cybersecurity threats is delegated primarily to our Board Risk Committee. The Board also periodically designates directors as its cybersecurity contact points. Our Chief Operating Officer facilitates the involvement of these designated directors in oversight of potentially significant cybersecurity incidents. The current directors designated as cybersecurity contacts are Chairman Jerry Levens, Board Risk Committee Chair Frank Bertucci, and Suzette Kent. The Risk Committee oversees the management process associated with cybersecurity risk. Cybersecurity matters and assessments are regularly included in Board Risk Committee meetings. The Board Risk Committee has primary responsibility for overseeing the Company’s comprehensive Enterprise Risk Management program. The Enterprise Risk Management program assists senior management in identifying, assessing, monitoring, and managing risk, including cybersecurity risk, in a rapidly changing environment. The Board Risk Committee provides reports to the full Board on the Company’s information security program on an annual basis. The Company’s CISO directs our information security program and the Director of Enterprise IT Risk directs our information technology risk management. Led by our CISO and Director of Enterprise IT Risk, a team of dedicated security professionals examines risks to the Company’s information systems and assets, designs and implements security solutions, monitors the environment and provides immediate responses to threats. The CISO regularly attends Board Risk Committee meetings and sits in executive session with the Committee members at least annually to update committee members on material cybersecurity and other information security developments and risks. The CISO also provides an annual information security program summary report to the Board, outlining the overall status of our information security program and the Company’s compliance with regulatory guidelines. The IT Risk Governance Subcommittee, a management level subcommittee of our Operations Committee, also addresses information security and is responsible for overseeing the protection of the integrity, security, safety and resiliency of corporate information systems and assets. The IT Risk Governance Committee meets quarterly to review the development of the program and provide recommendations. The subcommittee provides regular reports to the Operations Committee and, ultimately, the Board Risk Committee through the CISO. Together, our CISO and Director of Enterprise IT Risk co-lead the company’s IT Risk Governance Committee. Our CISO is responsible for the Company’s information security program. In this role, the CISO manages the Company’s information security and day-to-day cybersecurity operations and supports the information security risk oversight responsibilities of the Board and its committees. The CISO is a member of the Company’s Corporate Operations group and reports to our Chief Information Officer, who in turn reports to our Chief Operating Officer. Our CISO has cybersecurity experience spanning more than two decades. Prior experience includes senior security roles in large government agencies and Fortune 200 companies. He has spoken at area colleges and various industry events about information security. He holds a degree in electrical engineering, is a graduate of banking school, and maintains several industry certifications. Our Director of Enterprise IT Risk is responsible for the Company’s information technology governance, risk, and compliance program. In this role, the Director of Enterprise IT Risk provides independent oversight of information technology risk, promotes effective challenge to the Company’s information technology systems, and ensures that high level risks receive appropriate attention. The Director of Enterprise IT Risk is a member of the Company’s Corporate Risk Management Group and reports to our Chief Risk Officer, who in turn reports to our CEO. Our Director of Enterprise IT Risk has over two decades of business continuity, crisis management and risk experience in the financial services industry and maintains related industry certifications. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES The Company’s main office, which is the headquarters of the holding company, is located at Hancock Whitney Plaza, in Gulfport, Mississippi. The Bank makes portions of the main office facilities and certain other facilities available for lease to third parties, although such incidental leasing activity is not material to the Company’s overall operations. The Company operates 182 full-service banking and financial services offices and 225 automated teller machines across our market, primarily in the Gulf south corridor, including southern and central Mississippi; southern and central Alabama; southern, central and northwest Louisiana; the northern, central, and panhandle regions of Florida; and certain areas of east and northeast Texas, including Houston, Beaumont, Dallas, Austin, and San Antonio, among others. Additionally, the Company operates combined loan and deposit production offices in the metropolitan areas of Nashville, Tennessee and Atlanta, Georgia. The Company owns approximately 70% of these facilities, and the remaining banking facilities are subject to leases, each of which we consider reasonable and appropriate for its location. We ensure that all properties, whether owned or leased, are maintained in suitable condition. We also evaluate our banking 38 Table of Contents facilities on an ongoing basis to identify possible under-utilization and to determine the need for functional improvements, relocations, closures or possible sales. The Bank and its subsidiaries hold a variety of property interests acquired in settlement of loans. Some of these properties were acquired in transactions before 1979 and are carried at nominal amounts on our balance sheet and reflected income of $0.1 million in our 2023 operating results. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We and our subsidiaries are party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that loss contingencies, if any, arising from pending litigation and regulatory matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or liquidity. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 39 Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information The Company’s common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “HWC.” There were 7,176 active holders of record of the Company’s common stock at January 31, 2024 and 86,347,503 shares outstanding. Stock Performance Graph The following performance graph and related information are neither “soliciting material” nor “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such filing. The performance graph compares the cumulative five-year shareholder return on the Company’s common stock, assuming an investment of $100 on December 31, 2018 and the reinvestment of dividends thereafter, to that of the common stocks of United States companies reported in the Nasdaq Total Return Index and the common stocks of the KBW Regional Banks Total Return Index. The KBW Regional Banks Total Return Index is a proprietary stock index of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., that tracks the returns of approximately 50 regional banking companies throughout the United States. 40 Table of Contents Equity Compensation Plan Information The following table provides information as of December 31, 2023 with respect to shares of common stock that may be issued under the Company’s equity compensation plans. Plan Category Equity compensation plans approved by security holders Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders Total Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (a) Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (b) Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a)) (c) 1,390,639 (1) $ — 1,390,639 N/A — 1,993,867 — 1,993,867 (1) Includes 87,623 shares potentially issuable upon the vesting of outstanding restricted share units and 92,792 shares potentially issuable upon the vesting of outstanding performance share units that represent awards deferred into the Company’s Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. Also includes 463,072 performance share awards. Performance share awards and units are stated in amounts that would be issuable if the highest level of performance conditions is met. Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities On January 26, 2023, the Company’s board of directors approved a stock buyback program whereby the Company is authorized to repurchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its common stock through the program’s expiration date of December 31, 2024. The program allows the Company to repurchase its common shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase programs, in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise, in one or more transactions. The Company is not obligated to purchase any shares under this program, and the board of directors has the ability to terminate or amend the program at any time prior to the expiration date. To date, the Company has not repurchased shares under this program. Common stock repurchase activity during the fourth quarter of 2023 was as follows: Total Number of Shares of Units Purchased Average Price Paid Per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as a Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs Maximum Number of Shares That May Yet Be Purchased Under Plans or Programs — $ — $ — $ — $ — — — — — — — — 4,297,000 4,297,000 4,297,000 4,297,000 Oct 1, 2023 - Oct 31, 2023 Nov 1, 2023 - Nov 30, 2023 Dec 1, 2023 - Dec 31, 2023 Total ITEM 6. Reserved. 41 Table of Contents ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The objective of this discussion and analysis is to provide material information relevant to the assessment of the financial condition and results of operations of Hancock Whitney Corporation and its subsidiaries during the year ended December 31, 2023 and selected prior periods, including an evaluation of the amounts and certainty of cash flows from operations and outside sources. This discussion and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement financial and operating data and information presented elsewhere in this report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes. The discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, our actual results may differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. See Forward-Looking Statements in Part I of this Annual Report. Non-GAAP Financial Measures Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations include non-GAAP measures used to describe our performance. A reconciliation of those measures to GAAP measures are provided in Table 1 “Consolidated Financial Results” and Table 31 “Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results” of this section. The following is an overview of the non-GAAP measures used and the reasons why management believes they are useful and important in understanding the Company’s financial condition and results of operations included below. Consistent with the provisions of Subpart 229.1400 of Regulation S-K, “Disclosures by Bank and Savings and Loan Registrants,” we present net interest income, net interest margin and efficiency ratios on a fully taxable equivalent (“te”) basis. The te basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of interest income from certain loans and investments using the statutory federal tax rate (21% for all periods presented) to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. This measure is the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources. We present certain additional non-GAAP financial measures to assist the reader with a better understanding of the Company’s performance period over period, as well as to provide investors with assistance in understanding the success management has experienced in executing its strategic initiatives. The Company highlights certain significant items that are outside of our principal business and/or are not indicative of forward-looking trends in supplemental disclosure items below our GAAP financial data and presents certain “Adjusted” ratios that exclude these disclosed items. These adjusted ratios provide management and the reader with a measure that may be more indicative of forward-looking trends in our business, as well as demonstrates the effects of significant gains or losses and changes. We define Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue as net income excluding provision expense and income tax expense, plus the taxable equivalent adjustment (as defined above), less supplemental disclosure items (as defined above). Management believes that adjusted pre-provision net revenue is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle. We define Adjusted Revenue as net interest income (te) and noninterest income less supplemental disclosure items. We define Adjusted Noninterest Expense as noninterest expense less supplemental disclosure items. We define our Efficiency Ratio as noninterest expense to total net interest income (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items, if applicable. Management believes adjusted revenue, adjusted noninterest expense and the efficiency ratio are useful measures as they provide a greater understanding of ongoing operations and enhance comparability with prior periods. EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW The discussions and analyses that follow provide insight into the impact of macroeconomic and industry trends on our performance in the most recent fiscal year, and our outlook for the near term. Current Economic Environment U.S. economic activity remains resilient nearly two years into the Federal Reserve's aggressive campaign to tame inflation. Thus far, the Federal Reserve has seen some success in slowing economic growth without precipitating a recession. The December 31, 2023 headline and core (less food and energy) inflation have receded considerably from 40-year highs in 2022, though at 3.4% and 3.9%, respectively, both remain well above the Federal Reserve's target rate of 2%. Real Gross domestic product (GDP) increased 2.5% for the full year 2023, reflecting growth in each of the four fiscal quarters. Despite some softening, the labor market remains strong at near full-employment, with the unemployment rate at 3.7% in December 2023. The Federal Reserve issued four 25-basis point interest rate increases between February and July 2023, but has held the rate steady since, indicating the possibility that the target rate has reached its terminal value in the rate hiking cycle. While the continued strong pace of consumer spending and the strength of the labor market may help prevent or reduce the severity of a potential recession, the possibility that rates will remain higher for longer may 42 Table of Contents result in below-trend economic growth. Economic trends may be further influenced by factors outside of inflation, such as a potential shutdown of the U.S. government and expanding geopolitical conflict. Within the financial services industry, particularly in the regional bank space, institutions continue to deal with macroeconomic and industry-specific headwinds. The heightened interest rate environment has fostered a continued shift within deposit composition toward higher cost products, although the pace of movement slowed somewhat towards the end of 2023. High-profile bank failures in the first half of 2023 have prompted increased regulatory scrutiny of banks' liquidity and the stability of their deposit bases, which has intensified competition for deposits and, in turn, placed further pressure on borrowing costs. The interest rate environment has also steadily affected the affordability of credit to consumers and businesses that has tempered loan demand. At the same time, economic uncertainty and industry turmoil has prompted many institutions to tighten credit standards. We experienced loan growth of 3% during the year ended December 31, 2023, though the majority of the growth occurred in the first half of the year. In the fourth quarter, we experienced a $61.8 million net decline in loans as demand continued to slow in response to heightened interest rates and, in many of the markets we serve, increased insurance costs. Further, we are continuing to narrow our credit appetite in certain sectors and shift our focus toward full-service relationships. Our core client deposits, defined as total deposits excluding public funds and brokered deposits, were up slightly year-over-year. We were able to maintain our diversified deposit base through competitive pricing, as much of our client base remains interest rate sensitive. Despite the increased pressure on funding costs, interest rates on new, renewed and repricing variable rate loans drove an expanded net interest margin in 2023. Economic Outlook We utilize economic forecasts produced by Moody’s Analytics (Moody’s) that provide various scenarios to assist in the development of our economic outlook. This outlook discussion utilizes the December 2023 Moody’s forecast, the most current available at December 31, 2023. The forecasts are anchored on a baseline forecast scenario, which Moody’s defines as the “most likely outcome” of where the economy is headed based on current conditions. Several upside and downside scenarios are produced that are derived from the baseline scenario and incorporate varying degrees of favorable and unfavorable adjustments to economic indicators and circumstances as compared to the baseline. The macroeconomic variables underlying the December 2023 economic scenarios differ in certain respects from the comparable forecasts available at December 31, 2022, given the shift in economic circumstances and risks. The December 2023 baseline forecast continues to incorporate the belief that the Federal Reserve will accomplish its goal of bringing inflation to or below its target without precipitating a recession. Key assumptions within the December 2023 baseline forecast include the following: (1) the Federal Funds rate has reached its terminal value in the rate hiking cycle, with rate cuts of 25 basis points per quarter to begin in June 2024 until reaching 3% in late 2026, and 2.5% by 2030; (2) the U.S. government will avoid the recently- feared shutdown; (3) while the labor market remains strong, there are indications of softening, and the unemployment rate will rise from its current rate of 3.7% to 4.0% in 2024 and 4.1% in 2025, then improve slightly to 4.0% for 2026; (4) GDP will display modest annual growth of 1.7% in both 2024 and 2025 and 2.2% in 2026; and, (5) the 10-year U.S. Treasury yield reached its recent high at nearly 5% in the third quarter of 2023, but will remain above 4% through the end of the decade. The S-2 scenario presents a downside alternative to the baseline. The S-2 scenario assumes an increased likelihood of a U.S. government shutdown, longer and farther-reaching disturbance from geopolitical conflict, and continued disruption in the financial services industry leading to further tightening of credit standards. Further, the scenario assumes the unemployment rate will increase considerably to 5.7% in 2024 before improving to 5.3% in 2025 and 4.0% in 2026. Despite the weakening economy, the Federal Reserve does not begin rate cuts sooner than what is assumed in the baseline. As a result of these pressures, the U.S. falls into a mild recession beginning in the first quarter of 2024 that lasts for three quarters, with the stock market contracting 20% and a peak-to- trough decline in GDP of 1%. Management has deemed certain assumptions underlying the S-2 scenario to be somewhat more likely to occur in the near term than those underlying the baseline scenario, and as such, the baseline scenario and the S-2 scenario were given probability weightings of 40% and 60%, respectively, in the calculation of our allowance for credit losses calculation at December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2023, the credit loss outlook for our portfolio as a whole has not changed significantly from that of a year ago, however, we remain cautious given headwinds from elevated interest rates, increased insurance costs and market concerns surrounding commercial real estate. Aside from a single sizable charge-off in 2023 attributable to borrower-specific circumstances, our asset quality metrics have remained stable over the preceding two years, with nonaccrual loans, commercial criticized loans and all other net charge-offs at relatively low levels. We continue to closely monitor our portfolio for customers that are sensitive to prolonged inflation and the elevated interest rate environment. The effects of inflation and the Federal Reserve's actions to counter those effects in the form of interest rate increases and quantitative tightening have in the past and could in the near term reduce economic growth. The full extent of the impact of the Federal Reserve’s 43 Table of Contents actions to reduce inflation and the timing and scope of further Federal Reserve actions are uncertain and may have a significant negative impact on the U.S. economy, including the possibility of an economic recession in the near or midterm. Highlights of 2023 Financial Results Net income for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $392.6 million, or $4.50 per diluted common share, compared to $524.1 million, or $5.98 per diluted common share in 2022. The results for 2023 include a net charge of $75.4 million (pre-tax), or $0.68 per share after tax, comprised of the following supplemental disclosure items: a $65.4 million loss on restructuring of the securities portfolio, a $26.1 million FDIC special assessment charge and a $16.1 million gain on the sale of a parking facility. There were no supplemental disclosure items in 2022. The following is an overview of financial results for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022:          Net income of $392.6 million, or $4.50 per diluted common share Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (a non-GAAP measure) totaled $635.7 million, down $5.4 million Provision for credit losses of $59.1 million in 2023, compared to a negative provision of $28.4 million in 2022; allowance for credit loss to total loans at 1.41% at December 31, 2023 Loan growth of $807.9 million, or 3%, to $23.9 billion Deposits of $29.7 billion at December 31, 2023, up $619.7 million, or 2% Common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 12.33%, up 92 basis points (bps) from December 31, 2022; tangible common equity ratio of 8.37%, up 128 bps Criticized commercial loans and nonperforming loans remained relatively stable at low levels throughout 2023 Net interest margin increased 8 bps to 3.34% Efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) of 55.25%, up from 52.93% in 2022 The year ended December 31, 2023 brought many challenges on both a macroeconomic level and within the financial services industry. Our results reflect navigating these headwinds while demonstrating our ability to preserve liquidity and manage operating expenses. The Federal Reserve continued its efforts to combat inflation through interest rate increases, but the benefits of our general asset sensitivity were largely offset by continued increases in funding costs, including a significant shift and deposit mix from noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing products. Disruption in the financial services industry created additional pressure on funding costs and net interest margin, and required incremental noninterest expense through a special assessment to restore the deposit insurance fund. As expected, loan growth has tempered in response to the current interest rate environment and with our continued focus on full service relationships and lending to resilient borrowers in light of current economic pressures. Aside from a single sizable borrower-specific charge-off, our credit metrics remained stable at relatively low levels, with no significant weakening in any portfolio sectors in 2023. A strategic decision to restructure our available for sale securities portfolio and pay down debt is expected to benefit future yield on earning assets, net interest margin and capital. Our capital levels increased year over year, and we believe we have positioned ourselves to effectively navigate the operating environment for this coming year. The table that follows presents our consolidated financial results. Additional information related to our results and outlook are included in the discussions that follow. 44 Table of Contents Table 1. Consolidated Financial Results (in thousands, except per share data) Income Statement: Interest income (a) Interest income (te) (b) Interest expense Net interest income (te) Provision for credit losses Noninterest income Noninterest expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Supplemental disclosure items - included above, pre-tax Included in noninterest income: Loss on securities portfolio restructure Gain on sale of parking facility Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement Included in noninterest expense: FDIC special assessment Efficiency initiatives Hurricane related expenses Loss on redemption of subordinated notes Balance Sheet Data: Period end balance sheet data Loans Earning assets Total assets Noninterest-bearing deposits Total deposits Stockholders' equity Average balance sheet data Loans Earning assets Total assets Noninterest-bearing deposits Total deposits Stockholders' equity Common Shares Data: Earnings per share - basic Earnings per share - diluted Cash dividends per common share Book value per share (period end) Tangible book value per share (period end) Weighted average number of shares - diluted Period end number of shares Performance and other data: Return on average assets Return on average common equity Return on average tangible common equity Tangible common equity (c) Tier 1 common equity Net interest margin (te) Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue (te) Efficiency ratio (d) Allowance for loan loss as a percentage of total loans Allowance for credit loss as a percentage of total loans Annualized net charge-offs to average loans Nonaccrual assets as a percentage of loans, ORE and foreclosed assets FTE headcount 45 $ $ $ $ $ $ 2023 2022 2021 1,620,497 $ 1,631,604 522,898 1,108,706 59,103 288,480 836,848 490,128 97,526 392,602 $ (65,380 ) $ 16,126 — — — 26,123 — — — 23,921,917 $ 32,175,097 35,578,573 11,030,515 29,690,059 3,803,661 23,594,579 $ 33,160,791 35,633,442 11,919,234 29,478,481 3,528,911 4.51 $ 4.50 1.20 44.05 33.63 86,423 86,345 1.10 % 11.13 % 14.97 % 8.37 % 12.33 % 3.34 % 20.65 % 55.25 % 1.29 % 1.41 % 0.27 % 0.26 % 3,591 1,137,063 $ 1,147,411 87,060 1,060,351 (28,399 ) 331,486 750,692 659,196 135,107 524,089 $ — $ — — — — — — — — 982,258 993,437 49,023 944,414 (77,494 ) 364,334 807,007 568,056 104,841 463,215 — — 4,576 2,800 3,600 — 38,296 4,412 4,165 23,114,046 $ 31,873,027 35,183,825 13,645,113 29,070,349 3,342,628 21,915,393 $ 32,498,213 35,059,178 14,298,022 29,497,470 3,405,206 21,134,282 33,610,435 36,531,205 14,392,808 30,465,897 3,670,352 21,207,942 32,060,863 35,075,392 13,323,978 29,093,709 3,545,255 6.00 $ 5.98 1.08 38.89 28.29 86,394 85,941 1.49 % 15.39 % 21.07 % 7.09 % 11.41 % 3.26 % 23.82 % 52.93 % 1.33 % 1.48 % 0.01 % 0.18 % 3,627 5.23 5.22 1.08 42.31 31.64 87,027 86,749 1.32 % 13.07 % 17.74 % 7.71 % 11.09 % 2.95 % 27.84 % 57.29 % 1.62 % 1.76 % 0.15 % 0.32 % 3,486 Table of Contents ($ in thousands) Reconciliation of pre-provision net revenue (te) and adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te) (non-GAAP measures) (e) Net income (GAAP) Provision for credit losses Income tax expense Pre-provision net revenue Taxable equivalent adjustment Pre-provision net revenue (te) Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items Loss on securities portfolio restructure Gain on sale of parking facility Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement FDIC special assessment Efficiency initiatives Hurricane related expenses Loss on redemption of subordinated notes Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te) Reconciliation of revenue (te), adjusted revenue (te) and efficiency ratio (non- GAAP measures) (e) Net interest income Noninterest income Total GAAP revenue Taxable equivalent adjustment Total revenue (te) Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items Loss on securities portfolio restructure Gain on sale of parking facility Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement Adjusted revenue GAAP noninterest expense Amortization of intangibles Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items FDIC special assessment Efficiency initiatives Hurricane related expenses Loss on redemption of subordinated notes Adjusted noninterest expense Efficiency ratio (d) 2023 2022 2021 392,602 $ 59,103 97,526 549,231 11,107 560,338 65,380 (16,126 ) — — — 26,123 — — — 635,715 $ 1,097,599 $ 288,480 1,386,079 11,107 1,397,186 65,380 (16,126 ) — — — 1,446,440 836,848 (11,556 ) (26,123 ) — — — 799,169 $ 55.25 % 524,089 $ (28,399 ) 135,107 630,797 10,348 641,145 — — — — — — — — — 641,145 $ 1,050,003 $ 331,486 1,381,489 10,348 1,391,837 — — — — — 1,391,837 750,692 (14,033 ) — — — — 736,659 $ 52.93 % 463,215 (77,494 ) 104,841 490,562 11,179 501,741 — — (4,576 ) (2,800 ) (3,600 ) — 38,296 4,412 4,165 537,638 933,235 364,334 1,297,569 11,179 1,308,748 — — (4,576 ) (2,800 ) (3,600 ) 1,297,772 807,007 (16,665 ) — (38,296 ) (4,412 ) (4,165 ) 743,469 57.29 % $ $ $ $ (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Interest income includes the net impact of discount accretion and premium amortization arising from business combinations totaling $2.4 million, $4.7 million, and $8.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21%. The tangible common equity ratio is common stockholders’ equity less intangible assets divided by total assets less intangible assets. The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items. See non-GAAP financial measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures. 46 Table of Contents RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following is a discussion of results from operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. Refer to previously filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for discussion of prior year variances. Net Interest Income Net interest income was $1.1 billion, up $47.6 million from 2022. Net interest income is the primary component of our earnings and represents the difference, or spread, between revenue generated from interest-earning assets and the interest expense related to funding those assets. For analytical purposes, net interest income is adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis (te) using the statutory federal tax rate of 21% on tax exempt items (primarily interest on municipal securities and loans). Net interest income (te) was $1.1 billion in 2023, up $48.4 million, or 5%, from 2022, and included an increase in interest income (te) of $484.2 million largely offset by an increase of $435.8 million in interest expense. Net interest margin, the ratio of net interest income (te) to average earning assets, increased 8 bps to 3.34% in 2023 from 3.26% in 2022. The increase in interest income (te) is largely attributable to the impact of the series of Federal Reserve interest rate increases, a favorable change in the mix of earning assets, and, to a lesser extent, a $19.0 million decrease in net premium amortization on the securities portfolio. The yield on earning assets (te) was 4.92% in 2023, up 139 bps from 2022. The yield increase was mainly attributable to the impact of the rising interest rate environment on the loan and, to a lesser extent, investment portfolios, and the favorable change in the mix of average earning assets, with loans up $1.7 billion, investment securities down $112 million, and short- term investments down $888 million. The loan yield was up 155 bps to 5.87%, reflecting the impact of the rise in interest rates on new and repricing loans. The yield on investment securities increased 28 bps in 2023 to 2.39% as new investments were made at higher yields amid the rising interest rate environment, along with yield enhancements from the termination of certain fair value hedges on available for sale securities. The increase in interest expense is largely attributable to a significant unfavorable change in the average funding mix that is the result of both the interest rate environment and response to the disruption created by the bank failures in early 2023. The rise in interest rates fostered a natural shift from noninterest-bearing to more attractive interest-bearing products. Following the bank failures, scrutiny over deposit composition and overall liquidity intensified competition for deposits; in response, promotional pricing on retail deposits and the addition of brokered time deposits drove a further shift in deposit mix toward higher-cost products. At December 31, 2023, noninterest-bearing deposits comprised 37% of total deposits compared to 47% at December 31, 2022. In addition, average short-term borrowings in 2023 were up $334.7 million from 2022, mostly reflective of incremental FHLB borrowings held for a period of time as a cautionary measure subsequent to the bank failures. As such, the cost of funds increased 131 bps to 1.58% in 2023 from 0.27% in 2022, with average interest-bearing deposit costs increasing 215 bps to 2.53% from 0.38% and other short-term borrowing costs, which consist largely of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, increasing 323 bps to 5.06% in 2023 from 1.83% in 2022. Our cycle-to-date loan and deposit betas were 46% and 36%, respectively, at December 31, 2023, compared to 40% and 13%, respectively, at December 31, 2022, reflecting the previously mentioned competitive pricing utilized to attract and retain deposits in 2023. Though interest rates remain elevated, we expect deposit costs to be more stable in the near term. Further, in November 2023, we executed a restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio whereby we sold $1.04 billion of lower-yielding instruments, reinvested approximately half of the $977 million of proceeds in higher-yielding securities and utilized the remainder to repay short- term borrowings as a means to enhance net interest margin. We anticipate an approximate 30 month payback period to cover the loss associated with the sale, with expected benefits in 2024 of $26.2 million in net interest income and 13 bps to net interest margin. We expect further modest expansion of net interest margin in 2024, with an emphasis on improving loan yields and by proactively managing deposit costs as interest rates begin to decline. Our forecast assumes three 25 bp rate cuts beginning in June 2024. Discussions of Asset/Liability Management and Net Interest Income at Risk later in this item provide additional information regarding our management of interest rate risk and the potential impact from changes in interest rates, respectively. 47 Table of Contents TABLE 2. Summary of Average Balances, Interest and Rates (te) (a) ($ in millions) Assets Interest-Earnings Assets: Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a) Residential mortgage loans Consumer loans Loan fees & late charges Loans (te) (b) Loans held for sale Investment securities: U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations Municipals (te) Other securities Total investment securities (te) (c) Short-term investments Total earning assets (te) Nonearning assets: Other assets Allowance for loan losses Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity Interest-bearing Liabilities: Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits Time deposits Public funds Total interest-bearing deposits Repurchase agreements Other short-term borrowings Long-term debt Total interest-bearing liabilities Noninterest-bearing: Noninterest-bearing deposits Other liabilities Stockholders' equity Total liabilities and stockholders' equity Net interest income (te) and margin Net earning assets and spread Interest cost of funding earning assets Average Balance 2023 Interest (d) Rate Years Ended December 31, 2022 Interest (d) Average Balance Rate Average Balance 2021 Interest (d) Rate $ 18,556.2 $ 1,131.8 128.3 124.0 1.3 1,385.4 1.7 3,541.2 1,497.2 — 23,594.6 26.0 6.10 % $ 17,682.3 $ 2,666.1 3.62 1,567.0 8.28 — — 21,915.4 5.87 43.0 6.63 759.9 4.30 % $ 17,070.3 $ 2,445.6 90.3 3.39 1,692.1 88.4 5.64 — 7.4 — 21,208.0 946.0 4.32 90.2 1.8 4.22 606.1 3.55 % 90.6 3.70 81.6 4.82 53.7 832.0 3.92 2.5 2.82 0.0 567.2 15.3 2.70 426.7 8.3 1.95 330.6 5.4 1.64 7,423.9 887.0 23.5 170.4 26.5 0.8 2.30 2.98 3.51 7,652.1 912.0 22.3 154.5 2.02 27.0 2.96 0.8 3.42 6,833.1 928.4 13.7 122.3 1.79 27.2 2.93 0.5 3.66 8,901.6 638.6 33,160.8 213.0 31.5 1,631.6 2.39 4.93 4.92 % 9,013.1 1,526.7 32,498.2 190.6 2.11 9.0 0.59 1,147.4 3.53 % 8,105.8 2,656.9 32,060.9 155.4 1.92 3.5 0.13 993.4 3.10 % 2,783.5 (310.9 ) $ 35,633.4 2,878.4 (317.4 ) $ 35,059.2 3,420.6 (406.1 ) $ 35,075.4 $ 10,598.6 $ 3,989.1 2,971.6 17,559.3 513.3 1,180.1 239.1 19,491.8 176.9 166.5 100.5 443.9 7.0 59.7 12.3 522.9 1.67 % $ 11,201.1 $ 1,056.4 4.17 2,941.9 3.38 15,199.4 2.53 536.7 1.36 822.0 5.06 239.3 5.15 16,797.4 2.68 % 21.2 0.19 % $ 11,216.5 $ 1,413.0 3,140.2 15,769.7 559.4 1,103.8 314.9 17,747.8 4.7 0.44 32.5 1.10 58.4 0.38 1.1 0.21 15.1 1.83 12.4 5.19 87.0 0.52 % 9.1 0.08 % 6.5 0.46 10.6 0.34 26.2 0.17 0.6 0.10 5.4 0.49 16.8 5.32 49.0 0.28 % 11,919.2 693.5 3,528.9 14,298.0 558.6 3,405.2 13,324.0 458.3 3,545.3 $ 35,633.4 $ 35,059.2 $ 35,075.4 $ 1,108.7 $ 13,669.0 3.34 2.24 1.58 % $ 15,700.8 $ 14,313.1 $ 1,060.4 3.26 3.01 0.27 % $ 944.4 2.95 2.82 0.15 % (a) (b) (c) (d) Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using federal income tax rate of 21%. Includes nonaccrual loans. Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities. Included in interest income is net purchase accounting accretion of $2.4 million, $4.7 million and $8.6 million for the years December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. 48 Table of Contents TABLE 3. Summary of Changes in Net Interest Income (te) (a) (b) ($ in thousands) Interest Income (te) Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a) Residential mortgage loans Consumer loans Loan fees & late charges Loans (te) (c) Loans held for sale Investment securities: U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations Municipals Other securities Total investment in securities (te) (d) Short-term investments Total earning assets (te) Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits Time deposits Public funds Total interest-bearing deposits Repurchase agreements Other short-term borrowings Long-term debt Total interest expense Net interest income (te) variance 2023 Compared to 2022 Due to Change in Total Increase (Decrease) 2022 Compared to 2021 Due to Change in Volume Rate Total Increase (Decrease) Volume Rate 31,345 (3,297 ) — $ 39,213 $ 332,722 $ 371,935 $ 22,399 $ 131,363 $ 153,762 (240 ) (8,049 ) 6,760 12,940 (46,301 ) (46,301 ) 89,953 113,981 (728 ) 6,620 38,928 (6,089 ) 67,261 372,181 795 37,965 35,631 (6,089 ) 439,442 (91 ) 7,809 (6,180 ) — 24,028 (1,672 ) (886 ) 944 3,129 3,859 6,988 1,739 1,153 2,892 (4,779 ) 20,678 (743 ) 181 43 18 (2,350 ) 24,736 30,522 (8,066 ) 55,959 428,234 15,899 (562 ) 61 22,386 22,456 484,193 15,284 32,236 (485 ) (210 ) 297 263 16,835 35,181 5,540 (1,976 ) 37,215 116,759 153,974 16,952 275 (34 ) 18,346 7,516 (331 ) 1,205 (156,819 ) (40,103 ) (121,719 ) (67,718 ) (39,229 ) (346,256 ) (5,871 ) (35,876 ) 106 (47,941 ) (387,897 ) 52 (8,771 ) 7 $ 8,018 $ 40,337 $ (155,614 ) (161,822 ) (68,049 ) (385,485 ) (5,819 ) (44,647 ) 113 (435,838 ) (12,150 ) 1,851 (21,894 ) (32,193 ) (552 ) (9,624 ) 4,332 (38,037 ) 48,355 $ 45,159 $ 70,778 $ 115,937 (12,163 ) 262 (22,604 ) (34,505 ) (577 ) (11,293 ) 394 (45,981 ) 13 1,589 710 2,312 25 1,669 3,938 7,944 (a) (b) (c) (d) Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a federal income tax rate of 21%. Amounts shown as due to changes in either volume or rate includes an allocation of the amount that reflects the interaction of volume and rate changes. This allocation is based on the absolute dollar amounts of change due solely to changes in volume or rate. Includes nonaccrual loans. Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities. Provision for Credit Losses During the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $59.1 million compared to a negative provision for credit losses of $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The provision for credit losses recorded in 2023 included net charge-offs of $63.4 million, partially offset by a $4.3 million reserve release. The negative provision for credit losses recorded in 2022 included a $30.3 million reserve release, partially offset by net charge-offs of $1.9 million. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2023 includes a $29.7 million charge-off attributable to a single participation in a shared national credit, which stemmed from borrower-specific circumstances that we do not believe to be indicative of an industry or portfolio trend. The modest reserve release reflects relatively stable macroeconomic assumptions and credit quality metrics. The negative provision for credit losses for the same period in 2022 reflects the gradual release of certain reserves built in 2020 in response to the economic disruption brought on by the pandemic, as overall credit performance and economic conditions in our markets continued to improve. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $63.4 million, or 0.27% of average loans outstanding, comprised of net charge-offs of $52.8 million in the commercial portfolio (inclusive of the $29.7 million single borrower charge-off described above) and $11.8 million in the consumer portfolio, partially offset by net recoveries of $1.2 million in the residential mortgage portfolio. The single customer charge-off comprised 13 bps of the net charge-off ratio, with the remainder representing a more normalized level of losses and lower recoveries. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2022 totaled $1.9 million, or 0.01% of average loans outstanding, comprised of net charge-offs of $7.4 million in the consumer portfolio, partially offset by net recoveries of $3.9 million in the commercial portfolio and $1.6 million in the residential mortgage portfolio. 49 Table of Contents Loan growth, portfolio composition, credit quality metrics and assumptions in economic forecasts will drive the level of credit loss reserves. At present, we expect modest charge-offs and provision expense in 2024. Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Balance Sheet Analysis— Allowance for Credit Losses” provides additional information on changes in the allowance for credit losses and general credit quality. Noninterest Income Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $288.5 million, a $43.0 million, or 13%, decrease from 2022. Noninterest income for 2023 includes two supplemental disclosure items totaling $49.3 million, comprised of a $65.4 million loss on restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio and a $16.1 million gain on the sale of a parking facility. There were no supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest income in 2022. Excluding the supplemental disclosure items, adjusted noninterest income in 2023 was up $6.2 million, or 2%, largely driven by an increase in investment and annuity fees, trust fees, credit- related fees and other miscellaneous income, partially offset by decreases in income from derivatives, secondary mortgage market operations, service charges and bank card and ATM fees, discussed in more detail below. Table 4 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the components of noninterest income, along with the percentage changes between years. Table 5 presents supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest income (Table 4) by component for the same periods. TABLE 4. Noninterest Income ($ in thousands) Service charges on deposit accounts Trust fees Bank card and ATM fees Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions Secondary mortgage market operations Securities transactions Income from bank-owned life insurance Credit-related fees Income from derivatives Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets Other miscellaneous income Total noninterest income n/m – not meaningful 2023 $ 86,020 67,565 82,966 36,714 9,159 (65,380 ) 15,454 12,557 420 19,388 23,617 $ 288,480 % Change 2022 % Change 2021 (2 ) % $ 87,663 65,132 4 84,591 (2 ) 28,752 28 11,524 (21 ) (87 ) n/m 15,881 (3 ) 10,483 20 5,832 (93 ) 3,096 526 18,619 27 (13 ) % $ 331,486 8 % $ 81,032 62,898 4 79,074 7 29,502 (3 ) 36,694 (69 ) (126 ) 333 18,330 (13 ) 11,001 (5 ) 13,477 (57 ) 1,423 118 30,570 3 (9 ) % $ 364,334 TABLE 5. Supplemental Disclosure Items Included in Noninterest Income ($ in thousands) Securities transactions: Loss on securities portfolio restructure Other miscellaneous income: Gain on sale of parking facility Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement Total other miscellaneous income Total supplemental disclosure items in noninterest income 2023 2022 2021 $ $ $ $ (65,380 ) $ 16,126 $ — — — 16,126 $ (49,254 ) $ — $ — $ — — — — $ — $ — — 4,576 2,800 3,600 10,976 10,976 Service charges on deposit accounts include consumer, business, and corporate deposit account servicing fees, as well as overdraft and nonsufficient funds fees, overdraft protection fees, and other customer transaction-related fees. Service charges on deposit accounts were $86.0 million, down $1.6 million, or 2%, from 2022. The decrease from 2022 was largely driven by a $4.2 million decline in retail nonsufficient funds and overdraft fees, as certain of these fees were eliminated in late 2022, and a $1.2 million decline in consumer service charges as a result of a product suite redesign. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $3.3 million in commercial analysis fees and nonsufficient funds and overdraft fees, driven by deposit balance activity, pricing changes, strong sales activity and higher instances of overdrafts. 50 Table of Contents Trust fee income represents revenue generated from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses and institutions. Trust fees totaled $67.6 million in 2023, a $2.4 million, or 4%, increase from 2022, primarily attributable to an increase of $3.7 million in corporate and institutional trust fees and a decrease of $1.3 million in personal trust, retirement services, and other trust fees. Trust assets under management increased to $9.7 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $9.1 billion at December 31, 2022. Bank card and ATM fees include income from credit and debit card transactions, fees earned from processing card transactions for merchants, and fees earned from ATM transactions. Bank card and ATM fees totaled $83.0 million in 2023, down $1.6 million, or 2%, compared to 2022. The decline from 2022 is the result of a decrease in merchant and ATM fees, partially offset by an increase in credit card activity during the year as spending remained strong. Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions, which include both fees earned from sales of annuity and insurance products as well as managed account fees, totaled $36.7 million in 2023, an $8.0 million, or 28%, increase from 2022. The increase is largely attributable to an increase in annuity fees and investment fees as sales activity increased amid the favorable interest rate environment, and increases in corporate underwriting and insurance fees. Our 2023 results were also favorably impacted by a full year of operations on an enhanced outsourced service platform with an expanded product suite, while 2022 results were negatively impacted by a temporary business disruption as a result of conversion to that platform. Income from secondary mortgage market operations is comprised of income produced from the origination and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. We offer a full range of mortgage products to our customers and typically sell longer-term fixed rate loans, while retaining the majority of adjustable rate loans and mortgage loans generated through programs to support customer relationships. Income from secondary mortgage market operations totaled $9.2 million in 2023, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 21%, from 2022. The decline is largely attributable to decreased demand for mortgage loans and refinancing as a result of the elevated interest rate environment and, to a lesser extent, a larger percentage of mortgage loans retained in the held for investment portfolio. The number and dollar amount of mortgage loan applications that closed in 2023 were down 31% and 56%, respectively, from 2022, and the number and dollar amount of closed mortgage loans that were sold in 2023 were down 12% and 14%, respectively, from 2022. Secondary mortgage market operations income will vary based on application volume and the percentage of loans closed and ultimately sold. Net loss on sales of securities totaled $65.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and resulted from the sale of $1.04 billion of available for sale securities. The loss reflects a strategic decision to restructure the portfolio to enhance net interest margin through deployment of the proceeds into higher-yielding earning assets and repayment of short-term borrowings. Credit-related fees include fees assessed on letters of credit and unused portions of loan commitments. Credit-related fees were $12.6 million for 2023, up $2.1 million, or 20% compared to 2022. The increase includes $1.3 million of higher letter of credit fees and $0.8 million of higher unused commitment fees. Income from these products will vary based on letters of credit issued, credit line utilization and prevailing assessment rates. Income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) is generated through insurance benefit proceeds as well as the growth of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held. BOLI income totaled $15.5 million, a decrease of $0.4 million, or 3%, from 2022. The decline is largely attributable to a lower level of growth in cash surrender value. Income from derivatives, largely derived from our customer interest rate derivative program, totaled $0.4 million in 2023, compared to $5.8 million in 2022. Derivative income can be volatile and is dependent upon the composition of the portfolio, volume and mix of sales activity and market value adjustments due to market interest rate movement. The substantial year-over-year decline in derivative income is largely tied to the significant change in the interest rate environment present in each of the comparative periods, which affects demand for variable rate loans and related derivative products, valuation adjustments, and related collateral income/expense for the program as a whole. The decline in derivative income also reflects a $1.8 million increase in losses associated with our Visa B derivative. The net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets consists primarily of net revenue earned from sales of excess-bank owned facilities and equipment no longer in use, gains on sales of Small Business Administration and other non-residential mortgage loans, and leases and other assets associated with the equipment finance line of business. Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets totaled $19.4 million in 2023, compared to $3.1 million in 2023, up $16.3 million. The increase was primarily related to previously mentioned gain on the sale of a stand alone parking facility totaling, $16.1 million, that was identified as a supplemental disclosure item. The sale of the property took advantage of favorable market conditions while exiting a service that was not a part of our core business. 51 Table of Contents Other miscellaneous income is comprised of various items, including dividends on FHLB stock, income from small business investment companies (SBICs), and syndication fees, among others. Other miscellaneous income for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $23.6 million, up $5.0 million from the previous year, or 27%, largely due to a $4.8 million increase in FHLB stock dividends as a result of both an increase in prevailing rates and an increase in volume of FHLB stock. We expect noninterest income in 2024 to increase 3% to 4% from the adjusted 2023 level of $337.7 million. Noninterest Expense Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $836.8 million, an $86.2 million, or 11%, increase from 2022. Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 includes a supplemental disclosure item of $26.1 million attributable to an FDIC special assessment in connection with the protection of uninsured depositors under the systemic risk exception for two bank failures in 2023. Excluding the supplemental disclosure item, adjusted noninterest expense totaled $810.7 million, up $60.0 million, or 8%, from 2022. The largest individual components of the increase in noninterest expense excluding supplemental items were other retirement expense, data processing, deposit insurance and regulatory fees, and other miscellaneous expense. Explanations of the variances are discussed below in more detail. Table 6 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, noninterest expense, along with the percentage changes between years. Table 7 presents supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest expense (Table 6) by component for the same periods. TABLE 6. Noninterest Expense ($ in thousands) Compensation expense Employee benefits Personnel expense Net occupancy expense Equipment expense Data processing expense Professional services expense Amortization of intangibles Deposit insurance and regulatory fees Other real estate and foreclosed assets income Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes Advertising Telecommunications and postage Entertainment and contributions Tax credit investment amortization Travel expenses Printing and supplies Other retirement expense Loss on facilities and equipment from consolidation Loss on extinguishment of debt Other miscellaneous expense Total noninterest expense n/m - not meaningful % Change 2022 % Change 2021 (1 ) % $ 378,482 82,153 3 460,635 0 48,767 6 18,573 2 103,942 13 36,065 6 14,033 (18 ) 14,889 236 (4,407 ) (86 ) 16,744 22 13,783 (2 ) 11,870 (9 ) 10,336 3 4,768 21 4,336 26 3,795 7 (29,693 ) (55 ) n/m n/m 42 22,256 11 % $ 750,692 — — (21 ) (5 ) (2 ) 2 7 (26 ) (16 ) 10 n/m 16 11 (6 ) 31 7 61 2 6 n/m n/m (32 ) (0 ) % $ 378,589 103,786 482,375 49,786 18,167 96,755 48,678 16,665 13,582 (210 ) 14,478 12,441 12,646 7,867 4,436 2,697 3,728 (27,941 ) 13,863 4,165 32,829 (7 ) % $ 807,007 2023 $ 376,055 84,740 460,795 51,573 18,852 117,694 38,331 11,556 49,979 (624 ) 20,355 13,454 10,773 10,664 5,791 5,469 4,073 (13,460 ) — — 31,573 $ 836,848 52 Table of Contents TABLE 7. Supplemental Disclosure Items Included in Noninterest Expense ($ in thousands) Compensation expense Employee benefits Personnel expense Net occupancy expense Equipment expense Deposit insurance and regulatory fees Advertising Printing and supplies Entertainment and contributions Travel expenses Loss on facilities and equipment from consolidation Loss on extinguishment of debt Other miscellaneous expense Total supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest expense 2023 2022 2021 $ $ — $ — — — — 26,123 — — — — — — — 26,123 $ — $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ 4,248 20,192 24,440 2 5 — 16 22 174 5 13,863 4,165 4,181 46,873 Personnel expense consists of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance. Personnel expense totaled $460.8 million in 2023, virtually flat compared to 2022, as merit-based increases in salaries and insurance benefits were largely offset by decreases in incentive-based compensation and retirement benefits. Occupancy and equipment expenses are primarily composed of lease expenses, depreciation, maintenance and repairs, rent, taxes, and other equipment expenses. Total occupancy and equipment expenses of $70.4 million in 2023, increased $3.1 million, or 5%, from 2022. The increase was largely related to higher insurance cost and equipment depreciation expense. Data processing expense includes expenses related to third party technology processing and servicing costs, technology project costs and fees associated with bank card and ATM transactions. Data processing expense totaling $117.7 million in 2023 was up $13.8 million, or 13%, from 2022. The increase was largely attributable to higher costs associated with ongoing data processing arrangements and the implementation of technology enhancement projects, including maintenance and amortization of bank-owned software of $4.1 million, and new data processing arrangements of $2.4 million. Professional services expense totaling $38.3 million in 2023 increased $2.3 million, or 6%, from 2022, primarily due to increases of $2.9 million in consulting and other professional services, partially offset by lower legal expense. Amortization of intangibles in 2023 totaled $11.6 million, a $2.5 million, or 18%, decrease from 2022 as a result of the accelerated amortization methods used. Deposit insurance and regulatory fees totaled $50.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, an increase of $35.1 million from 2022. The increase includes the $26.1 million special assessment made by the FDIC to recover losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund arising from the protection of uninsured depositors under the systemic risk determination following the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank. The assessment base for the special assessment is equal to the institution's estimated uninsured deposits as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion, multiplied by an annual rate of approximately 13.4 basis points, to be collected for an estimated eight quarters. Because the liability has been incurred and the loss is reasonably estimable, the full amount of the assessment was recorded in the current period. Excluding the special assessment, deposit insurance and regulatory fees were up $9.0 million, or 60%, which includes $6.6 million of incremental expense attributable to a two-basis point increase in the deposit insurance fund assessment effective January 1, 2023. The additional two-basis points of assessment cost will remain in effect until the Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio to insured deposits meets the FDIC’s long-term goal for the fund, which is not expected to occur for some time given the recent bank failures. The remaining increase reflects $1.0 million of higher deposit insurance expense that reflects changes in our assessment base and rates, and $1.4 million in state regulatory fees and special assessments. Under the final rule, however, the FDIC retains the ability to cease collection early, extend the special assessment collection period one or more quarters beyond the initial eight-quarter collection period, or impose a final shortfall special assessment on a one-time basis after the receiverships for the two banks are terminated. The collection period may change due to updates to the estimated loss pursuant to the systemic risk determination or if assessments collected change due to corrective amendments to the amount of uninsured deposits reported for the December 31, 2022 reporting period. Net gains on sales of other real estate and foreclosed assets exceeded expense by $0.6 million in 2023, compared to $4.4 million in 2022. The net gain recorded in the year ended December 31, 2022 includes a $1.8 million gain on the sale of stock in a former 53 Table of Contents borrower received in satisfaction of debt. Gains or losses on the sale of other real estate and foreclosed assets may occur periodically and are dependent on the number and type of assets for sale and current market conditions. Business development-related expenses (including advertising, travel, entertainment and contributions), totaling $29.6 million in 2023, were up $1.1 million, or 4%, from 2022 and is reflective of an increase in travel expense. Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes totaled $20.4 million in 2023, an increase of $3.6 million, or 22%, from 2022, largely attributable to bank share tax. The calculation of bank share tax is based on multiple variables, including average quarterly assets, earnings and stockholders’ equity to determine the taxable assessment value. Noninterest expense in each of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was reduced by a net credit in other retirement expense. The net credit of $13.5 million recorded in 2023 was $16.2 million, or 55%, lower than the net credit recorded in 2022, largely driven by an increase in the discount rate and changes in other actuarial assumptions for the current plan year. All other expenses totaling $52.2 million in 2023 increased $9.5 million, or 22%, from 2022, as a result of various miscellaneous items, including $4.7 million of insurance and other property related gains and various smaller gains recorded in 2022, with no such gains in 2023. We expect noninterest expense to increase 3% to 4% in 2024, from the adjusted 2023 level of $810.7 million. Income Taxes We recorded income tax expense at an effective rate of 19.9% in 2023, compared to 20.5% in 2022. The comparability of the effective tax rate between 2023 and 2022 is affected by lower pre-tax book income in 2023 that increased the relative impact of net tax benefits related to tax credit investments, tax-exempt interest income and bank-owned life insurance. Based on the current forecast, management expects the effective tax rate to be approximately 20% to 21% in 2024. Our effective tax rate has historically varied from the federal statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and tax credits. Interest income on bonds issued by or loans to state and municipal governments and authorities, and earnings from the bank-owned life insurance contract program are the major components of tax-exempt income. Table 8 reconciles reported income tax expense to that computed at the statutory tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. TABLE 8. Income Taxes ($ in thousands) Taxes computed at statutory rate Tax credits: QZAB/QSCB NMTC - Federal and State LIHTC and other tax credits LIHTC amortization Total tax credits State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit Tax-exempt interest Life insurance contracts Employee share-based compensation FDIC assessment disallowance Net operating loss carryback under CARES Act Other, net Income tax expense 2023 102,927 $ 2022 138,431 $ 2021 119,292 $ (1,114 ) (7,177 ) (4,884 ) 3,732 (9,443 ) 10,323 (8,755 ) (4,020 ) (505 ) 2,893 — 4,106 97,526 $ (1,391 ) (5,745 ) (4,232 ) 3,329 (8,039 ) 13,272 (8,612 ) (1,812 ) (2,084 ) 1,836 238 1,877 135,107 $ (1,633 ) (5,487 ) (1,936 ) 1,167 (7,889 ) 9,048 (9,100 ) (2,653 ) (1,671 ) 1,609 (4,948 ) 1,153 104,841 $ The main source of tax credits has been investments in tax-advantage securities and tax credit projects. These investments are made primarily in the markets we serve and directed at tax credits issued under the Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (“NMTC”), Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (“LIHTC”) and pre-2018 Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (“QZAB”) and Qualified School Construction Bonds (“QSCB”) programs. The investments generate tax credits which reduce current and future taxes and are recognized when earned as a benefit in the provision for income taxes. Additionally, the amortization of the LIHTC investment cost 54 Table of Contents will be recognized as a component of income tax expense in proportion to the tax credits recognized over the 10-year credit period of each project. We have invested in NMTC projects through investments in our own CDEs, as well as other unrelated CDEs. Federal tax credits from NMTC investments are recognized over a seven-year period, while recognition of the benefits from state tax credits varies from three to five years. Based only on tax credit investments that have been made through 2023, we expect to realize benefits from federal and state tax credits over the next three years totaling $12.4 million, $9.8 million and $8.2 million for 2024, 2025 and 2026, respectively. We intend to continue making investments in tax credit projects. However, our ability to access new credits will depend upon, among other factors, federal and state tax policies and the level of competition for such credits. At December 31, 2023, we had a net deferred tax asset of $153.4 million, which is comprised of $293.7 million in deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowance), offset by $140.3 million of deferred tax liabilities. Several factors are considered in determining the recoverability of the deferred tax asset components, such as the history of taxable earnings, reversal of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. Based on our review of these factors, we have established a $3.3 million valuation allowance for state net operating losses and $1.8 million valuation allowance for deferred executive compensation. In August 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (the IRA of 2022) was signed into law to address inflation, healthcare costs, climate change and renewal energy incentives, among other things. Included in the IRA of 2022 are provisions for the creation of a 15% corporate alternative minimum tax (CAMT) that is effective for tax years beginning January 1, 2023 for corporations with an average annual adjusted financial statement income in excess of $1 billion. Based on information available to date, our consolidated corporate group does not meet the criteria of an applicable corporation and, as such, are not subject to the 15% CAMT, absent any further changes in law. BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS Short-Term Investments At December 31, 2023, short-term liquidity investments, including interest-bearing bank deposits and federal funds sold, totaled $627.1 million, an increase of $303.0 million from December 31, 2022. Average short-term investments for 2023 totaled $638.6 million, an $888.1 million decrease from $1.5 billion in 2022. Typically, these balances will change on a daily basis depending upon movement in customer loan and deposit accounts. The year-over-year decline in average balance is the result of the completion of the redeployment of excess liquidity that had been present on our balance sheet attributable to pandemic-related factors. Short-term liquidity assets are held to ensure funds are available to meet the cash flow needs of both borrowers and depositors. See further discussion in the “Liquidity” section that follows. Investment Securities Our investment in securities was $7.6 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $8.4 billion at December 31, 2022. The investment securities portfolio is managed by ALCO to assist in the management of interest rate risk and liquidity while providing an acceptable rate of return. At December 31, 2023, the amortized cost of securities available for sale totaled $5.5 billion and securities held to maturity totaled $2.7 billion, compared to $6.3 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2022. The decrease in the available for sale securities portfolio reflects in part a restructuring of the portfolio to enhance net interest margin whereby $1.04 billion of securities were sold and approximately half of the proceeds were redeployed back into the securities portfolio. Our securities portfolio consists mainly of residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. We invest only in high quality investment grade securities and manage the investment portfolio duration generally between two and five and a half years. At December 31, 2023, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 6.22 years with an effective duration of 4.60 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 2.48%. Under an immediate, parallel rate shock of 100 bps and 200 bps, the effective duration would be 4.58 years and 4.55 years, respectively. At December 31, 2022, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 6.02 years with an effective duration of 4.87 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 2.27%. The change in expected maturity, effective duration, and nominal weighted-average yield is attributable to the fourth quarter 2023 strategic portfolio restructure, reinvestment activity of securities portfolio and the impact of cash flows from the termination of four fair value hedge instruments during the year. We have in place fair value hedges on certain fixed-rate commercial mortgage backed securities. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $478 million in notional amount of forward-starting fixed payer swaps that convert the latter portion of the term of these available for sale securities to a floating rate. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges of interest rate 55 Table of Contents risk. This strategy provides a fixed-rate coupon during the front-end unhedged tenor of the bonds and results in a floating-rate security during the back-end hedged tenor. At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the securities portfolio for credit loss. Based on our assessments, expected credit loss was negligible for all reporting periods in 2023 and 2022, and therefore no allowance for credit loss was recorded. There were no investments in securities of a single issuer, other than U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. We do not invest in subprime or “Alt A” home mortgage-backed securities. Investments classified as available for sale are carried at fair value, while held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities are excluded from net income and are recognized, net of tax, in other comprehensive income and in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The following table presents debt securities at amortized cost by type at December 31, 2023 and 2022: TABLE 9. Debt Securities by Type ($ in thousands) Available for sale securities U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Corporate debt securities Total Available for sale Securities Held to maturity securities U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Total Held to maturity securities 2023 2022 97,741 $ 203,533 2,440,411 2,683,872 47,661 23,500 5,496,718 $ 413,490 $ 664,488 654,262 920,048 32,491 2,684,779 $ 113,211 207,014 2,655,381 3,234,278 76,830 23,500 6,310,214 426,454 698,908 734,478 948,691 43,964 2,852,495 $ $ $ $ The amortized cost, fair value and yield of debt securities at December 31, 2023, by final contractual maturity, are presented in the table below. Securities are classified according to their final contractual maturities without consideration of scheduled and unscheduled principal amortization, potential prepayments or call options. Accordingly, actual maturities will differ from their reported contractual maturities. The expected average maturity years presented in the table includes scheduled principal payments and assumptions for prepayments. The yield calculation does not include adjustments to amortized cost of available for sale securities for active fair value hedges. 56 Table of Contents TABLE 10. Debt Securities Maturities by Type Over One Year Through Five Years Over Five Years Through Ten Years One Year or Less Over Ten Years Total Fair Value Weighted Average Yield (te) Expected Average Maturity Years $ 29,787 $ — 29,650 $ 9,631 — $ 191,548 38,304 $ 2,354 97,741 $ 203,533 97,808 201,412 4.94 % 3.31 % 1,111 61,803 131,397 2,246,100 2,440,411 2,113,866 2.24 % 82,280 336,718 2,264,874 — 2,683,872 2,437,472 2.65 % — 2,000 $ 115,178 $ $ 113,610 $ 3.16 % — 1,500 439,302 $ 429,623 $ 3.48 % 30,220 20,000 2,638,039 $ 2,385,895 $ 2.56 % 17,441 — 2,304,199 $ 1,986,067 $ 2.28 % 47,661 23,500 5,496,718 $ 4,915,195 2.53 % 44,285 20,352 4,915,195 1.94 % 3.51 % 2.53 % $ — $ 6,635 133,520 $ 186,797 — $ 396,527 279,970 $ 74,529 413,490 $ 664,488 369,698 646,147 2.38 % 3.20 % — — 31,563 622,699 654,262 595,039 2.33 % 85,064 344,596 354,498 135,890 920,048 844,245 2.57 % — $ 91,699 $ $ 90,110 $ 2.35 % — 664,913 $ 634,463 $ 2.64 % 8,570 791,158 $ 742,927 $ 2.86 % 23,921 1,137,009 $ 1,018,418 $ 2.51 % 32,491 2,684,779 $ 2,485,918 2.64 % 30,789 2,485,918 2.57 % 2.64 % 4.1 2.2 7.6 6.7 2.8 2.0 6.8 6.2 3.1 5.8 5.4 2.6 5.0 ($ in thousands) Available for sale U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Other debt securities Total debt securities Fair Value Weighted Average Yield (te) Held to maturity U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Total debt securities Fair Value Weighted Average Yield (te) Loan Portfolio Total loans at December 31, 2023 were $23.9 billion, compared to $23.1 billion at December 31, 2022. The $0.8 billion, or 3%, increase is primarily attributable to growth in the residential mortgage and commercial real estate - income producing portfolios. The composition of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2023 and 2022 was as follows: TABLE 11. Loans Outstanding by Type ($ in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans $ $ 2023 2022 9,957,284 $ 3,093,763 13,051,047 3,986,943 1,551,091 3,886,072 1,446,764 23,921,917 $ 10,146,453 3,033,058 13,179,511 3,560,991 1,703,592 3,092,605 1,577,347 23,114,046 The commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loan portfolio includes both commercial non-real estate and commercial real estate – owner occupied loans. C&I loans totaled $13.1 billion, or 55% of the total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $128.5 million from December 31, 2022. Loan growth in this portfolio segment has tempered, as demand has been affected by the interest rate environment, and as a result of a selective credit appetite with a focus on resilient industries and borrowers and on full service client relationships. Our commercial and industrial customer base is diversified over a range of industries, including wholesale and retail trade in various durable and nondurable products and the manufacture of such products, financial and professional services, healthcare services, energy, marine transportation and maritime construction, and agricultural production. We lend mainly to middle-market and smaller 57 Table of Contents commercial entities, although we do participate in larger shared-credit loan facilities generally with businesses/sponsors operating in our market areas that are well known to the relationship officers. Shared national credits funded at December 31, 2023 totaled approximately $2.6 billion, or 11% of total loans, compared to $2.7 million, or 12% of total loans at December 31, 2022. Our shared national credit industry concentration at December 31, 2023 includes approximately $431 million of health care-related facilities, $419 million in finance and insurance and $394 million in real estate, rental and leasing, with the remaining to various other industries. The following table provides detail of the end of period balances of the more significant industry concentrations for our commercial and industrial loan portfolio, which is based on NAICS codes for all industries, with the exceptions of energy, which is based on the borrower’s source of revenue (i.e. manufacturer whose income is derived from energy-related business is reported as energy). TABLE 12. Commercial & Industrial Loans by Industry Concentration ($ in thousands) Health care and social assistance Real estate and rental and leasing Retail trade Manufacturing Wholesale trade Construction Finance and insurance Transportation and warehousing Professional, scientific, and technical services Accommodation, food services and entertainment Public administration Information Other services (except public administration) Admin, support, waste mgmt, remediation services Educational services Energy Other Total commercial & industrial loans 2023 Balance Pct of Total 2022 Balance Pct of Total $ 1,481,669 1,270,568 1,236,830 1,120,232 1,111,643 998,802 878,824 872,379 735,381 706,141 461,390 424,532 396,674 357,390 247,003 204,633 546,956 $ 13,051,047 11 10 9 9 8 8 7 7 6 5 3 3 3 3 2 2 4 % $ 1,407,960 1,520,955 1,218,784 1,145,947 997,930 1,034,860 966,683 872,234 706,430 637,942 542,698 386,568 396,629 314,921 242,076 298,126 488,768 100 % $ 13,179,511 % 11 12 9 9 7 8 7 7 5 5 4 3 3 2 2 2 4 100 % Commercial real estate – income producing loans totaled $4.0 billion at December 31, 2023, an increase of $426 million, or 12%, from December 31, 2022. The net increase is mostly reflective of construction loans converting to permanent financing, as well as organic growth. Construction and land development loans totaled approximately $1.6 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $152.5 million, or 9%, from December 31, 2022. The decrease reflects loans converting to permanent financing outpacing the funding of new and existing loans. The following table details the end of period aggregated commercial real estate – income producing and construction loan balances by property type. Loans reflected in 1-4 Family Residential Construction include both loans to construction builders as well as single- family borrowers. 58 Table of Contents TABLE 13. Commercial Real Estate– Income Producing and Construction by Property Type Concentration ($ in thousands) Multifamily Retail Healthcare related properties Industrial Office Hotel, motel and restaurants 1-4 family residential construction Other land loans Other 2023 2022 Balance $ 1,268,342 812,556 777,473 753,074 514,763 477,761 429,107 187,514 317,444 Pct of Total Balance 23 % $ 870,869 811,990 15 854,563 14 613,149 13 569,452 9 485,865 9 602,867 8 213,159 3 242,669 6 Pct of Total 17 % 15 16 12 11 9 11 4 5 Total commercial real estate - income producing and construction loans $ 5,538,034 100 % $ 5,264,583 100 % Residential mortgages totaled $3.9 billion at December 31, 2023, up $793.5 million, or 26%, from December 31, 2022. The growth in mortgage loans includes a combination of completed construction loans converting to permanent financing, as well as new loan growth. Consumer loans totaled $1.4 billion at December 31, 2023, down $130.6 million, or 8%, compared to December 31, 2022. The decline in the consumer loan portfolio is due in part to a decrease of $64 million attributable to the wind down of our indirect auto lending portfolio, a business line that we have exited, with the remainder reflecting slowing demand. The following table shows average loans by category, the effective taxable equivalent yield and the percentage of total loans for each of the preceding three years: TABLE 14. Average Loans ($ in thousands) Commercial & real estate loans Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans 2023 2022 2021 Pct of Total Pct of Total 79 % $ 17,682,332 4.30 % 81 % $ 17,070,252 3.55 % 2,445,602 3.70 % 15 % 1,692,088 4.82 % 6 % Pct of Yield Total (te) 80 % 6.10 % 12 % 3.62 % 8.28 % 8 % 5.87 % 100 % $ 21,915,393 4.32 % 100 % $ 21,207,942 3.92 % 100 % 2,666,134 3.39 % 12 % 7 % 1,566,927 5.64 % Yield (te) Yield (te) Balance Balance Balance $ 18,556,175 3,541,245 1,497,159 $ 23,594,579 The following table sets forth the contractual maturity by portfolio segment at December 31, 2023. TABLE 15. Loan Maturities by Type December 31, 2023 ($ in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans Within One Year After Fifteen Years After One Through Five Years Maturity Range After Five Through Fifteen Years $ 2,381,871 $ 5,979,539 $ 1,470,467 $ 125,407 $ 9,957,284 3,093,763 174,875 13,051,047 3,986,943 1,551,091 3,886,072 1,446,764 $ 3,598,107 $ 10,935,244 $ 4,647,986 $ 4,740,580 $ 23,921,917 131,668 1,134,997 1,777,630 2,513,539 7,114,536 3,248,097 4,433 816,435 149,401 231,112 374,885 3,432,604 897,556 640,730 2,525,345 829,015 341,563 40,085 38,498 426,263 63,777 59,168 49,468 Total 59 Table of Contents The sensitivity to interest rate changes for the portion of our loan portfolio that matures after one year is shown below. TABLE 16. Loan Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates for Loans that Mature After One Year ($ in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans December 31, 2023 Floating Rate Fixed Rate $ 3,132,833 $ Total 7,575,413 2,962,095 10,537,508 3,346,213 1,209,528 3,847,574 1,382,987 $ 8,824,832 $ 11,498,978 $ 20,323,810 4,442,580 $ 988,686 5,431,266 2,292,393 957,569 1,658,819 1,158,931 1,973,409 5,106,242 1,053,820 251,959 2,188,755 224,056 Management expects end of period loan growth in 2024 to be in the low single digits from the December 31, 2023 balance of $23.9 billion, with most of the growth occurring during the second half of the year. 60 Table of Contents Asset Quality The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, nonaccrual loans and reportable loans modified or restructured loans, by type, and foreclosed and surplus ORE and other foreclosed assets. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are also disclosed. TABLE 17. Nonaccrual loans, loans modified or restructured, and ORE and foreclosed assets ($ in thousands) Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis: Commercial non-real estate Commercial non-real estate - modified/restructured (a) Total commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Commercial real estate - owner-occupied - modified/restructured (a) Total commercial real estate - owner-occupied Commercial real estate - income producing Commercial real estate - income producing - modified/restructured (a) Total commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Construction and land development - modified/restructured (a) Total construction and land development Residential mortgage Residential mortgage - modified/restructured (a) Total residential mortgage Consumer Consumer - modified/restructured (a) Total consumer Total nonaccrual loans ORE and foreclosed assets Total nonaccrual loans and ORE and foreclosed assets Modified/Restructured loans - still accruing (a): Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgage Consumer Total Modified/restructured loans - still accruing (a) Total reportable modified loans (a) Total troubled debt restructured loans (a) Loans 90 days past due still accruing Ratios: December 31, 2023 2022 20,840 $ — 20,840 2,228 — 2,228 461 — 461 815 — 815 26,039 98 26,137 8,555 — 8,555 59,036 $ 3,628 62,664 $ 21,956 $ 1,774 — 85 359 274 24,448 $ 24,546 $ — $ 9,609 $ 3,078 942 4,020 1,233 228 1,461 1,174 66 1,240 306 3 309 23,946 1,323 25,269 6,646 46 6,692 38,991 2,017 41,008 307 — — 113 1,018 469 1,907 — 4,515 4,585 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Nonaccrual loans to total loans Nonaccrual loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets to loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans and accruing loans 90 days past due Loans 90 days past due still accruing to loans 0.25 % 0.17 % 0.26 % 521.56 % 448.55 % 0.04 % 0.18 % 789.38 % 706.33 % 0.02 % (a) Loans presented in the December 31, 2023 column represent reportable modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties, and those presented in the December 31, 2022 column represent loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring. The definition of reportable modifications/restructured loans changed for modifications made on or after January 1, 2023 with the adoption of ASU 2022-02. Refer to Note 1 included in Part II, Item 8 of this document for a discussion of the standard. Nonaccrual loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets totaled $62.7 million at December 31, 2023, up $21.7 million compared to December 31, 2022. Nonaccrual loans totaled $59.0 million, an increase of $20.0 million compared to December 31, 2022. Despite the increase, the level remains relatively low at 0.25% of the total portfolio and compares favorably to those in our peer group. ORE and foreclosed assets were $3.6 million at December 31, 2023, up $1.6 million from December 31, 2022. 61 Table of Contents Modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties totaled $24.5 million in 2023 and includes $0.1 million of nonaccrual loans. Loans modified in TDRs totaled $4.5 million at December 31, 2022, and included $2.6 million of nonaccrual loans. Criticized commercial loans totaled $273.7 million at December 31, 2023, down $28.2 million, or 9%, compared to December 31, 2022. Criticized loans are defined as those having potential or well-defined weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention (risk-rated special mention, substandard and doubtful), including both accruing and nonaccruing loans. Criticized commercial loans comprised 1.47% of that portfolio at December 31, 2023, down from 1.64% at December 31, 2022, with both comparative periods reflecting a relatively low level of criticized loans. Our criticized commercial loans at December 31, 2023 are spread across many industries, with the largest concentrations being construction, totaling $60.9 million; real estate, rental and leasing, totaling $46.9 million; transportation and warehousing, totaling $41.4 million; manufacturing, totaling $30.1 million; hospitality, totaling $26.5 million; finance and insurance, totaling $20.8 million and energy support services, totaling $16.0 million. Commercial loans risk rated pass-watch totaled $433.6 million at December 31, 2023, compared to $457.6 million at December 31, 2022. The pass-watch risk rating includes credits with negative performance trends that reflect sufficient risk to cause concern, but have not risen to the level of criticized. Allowance for Credit Losses At December 31, 2023, the allowance for credit losses was $336.8 million, comprised of $307.9 million in allowance for loan losses and $28.9 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance for credit losses decreased $4.3 million from $341.1 million at December 31, 2022, which was comprised of $307.8 million in allowance for loan losses and $33.3 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. Our allowance for credit losses coverage to total loans was 1.41% at December 31, 2023 compared to 1.48% at December 31, 2022. While coverage is down year-over-year, it remains elevated compared to pre-pandemic levels as uncertainty remains in our economic outlook. The $4.3 million decrease in the allowance for credit losses from December 31, 2022 includes a reduction of $5.5 million in collectively evaluated reserves, partially offset by an increase of $1.2 million in individually evaluated reserves (generally used for nonperforming loans). The modest release reflects our relatively stable economic outlook and credit metrics. The Company probability-weighted two Moody’s macroeconomic scenarios in the calculation of our collectively evaluated allowance for credit losses. The downside mild recessionary S-2 scenario (anchored on the baseline) was weighted more heavily at 60% and the baseline scenario was weighted 40%, as management deemed certain of the forecasted economic circumstances and outcomes included the S-2 scenario to be somewhat more likely to occur in the near term. Each of the scenarios utilized have varying degrees of severity and duration of inflationary pressure, the impacts to economic growth and the labor market, the consequences of the Federal Reserve's actions with regard to monetary policy, the risk of a U.S. government shutdown, the effects of disruption in the financial services industry, and impacts from geopolitical unrest. Refer to the Economic Outlook section of this discussion and analysis for further information on the Moody’s scenarios and our weighting assumptions. We currently expect only modest charge-offs and provision expense in 2024; however, loan growth, portfolio composition, asset quality metrics and future assumptions in economic forecasts will drive the level of credit loss reserves in future periods. 62 Table of Contents The following table sets forth activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated. TABLE 18. Summary of Activity in the Allowance for Credit Losses ($ in thousands) Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses Allowance for Loan Losses: Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period Loans charged-off: Commercial non real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Total Commercial Residential mortgages Consumer Total charge-offs Recoveries of loans previously charged-off: Commercial non real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Total commercial Residential mortgages Consumer Total recoveries Total net charge-offs Provision for loan losses Allowance for loan losses at end of period Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments: Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at beginning of period Provision for losses on unfunded lending commitments Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at end of period Total Allowance for Credit Losses Total Provision for Credit Losses Coverage ratios: Allowance for loan losses to period end loans Allowance for credit loss to period end loans Charge-offs ratios Gross charge-offs to average loans Recoveries to average loans Net charge-offs to average loans Net Charge-offs to average loans by portfolio: Commercial non real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Total Commercial Residential mortgages Consumer 63 2023 December 31, 2022 2021 $ 307,789 $ 342,065 $ 450,177 59,830 — 59,830 73 72 59,975 55 15,393 75,423 7,637 948 8,585 1,073 3 9,661 137 12,792 22,590 33,523 3,179 36,702 425 274 37,401 713 12,722 50,836 6,152 957 7,109 14 11 7,134 1,278 3,611 12,023 63,400 63,518 8,985 642 9,627 105 2,172 11,904 1,459 6,282 19,645 31,191 (76,921 ) $ 307,907 $ 307,789 $ 342,065 11,812 733 12,545 878 134 13,557 1,749 5,382 20,688 1,902 (32,374 ) 33,309 (4,415 ) 28,894 $ 29,907 (573 ) $ 29,334 $ 336,801 $ 341,098 $ 371,399 (77,494 ) $ 29,334 3,975 33,309 $ (28,399 ) $ 59,103 $ 1.29 % 1.41 % 0.32 % 0.05 % 0.27 % 0.54 % (0.03 )% 0.40 % 0.00 % 0.00 % 0.28 % (0.03 )% 0.79 % 1.33 % 1.48 % 0.10 % 0.09 % 0.01 % (0.04 )% 0.01 % (0.03 )% 0.01 % (0.01 )% (0.02 )% (0.06 )% 0.47 % 1.62 % 1.76 % 0.24 % 0.09 % 0.15 % 0.25 % 0.09 % 0.22 % 0.01 % (0.16 )% 0.15 % (0.03 )% 0.38 % Table of Contents An allocation of the loan loss allowance by major loan category is set forth in the following table for the periods indicated. TABLE 19. Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses by Category ($ in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total Deposits December 31, 2023 2022 Allowance for Loan Losses % of Total Allowance Allowance for Loan Losses % of Total Allowance $ $ 101,737 40,197 141,934 74,539 27,039 38,983 25,412 307,907 33 % $ 13 46 24 9 13 8 100 % $ 96,461 48,284 144,745 71,961 30,498 32,464 28,121 307,789 31 % 16 47 23 10 11 9 100 % Deposits provide the most significant source of funding for our interest earning assets. Generally, our ability to compete for market share depends on our deposit pricing and our wide range of products and services that are focused on customer needs, among other things. We offer high-quality banking services with convenient delivery channels, including online and mobile banking. We provide specialized services to our commercial customers to promote commercial deposit growth. These services include treasury management, industry expertise and lockbox services. Since early 2020, deposit levels have also been influenced by pandemic-driven factors, such as inflows from government stimulus payments and programs, and a slowdown in customer spending during the height of the pandemic, leading to higher levels of deposits in recent years. The failures of three large U.S. banks in the first half of 2023 disrupted the financial services industry. While many factors played a role in the ultimate failures, these institutions had significant industry/demographic concentrations within their deposit bases and a high ratio of uninsured deposits to total deposits. Lack of diversity in concentration within a deposit base may increase the risk of events or trends that could prompt a larger-scale demand for deposits outflow. Concerns over a financial institution's ability to protect deposit balances in excess of the federally insured limit may increase the risk of a deposit run. We consider our deposit base to be seasoned, stable and well-diversified. We also offer an insured cash sweep product (ICS) that allows customers to secure deposits above FDIC insured limits. We have seen increased demand for the ICS product following the bank failures, with the balance totaling $303.8 million at December 31, 2023, compared to $12.2 million at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023, we have calculated our average deposit account size by dividing period-end deposits by the population of accounts with balances to be approximately $37,800, which includes $191,600 in our commercial and small business lines (excluding public funds), $135,900 in our wealth management business line, and $18,700 in our consumer business line. Further, at December 31, 2023, our sources of liquidity exceed uninsured deposits. We have estimated the Bank’s amount of uninsured deposits using the methodologies and assumptions required for FDIC regulatory reporting to be approximately $13.8 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $14.7 billion at December 31, 2022. Our uninsured deposit total at December 31, 2023 includes approximately $3.6 billion of public funds that have pledged securities as collateral, leaving $10.2 billion of noncollateralized, uninsured deposits compared to total liquidity of $18.0 billion. Our ratio of noncollateralized, uninsured deposits to total deposits was approximately 34.4% at December 31, 2023, compared to 37.9% at December 31, 2022. Total deposits were $29.7 billion at December 31, 2023, up $619.7 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2022. Deposit levels and composition in 2023 were influenced by increased spending, interest rate movement, and our offering of promotional rates in response to increased competition for deposits, all of which contributed to a significant shift between noninterest-bearing to higher cost interest- bearing products. The change in deposit mix also reflects an increase in brokered time deposits, a funding source utilized to hold excess liquidity on our balance sheet as a cautionary measure in the period following the 2023 bank failures. Average deposits of $29.5 billion for 2023 were virtually unchanged from 2022. The composition of deposits at December 31, 2023 and 2022 is as follows: 64 Table of Contents TABLE 20. Deposits ($ in thousands) Noninterest-bearing deposits Interest-bearing retail transaction and savings deposits Interest-bearing public fund deposits Public fund transaction and savings deposits Public fund time deposits Total interest-bearing public fund deposits Retail time deposits Brokered time deposits Total interest-bearing deposits Total deposits December 31, 2023 11,030,515 $ 10,680,741 2022 13,645,113 10,757,495 3,069,341 73,674 3,143,015 4,246,027 589,761 18,659,544 29,690,059 $ 3,132,828 111,397 3,244,225 1,418,596 4,920 15,425,236 29,070,349 $ $ At December 31, 2023, noninterest-bearing demand deposits were $11.0 billion, down $2.6 billion, or 19%, from December 31, 2022. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits comprised 37% of total deposits at December 31, 2023 and 47% at December 31, 2022. The current mix of 37% is more in-line with pre-pandemic levels. Interest-bearing transaction and savings accounts of $10.7 billion at December 31, 2023 decreased $76.8 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2022. Interest-bearing public fund deposits totaled $3.1 billion at December 31, 2023, down $101.2 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2022. Year-end public fund account balances are subject to annual fluctuations dependent upon a number of factors, including the timing of tax collections. Seasonal cash inflows from public entities in the fourth quarter of each year typically results in higher balances than at other times during the year with subsequent reductions in the first quarter of the following year. Retail time deposits totaled $4.2 billion at December 31, 2023, up $2.8 billion, or 199%, from December 31, 2022, with approximately 40% of the increase in time deposits greater than $250,000. The increase in retail time deposits reflects our competitive pricing in the heightened interest rate environment. Brokered deposits totaled $589.8 million at December 31, 2023, up $584.8 million from December 31, 2022. Brokered deposits as of December 31, 2023 consist of two short-term deposits bearing interest at 5.35%, with approximately $195 million maturing in February 2024 and approximately $395 million maturing in May 2024. Table 21 sets forth average balances and weighted-average rates paid on deposits for each year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2023, as well as the percentage of total deposits for each category. Table 22 sets forth the maturities of time certificates of deposit greater than $250,000 at December 31, 2023. TABLE 21. Average Deposits ($ in millions) Interest-bearing deposits: Interest-bearing transaction deposits Money market deposits Savings deposits Time deposits Public Funds Total interest-bearing deposits Noninterest bearing demand deposits Total deposits Balance 2023 Rate Mix Balance 2022 Rate Mix Balance 2021 Rate Mix $ 2,429.5 5,762.9 2,424.9 3,970.4 2,971.6 17,559.3 11,919.2 $ 29,478.5 0.93 % 2.67 % 0.02 % 4.17 % 3.38 % 2.53 % 8.2 % $ 2,630.3 19.6 % 5,679.8 8.2 % 2,917.4 13.5 % 1,030.1 10.1 % 2,941.9 59.6 % 15,199.5 40.4 % 14,298.0 100.0 % $ 29,497.5 0.15 % 0.30 % 0.01 % 0.45 % 1.10 % 0.38 % 8.9 % $ 19.3 % 9.9 % 3.5 % 10.0 % 51.6 % 48.4 % 2,425.2 6,212.0 2,598.2 1,394.1 3,140.2 15,769.7 13,324.0 100.0 % $ 29,093.7 0.09 % 0.11 % 0.01 % 0.47 % 0.34 % 0.17 % 8.3 % 21.4 % 8.9 % 4.8 % 10.8 % 54.2 % 45.8 % 100.0 % TABLE 22. Maturity of Time Certificates of Deposit greater than or equal to $250,000* ($ in thousands) Three months Over three months through six months Over six months through one year Over one year Total * Includes public fund time deposits 65 December 31, 2023 716,756 297,868 604,078 16,475 1,635,177 $ $ Table of Contents As noted above, we have estimated the Bank’s amount of uninsured deposits at December 31, 2023 to be approximately $13.8 billion, using the methodologies and assumptions required for FDIC regulatory reporting. Management expects full year 2024 end of period growth in deposits to be in the low single digit range from $29.7 billion at December 31, 2023. Short-Term Borrowings Short-term borrowings totaled $1.2 billion at December 31, 2023, down $716.4 million, or 38% from December 31, 2022. Average short-term borrowings for 2023 totaled $1.7 billion, up $334.7 million, or 25%, compared to 2022. The variance compared to December 31, 2022 reflects the net repayment of $725 million of FHLB borrowings. Short-term borrowings are a core portion of the Company’s funding strategy, the balance of which can fluctuate depending on our funding needs and the sources utilized. Table 23 sets forth balances of short-term borrowings for each of the past three years. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings from the FHLB. Customer repurchase agreements are a source of customer funding. These agreements are offered mainly to commercial customers to assist them with their ongoing cash management strategies or to provide a temporary investment vehicle for their excess liquidity pending redeployment for corporate or investment purposes. While customer repurchase agreements provide a recurring source of funds to the Bank, the amounts available over time will vary. TABLE 23. Short-Term Borrowings ($ in thousands) Federal funds purchased: Amount outstanding at period end Average amount outstanding during period Maximum amount at any month end during period Weighted-average interest at period end Weighted-average interest rate during period Securities sold under agreements to repurchase: Amount outstanding at period end Average amount outstanding during period Maximum amount at any month end during period Weighted-average interest at period end Weighted-average interest rate during period FHLB borrowings: Amount outstanding at period end Average amount outstanding during period Maximum amount at any month end during period Weighted-average interest at period end Weighted-average interest rate during period 2023 2022 2021 $ $ $ 350 7,525 100,350 4.90 % 5.70 % $ 1,850 13,176 2,350 3.90 % 2.82 % 1,850 3,762 4,400 0.15 % 0.43 % $ 454,479 513,306 625,773 444,421 536,727 640,592 $ 563,211 559,410 643,403 1.16 % 1.36 % 0.53 % 0.21 % 0.05 % 0.10 % 700,000 $ 1,172,603 3,100,000 $ 1,425,000 808,784 1,425,000 $ 1,100,000 1,100,000 1,100,000 5.58 % 5.05 % 4.70 % 1.82 % 0.49 % 0.49 % The $700 million of FHLB short-term borrowings at December 31, 2023 consists of one short-term fixed rate advance purchased on December 29, 2023 that matured on January 2, 2024. Long-Term Debt Long-term debt totaled $236.3 million at December 31, 2023, down $5.8 million from December 31, 2022, largely due to activity associated with tax credit fund activity. Long-term debt at December 31, 2023 includes subordinated notes payable with an aggregate principal amount of $172.5 million, a fixed rate of 6.25% per annum and a stated maturity of June 15, 2060. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve, the Company may redeem the notes in whole or in part on any interest payment date on or after June 15, 2025. This debt qualifies as tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios. LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements 66 Table of Contents until they are funded, although they expose the Bank to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk in much the same way as funded loans. Commitments to extend credit totaled $9.9 billion at December 31, 2023 and include revolving commercial credit lines, non-revolving loan commitments issued mainly to finance the acquisition and development of construction of real property or equipment, and credit card and personal credit lines. The availability of funds under commercial credit lines and loan commitments generally depends on whether the borrower continues to meet credit standards established in the underlying contract, which may include the maintenance of sufficient collateral coverage levels, payment and financial performance, and compliance with other contractual conditions. Loan commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Credit card and personal credit lines are generally subject to adjustment or cancellation if the borrower’s credit quality deteriorates. A number of commercial and personal credit lines are used only partially or, in some cases, not at all before they expire, and the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements. Letters of credit totaled $482 million at December 31, 2023. A substantial majority of the letters of credit are standby agreements that obligate the Bank to fulfill a customer’s financial commitments to a third party if the customer is unable to perform. The Bank issues standby letters of credit primarily to provide credit enhancement to customers’ other commercial or public financing arrangements and to help them demonstrate financial capacity to vendors of essential goods and services. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect our exposure to credit risk. The Bank undertakes the same credit evaluation in making loan commitments and assuming conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments and may require collateral or other credit support. At December 31, 2023, the Company had a reserve for unfunded lending commitments of $28.9 million. The following table shows the commitments to extend credit and letters of credit at December 31, 2023 and 2022 according to expiration date. TABLE 24. Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit ($ in thousands) December 31, 2023 Commitments to extend credit Letters of credit Total ($ in thousands) December 31, 2022 Commitments to extend credit Letters of credit Total Total Less Than 1 Year 1-3 Years 3-5 Years More Than 5 Years Expiration Date $ 9,852,367 $ 3,822,335 $ 2,750,327 $ 2,484,180 $ 481,910 379,813 30,552 71,417 $ 10,334,277 $ 4,202,148 $ 2,780,879 $ 2,555,597 $ 795,525 128 795,653 Expiration Date Less Than 1 Year 1-3 Years 3-5 Years More Than 5 Years $ 10,202,464 $ 3,997,036 $ 2,557,813 $ 2,819,663 $ 400,505 343,375 56,995 135 $ 10,602,969 $ 4,340,411 $ 2,614,808 $ 2,819,798 $ 827,952 — 827,952 ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT We proactively manage risks to capture opportunities and maximize shareholder value. We balance revenue generation and profitability with the inherent risks of our business activities. Enterprise risk management helps protect shareholder value by assessing, monitoring, and managing the risks associated with our businesses. Strong risk management practices enhance decision- making, facilitate successful implementation of new initiatives, and where appropriate, support undertaking greater levels of well- managed risk to drive growth and achieve strategic objectives. Our risk management culture integrates a board-approved risk appetite with senior management direction and governance to facilitate the execution of the Company’s strategic plan. This integration ensures the daily management of risks by product types and continuous corporate monitoring of the levels of risk across the Company. We make changes to our enterprise risk management program and risk governance framework as described here at the direction of senior management and the Board of Directors to capture opportunities and to respond to changes in strategic, business, and operational environments. 67 Table of Contents Risk Categories and Definitions Consistent with other participants in the financial services industry, the primary risk exposures of the Company are credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal, reputational, and strategic. We have adopted these seven risk categories as outlined by the Federal Reserve Board and other bank regulators to govern the risk management of banks and bank holding companies. Oversight responsibility for these categories is assigned within our risk committee governance structure:        Credit risk arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation. Market risk is a financial institution’s condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or equity prices. Liquidity risk is the potential that an institution will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as “funding liquidity risk”) or that it cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (“market liquidity risk”). Operational risk is the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, breaches in customer data, fraud, or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. Consistently and interchangeably for the Company, Basel II defines this risk as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. The Company assesses compliance risk, the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures or ethical standards, as a subcategory of operational risk. Legal risk is the potential that unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, or adverse judgments can disrupt or otherwise negatively affect the operations or condition of a banking organization. Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding an institution’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions. The Company also recognizes its reputation with shareholders and associates is an important factor of reputational risk. Strategic risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, or franchise or enterprise value arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the competitive landscape of banking and financial services industries and operating environment. Risk Committee Governance Structure Effective risk management governance requires active oversight, participation, and interaction by senior management and the Board of Directors. Our enterprise risk management framework uses a tiered risk/reward committee structure to facilitate the timely discussion of significant risks, issues and risk mitigation strategies to inform management and the Board’s decision making. Additionally, the committee structure provides ongoing oversight and facilitates escalation within assigned risk committees. Following is a summary of our risk governance structure and related responsibilities:   Board risk committees. The Company’s Board of Directors has established a Board Risk Committee and Credit Risk Management Subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee to oversee the effective establishment of a risk governance framework, provide for an independent Credit Review assurance function, ensure the overall corporate risk profile is within its risk appetite, and direct changes or make recommendations to the Board of Directors when determined necessary. Additionally, the Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee to provide independent oversight on the effectiveness of these matters and the Company’s internal control and regulatory environment. The Board Risk Committee is chaired by an independent director. The Board has designated Ms. Joan Teofilo and Ms. Suzette Kent, independent directors who serve on the Board Risk Committee, as risk management experts. Other committees of the Board of Directors oversee certain risks that overlap with the Board Risk Committee's enterprise risk management oversight, including the Compensation Committee, which evaluates and manages any risk posed by compensation and benefits programs and oversees diversity, equity and inclusion efforts, and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, which oversees all ESG related activities. Governance committees. The Capital Committee (CAPCO) of the Company serves as the senior level management risk/reward committee and oversees the business strategy, organizational structure, capital planning, and liquidity strategies for the Company. CAPCO directly oversees the strategic and reputation risk categories, which include litigation strategy and the development of capital stress testing within the Company’s risk governance framework. CAPCO drives business strategy development and execution, provides corporate financial oversight, and is responsible for portfolio risk committee oversight. CAPCO provides oversight of the portfolio risk/reward committees to ensure tactics to address business strategy changes are properly vetted and adopted, and protect the Company’s reputation. 68 Table of Contents  Portfolio committees. The Company has three portfolio risk/reward committees focusing on credit (CREDCO), market and liquidity through asset/liability management (ALCO), and operational, legal and compliance (OPCO) risk categories. These committees review and monitor the risk categories in a portfolio context ensuring risk assessment and management processes are being effectively executed to identify and manage risk and direct changes and escalate issues to CAPCO and Board Risk Committees when needed. The committees also monitor the risk portfolios for changes to the Company’s risk profile as well as ensure the risk portfolio is performing within the board-approved risk appetite. Portfolio committees report to CAPCO. In addition, the Company has established a Sustainability Committee, which is a management committee that develops, monitors and assesses the strategies related to the environment, social responsibility and sustainable growth. Risk Leadership and Organization The risk management function of the Company is led by our Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer, who reports directly to the CEO, provides overall vision, direction and leadership regarding our enterprise risk management program. The Chief Risk Officer exercises independent judgment and reporting of risk through a direct working relationship with the Board Risk Committee, and the Chief Credit Officer has the same role with the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee. The functional areas reporting to the Chief Risk Officer are the enterprise risk management program office, operational risk management, model validation, data governance, regulatory relations, corporate insurance, credit review (administrative only), Bank Secrecy Act compliance, and the enterprise-wide compliance program. The Chief Risk Officer also works closely with the Chief Internal Auditor to provide assurance to the Board and senior management regarding risk management controls and their effectiveness. The Chief Internal Auditor reports to the Board’s Audit Committee to assure independence of the internal audit function. Another risk management function reporting to the CEO is the Chief Credit Officer. Credit Risk The Bank’s primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer, and real estate loans to consumers, to small and middle market businesses, to larger corporate clients in their respective market areas, and to state, county, parish and municipal government entities. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means to reduce the risks associated with economic fluctuations. The Bank has no significant concentrations of loans to individual borrowers or foreign entities. Our commercial and industrial portfolio, which includes commercial non-real estate and owner occupied commercial real estate lending is diverse across various industries. We continuously manage our exposure to improve our cross industry diversification, and proactively manage potential impacts to earnings. Real estate loan levels are monitored throughout the year and the bank currently does not have a commercial real estate concentration as defined by interagency guidelines. Managing collateral is also an essential component of managing the Bank’s real estate-and non-real estate related credit risk exposure. For real estate-secured loans, third party valuations are obtained at the time of origination, and updated if it is determined that the collateral value has deteriorated or if the loan is deemed to be a problem loan. Property valuations are ordered through, and reviewed by, the Bank’s appraisal department. When deemed necessary, third party valuations may also be obtained for non-real estate collateral based on the same criteria as real estate secured loans. Such valuations, along with anticipated selling costs, are used to determine if there is loan impairment, leading to a recommendation for partial charge off or appropriate allowance allocation. The Bank maintains an active Credit Review function, whose Credit Review Manager reports to the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee, a subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee, to help ensure that developing credit concerns are identified and addressed in a timely manner. Further, an active watch list review process is in place as part of the Bank’s problem loan management strategy, and a list of loans 90 days past due and still accruing is reviewed with management (including the Chief Credit Officer) at least monthly. Recommendations flow from all of the above activities with the goal of recognizing nonperforming loans and determining the appropriate accrual status. Asset/Liability Management Asset/Liability Management consists of quantifying, analyzing, and controlling interest rate risk (IRR) to maintain stability in net interest income under varying interest rate environments. The principal objective of asset/liability management is to maximize net interest income while operating within acceptable interest rate risk limits and maintaining adequate levels of liquidity. Our net earnings are materially dependent on our net interest income. IRR inherent in the Company’s balance sheet consists of reprice, option, yield curve, and basis risks. Reprice risk results from differences in the maturity or repricing of asset and liability portfolios. Option risk arises from “embedded options” present in many 69 Table of Contents financial instruments such as loan prepayment options, deposit early withdrawal options, and interest rate options. These options allow customers opportunities to benefit when market interest rates change, which typically results in higher costs or lower revenue for the Company. Yield curve risk refers to the risk resulting from unequal changes in the spread between two or more rates for different maturities for the same instrument. Basis risk refers to the potential for changes in the underlying relationship between market rates and indices, which subsequently results in changes to the profit spread on an earning asset or liability. Basis risk is also present in administered rate liabilities, such as savings accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, and money market accounts where historical pricing relationships to market rates may change due to the level or directional change in market interest rates. ALCO manages our IRR exposures through proactive measurement, monitoring, and management actions. ALCO is responsible for maintaining levels of IRR within limits approved by the Board of Directors by adhering to a risk management policy that is designed to promote a stable net interest margin in periods of interest rate fluctuation. Accordingly, the Company’s interest rate sensitivity and liquidity are monitored on an ongoing basis by ALCO, which oversees market risk management and establishes risk measures, limits and policy guidelines for managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. A variety of measures are used to provide for a comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk, the distribution of risk, the level of risk over time and the exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships. The Company utilizes an asset/liability model as the primary quantitative tool in measuring the amount of IRR associated with changing market rates. The model is used to perform net interest income, economic value of equity (EVE), stochastic, and gap analyses. When performing net interest income at risk analysis, the model is used to quantify the effects of various interest rate scenarios on projected net interest income and projected net income over the next 12-month and 24-month periods. The model measures the impact on net interest income relative to a base case scenario given hypothetical fluctuations in interest rates over the next 24 months. Regarding EVE analysis, the model is used to assess the change in theoretical equity market value that would occur in response to instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts in market interest rates. EVE analysis is primarily used to identify long-term structural mismatches in the balance sheet as market rates move, while net interest income analysis assesses the impact of market rate movements over a short time horizon. Net interest income simulations incorporate assumptions regarding balance sheet growth and mix as well as the pricing, repricing, and maturity characteristics of the existing and projected balance sheet. The impact of interest rate derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, caps and floors, is also included in the model. Other interest rate-related risks such as prepayment, basis, and option risk are also considered. Net Interest Income at Risk Our primary market risk is interest rate risk that stems from uncertainty with respect to the absolute and relative levels of future market interest rates that affect our financial products and services. In an attempt to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, management measures the sensitivity of our net interest income and cash flows under various market interest rate scenarios, establishes interest rate risk management policies and implements asset/liability management strategies designed to promote a relatively stable net interest margin under varying rate environments. The following table presents an analysis of our interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in net interest income resulting from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in rates at December 31, 2023. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments in a range from -500 to +500 basis points from base case, with -300 through +300 basis points presented in Table 25. Our interest rate sensitivity modeling incorporates a number of assumptions including loan and deposit repricing characteristics, the rate of loan prepayments and other factors. The base scenario assumes that balance sheet composition and the current interest rate environment is held constant over a 24-month forecast period and is the scenario to which all others are compared in order to measure the change in net interest income. Policy limits on the change in net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios are approved by the Board of Directors. All policy scenarios assume a static volume forecast where the balance sheet is held constant, although other scenarios are modeled. TABLE 25. Net Interest Income (te) at Risk Change in Interest Rates (basis points) - 300 - 200 - 100 + 100 + 200 + 300 Estimated Increase in NII Year 1 Year 2 (6.70)% (4.09)% (1.76)% 2.07% 3.82% 5.58% (11.96)% (7.53)% (3.37)% 3.26% 6.32% 9.39% 70 Table of Contents The results indicate a general asset sensitivity across most scenarios driven primarily by repricing in variable rate loans and a funding mix which includes a large percentage of noninterest-bearing and lower rate sensitive deposits. As rates rose in the first half of 2023 and remain elevated, the funding mix has experienced a shift to more rate sensitive deposit and wholesale funding which has resulted in a lower net interest income at risk measurements compared to recent years. When deemed prudent, management has taken actions to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk with on-or off-balance sheet financial instruments and intends to do so in the future. Possible actions include, but are not limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and adding to, modifying or terminating existing interest rate swap agreements or other financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes. Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that our assets and liabilities would perform as anticipated. Additionally, a change in the U.S. Treasury rates in the designated amounts accompanied by a change in the shape of the U.S. Treasury yield curve would cause significantly different changes to net interest income than indicated above. Strategic management of our balance sheet and earnings is fluid and would be adjusted to accommodate these movements. As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methods of analysis presented above. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Certain assets such as adjustable-rate loans have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Also, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. All of these factors are considered in monitoring exposure to interest rate risk. Economic Value of Equity (EVE) EVE simulation involves calculating the present value of all future cash flows from assets and subtracting the present value of all future cash outflows from liabilities including the impact of off-balance sheet items such as interest rate hedges. This analysis results in a theoretical market value of the bank's equity or EVE. Management’s focus on EVE analysis is not on the resulting calculation of EVE itself, but instead on the sensitivity of EVE to changes in market rates. Policy limits on the change in EVE under a variety of interest rate scenarios are approved by the Board of Directors. The following table presents an analysis of the change in the Bank’s EVE resulting from instantaneous and parallel shifts in rates as of December 31, 2023. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments ranging from -500 to +500 basis points from base case, with -300 through +300 basis points presented in Table 26. TABLE 26. Economic Value of Equity Change in Interest Rates (basis points) - 300 - 200 - 100 + 100 + 200 + 300 Estimated Change in EVE at December 31, 2023 2.04% 2.31% 1.67% (2.12%) (4.55%) (7.07%) The net changes in EVE presented in the preceding table are within the parameters approved by the Boards of Directors. Because EVE measures the present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (i.e., the current year). Further, EVE does not consider factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships, possible hedging activities, or changing product spreads, each of which could mitigate the adverse impact of changes in interest rates. LIBOR Transition In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that after 2021 it would no longer compel banks to submit the rates required to calculate the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). Publication of the one week and two month LIBOR offered rates ceased on December 31, 2021 and the publication of the remaining LIBOR offered rates ceased to be representative on June 30, 2023. The Company discontinued the use of LIBOR for new contracts after December 31, 2021, with limited exceptions as permitted by regulatory guidance and internal policy. Regulators, industry groups and certain committees (e.g., the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (ARRC)) have, among other things, published recommended fallback language for LIBOR-linked financial instruments, identified recommended alternatives for 71 Table of Contents certain LIBOR rates (e.g., AMERIBOR or the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)), and proposed implementations of the recommended alternatives in floating rate instruments. Further, the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act, enacted in March 2022, provides a statutory framework to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR with a benchmark rate based on the SOFR for contracts governed by U.S. law that have no or ineffective fallbacks, and in December 2022, the Federal Reserve Board adopted related implementing rules. In addition, where fallback language allows the Bank to select a benchmark rate, the statutory framework grants the authority to select the Board-selected benchmark replacement as the benchmark replacement, including the safe harbor provisions that, among other things, generally provide that such selection or use will not discharge or excuse performance under, give any person the right to unilaterally terminate or suspend performance under, or constitute a breach, of the contract. The Bank has adopted several replacement benchmarks to use in place of LIBOR benchmark rates, including Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. (CME) Term SOFR, FRB-NY SOFR and AMERIBOR as the primary rates. The replacement benchmark rates adopted by the Bank have been affirmed to comply with the 19 principles set forth by the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) for Financial Benchmarks, and it further provides the Bank confidence these replacement benchmarks are based on transparent, market-based transactions. The Bank began using these replacement benchmarks towards the end of the third quarter of 2021. In the first half of 2023, the Company converted all of its LIBOR based cash flow hedges to SOFR and replaced the variable rate loan pools with SOFR based instruments, with limited financial impact or cost. Effective July 3, 2023, approximately $3.1 billion of variable rate loans tied to LIBOR were transitioned in accordance with the statutory framework established by the Federal Reserve, with the transition rate to be utilized upon the next reset period, in a manner that is consistent with industry practice. In addition, all of our remaining derivative instruments with LIBOR based indexes were transitioned to the Fallback Rate SOFR benchmark as recommended by the International Swap and Derivatives Association, including interest rate swaps and risk participation agreements with notional amounts totaling $3.5 billion and $163.5 million. There was no material financial impact from this transition in our operating results and we do not expect there will be any significant future impact. Operational Risk Management Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal controls and processes, people and systems, or from external events, including fraud, litigation and breaches in data security. We depend on the ability of our employees and systems to process, record and monitor a large number of transactions on an on-going basis. As operational risk remains elevated and as customer and regulatory expectations regarding information security have increased, the Company continues to enhance its controls, processes and systems in order to protect the Company’s networks, computers, software and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access. The Board Risk Committee has primary responsibility for the oversight of operational risk. In this capacity, the Board Risk Committee oversees the Company’s processes for identifying, assessing, monitoring and managing cybersecurity risk. In addition, individual business lines have direct and primary responsibility and accountability for identifying, controlling, and monitoring operational risks embedded in their business activities. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for further discussion of the risks associated with an interruption or breach in our information systems or infrastructure and Item 1C. “Cybersecurity” for additional disclosures on cybersecurity and related risk management strategy and governance. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Liquidity Liquidity management ensures that funds are available to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, while also meeting the operating, capital and strategic cash flow needs of the Company, the Bank and other subsidiaries. As part of the overall asset and liability management process, liquidity management strategies and measurements have been developed to manage and monitor liquidity risk. The following table summarizes available liquidity at December 31, 2023. 72 Table of Contents TABLE 27. Net Available Sources of Funds ($ in thousands) Available Sources of Funding: Internal Sources Free securities External Sources Federal Home Loan Bank (a) Federal Reserve Bank Brokered deposits Other Total Available Sources of Funding Cash and other interest-bearing bank deposits Total Liquidity (a) Amount used includes funded advances and letters of credit. TABLE 28. Liquidity Metrics Free securities / total securities Core deposits / total deposits Wholesale funds / core deposits Liquid assets / total liabilities Average loans / average deposits Total Available December 31, 2023 Amount Used Net Availability $ 2,845,233 $ — $ 2,845,233 6,613,696 3,301,659 4,453,509 1,329,000 18,543,097 $ $ 1,183,088 — 589,761 — 1,772,849 $ $ 5,430,608 3,301,659 3,863,748 1,329,000 16,770,248 1,188,286 17,958,534 2023 2022 2021 38.80 % 92.51 % 7.21 % 12.69 % 80.04 % 41.59 % 98.12 % 7.43 % 13.61 % 74.30 % 53.95 % 98.66 % 6.45 % 26.96 % 72.90 % The failures of three major regional U.S. banks in 2023 that experienced large-scale deposit runs has brought the subject of bank liquidity into focus. Dampened depositor confidence over a financial institution's ability to protect deposit balances in excess of the federally insured limit is thought to pose a higher likelihood of a deposit run, and, in turn, the risk that the institution may have insufficient liquidity to meet the demand. At December 31, 2023, our available on and off-balance sheet liquidity of $18.0 billion is well in excess of our estimated uninsured, noncollateralized deposits of approximately $10.2 billion. The asset portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through loan principal repayments, maturities and repayments of investment securities and occasional sales of various assets. Short-term investments such as federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank or with other commercial banks are additional sources of liquidity to meet cash flow requirements. Free securities represent unpledged securities that can be sold or used as collateral for borrowings, and include unpledged securities assigned to short-term dealer repurchase agreements or to the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. Management has established an internal target for the ratio of free securities to total securities of 20% or greater. As shown in Table 28 above, our ratios of free securities to total securities were 38.80% and 41.59% at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Securities and FHLB letters of credit are pledged as collateral related to public funds and repurchase agreements. The carry value of total pledged securities was $4.7 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $213.5 million from December 31, 2022. Both securities and FHLB letters of credit can be pledged as collateral related to public funds and repurchase agreements. While the value of pledged securities decreased year-over-year, the ratio of free securities to total securities also declined as a result of the decrease in the securities portfolio. The liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity mainly through the ability to use cash sourced from various customers’ interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposit accounts. At December 31, 2023, deposits totaled $29.7 billion, an increase of $619.7 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2022. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in retail time deposits, a result of the favorable interest rate environment, and brokered time deposits, partially offset by a decline in noninterest-bearing deposits. Some of the decline in noninterest-bearing deposits represents a shift to interest-bearing products amid the favorable interest rate environment. Core deposits represent total deposits excluding certificates of deposits (“CDs”) of $250,000 or more and brokered deposits. Core deposits totaled $27.5 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $1.1 billion from December 31, 2022. The ratio of core deposits to total deposits was 92.51% at December 31, 2023 down from 98.12% at December 31, 2022. The decrease in the ratio is a result of increases in CDs of $250,000 or more and the addition of brokered deposits. Brokered deposits totaled $589.8 million as of December 31, 2023, up from $4.9 million at December 31, 2022 as the result of the addition of $589.8 million of brokered certificates of deposit that bear interest plus fees of 5.35% per annum, of which, $195.0 million will mature in February 2024 and $394.8 million will mature 73 Table of Contents in May 2024. The use of brokered deposits as a funding source is subject to certain policies regarding the amount, term and interest rate. Purchases of federal funds, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings from customers provide additional sources of liquidity to meet short-term funding requirements. In addition to funding from customer sources, the Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB that is secured by blanket pledges of certain mortgage loans. At December 31, 2023, the Bank had borrowed $700 million from the FHLB and had approximately $5.4 billion remaining available under this line. The Bank also has unused borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve’s discount window of approximately $3.3 billion. There were no outstanding borrowings with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, or at any point during the years then ended. In response to the March 2023 bank failures and resulting liquidity concerns, the Federal Reserve established a Bank Term Funding Program, available to eligible depository institutions to provide an additional source of liquidity secured by U.S. Treasury and government agency and mortgage-backed securities, and other qualifying assets at par. As a cautionary measure, the Bank registered for the program at its inception, but has not, and does not intend to borrow under this program. Wholesale funds, comprised of short-term borrowings, long-term debt and brokered deposits were 7.21% of core deposits at December 31, 2023 and 7.43% at December 31, 2022. Wholesale funds totaled $2.0 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $137.4 million from December 31, 2022. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in FHLB borrowings, partially offset by the increase in brokered deposits. The Company has established an internal target for wholesale funds to be less than 25% of core deposits. Other key measures used to monitor liquidity include the liquid asset ratio and the loan to deposit ratio. The liquid asset ratio (liquid assets, consisting of cash, short-term investments and free securities, divided by total liabilities) measures our ability to meet short- term obligations. Our liquid asset ratio was 12.69% at December 31, 2023 compared to 13.61% at December 31, 2022. Management has established a minimum liquid asset ratio of 7.5% and an internal target of 12% or greater. The loan to deposit ratio (average loans outstanding during the reporting period divided by average deposits outstanding) measures the amount of funds the Company lends for each dollar of deposits on hand. Our average loan-to-deposit ratio was 80.04% for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 74.3% for the year ended December 31, 2022. Management has established a target range for the loan to deposit ratio of 87% to 89%, but will operate outside that range under certain circumstances, such as those caused by the continuing impact of the pandemic where deposits became and have remained elevated. Cash generated from operations is another important source of funds to meet liquidity needs. The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in Part II, Item 8 of this document present operating cash flows and summarize all significant sources and uses of funds during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Dividends received from the Bank have been the primary source of funds available to the Parent Company for the payment of dividends to our stockholders and for servicing its debt. The liquidity management process takes into account the various regulatory provisions that can limit the amount of dividends that the Bank can distribute to the Parent Company, as described in Note 12 – Stockholder's Equity to the consolidated financial statements. The Parent targets cash and other liquid assets to provide liquidity in an amount sufficient to fund approximately six quarters of ongoing cash or liquid asset needs, consisting primarily of common stockholder dividends, debt service requirements, and any expected share repurchase or early extinguishment of debt. The Parent may temporarily operate below that level if a return to the target can be achieved in the near-term, generally not to exceed four quarters. The Parent had cash totaling $218.7 million at December 31, 2023. Material Cash Requirements The Company has sufficient access to liquidity for operations. The following table summarizes select significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2023, according to payments due by period. The table excludes obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings discussed previously in this analysis. The maturities of time deposits in amounts greater than $250,000 are presented in Table 22. Purchase obligations represent material legal and binding contracts to purchase services and goods that cannot be settled or terminated without paying substantially all of the contractual amounts. 74 Table of Contents TABLE 29. Contractual Cash Obligations ($ in thousands) Long-term debt obligations Operating lease obligations Purchase obligations Commitments to fund low income housing and small business investment company Total Capital Resources Total Less Than 1 Year Payment due by period 1-3 Years $ 638,505 $ 12,105 $ 64,697 $ 44,357 $ 517,346 72,568 154,862 901 173,131 29,409 22,197 34,645 60,052 18,240 89,981 More Than 5 Years 3-5 Years 15,321 — $ 981,819 $ 135,647 $ 159,394 $ 95,963 $ 590,815 15,321 — — The Company currently has a strong capital position which is vital to continued profitability, promotes depositor and investor confidence, and provides a solid foundation for economic downturns, future growth and flexibility in addressing strategic opportunities. Stockholders’ equity totaled $3.8 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The $461.0 million increase from December 31, 2022 is attributable to net income of $392.6 million, $151.1 million of other comprehensive income and $22.9 million of long-term incentive and dividend reinvestment activity, partially offset by dividends of $105.6 million. At December 31, 2023, our tangible common equity ratio was 8.37%, compared to 7.09% at December 31, 2022. The 128 bp increase from December 31, 2022 is comprised of net income (+118 bps), other comprehensive income (+44 bps), and stock-based compensation and other activity (+6 bps), partially offset by dividends (-31 bps) and tangible asset growth (-9 bps). Other comprehensive income was favorably impacted by the improvement in long-term rates and the impact of the late 2023 restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio whereby we sold $1.04 billion of securities and reclassified $52.7 million of accumulated comprehensive loss, net of tax, to earnings. The restructuring was a strategic decision made to provide net interest margin enhancement. The Company has adequate liquidity and, therefore, does not plan to sell additional available for sale securities in the near term and, more likely than not, will not be required to do so before the recovery of the losses reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The primary quantitative measures that regulators use to gauge capital adequacy are the ratios of Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets (risk-based capital ratios) and the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (Leverage ratio). The Federal Reserve Board’s final rule implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related changes per the Dodd-Frank Act established the Basel III minimum regulatory capital requirements for all organizations for Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios equal to 8.00%, 6.00%, and 4.5%, respectively, as well as set a conservation buffer of 2.5% and a Leverage ratio of 4.0%. Based on capital ratios as of December 31, 2023 using Basel III definitions, the Company and the Bank exceeded all capital requirements of the rule. The Company and the Bank have established internal target ranges for Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios and the leverage ratio. At December 31, 2023, each of these capital ratios fell within, or above, their respective target range. At December 31, 2023, our regulatory capital ratios were well in excess of current regulatory minimum requirements, including the conservatism buffers, by at least $737 million. Additionally, both the Company and the Bank were considered “well capitalized” by regulatory agencies. Note 12 – Stockholders’ Equity to the consolidated financial statements provides additional information about the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios. The following table shows certain of the Company's capital ratios and our regulatory capital ratios as calculated under current rules at December 31, 2023 and 2022. 75 Table of Contents TABLE 30. Risk-Based Capital and Capital Ratios ($ in thousands) Common equity tier 1 capital Additional tier 1 capital Tier 1 capital Tier 2 capital Total capital Risk-weighted assets Ratios Leverage (Tier 1 capital to average assets) Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets Total capital to risk-weighted assets Common stockholders' equity to total assets Tangible common equity to total assets 2023 3,584,474 $ $ — 3,584,474 464,771 $ 4,049,245 $ $ 29,067,426 $ 2022 3,279,419 — 3,279,419 447,415 3,726,834 28,734,106 10.10 % 12.33 % 12.33 % 13.93 % 10.69 % 8.37 % 9.53 % 11.41 % 11.41 % 12.97 % 9.50 % 7.09 % We regularly perform stress analysis on our capital levels. One such scenario includes the hypothetical impact of including accumulated other comprehensive losses on market valuations of available for sale securities and cash flow hedges in regulatory capital and a further stress scenario that includes both those losses plus losses on the held to maturity investment portfolio in regulatory capital. We estimate that our regulatory capital ratios would remain in excess of the well-capitalized minimums under both of these stress scenarios at December 31, 2023. In January 2023, the Company's board of directors declared an 11% increase in the regular quarterly cash dividend to $0.30 per share. The increase was reflective of our strong regulatory ratios, allowing for improved shareholder returns. Throughout 2023, the Company paid quarterly dividends of $0.30 per share, for an annual cash dividend rate of $1.20 per share. During 2022, the Company paid quarterly dividends of $0.27 per share, for an annual cash dividend rate of $1.08 per share. The Company has paid uninterrupted quarterly dividends to shareholders since 1967. STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM In January 2023, the Company's board of directors authorized a stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Company may, from time to time, purchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its outstanding common stock (approximately 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2022). The shares may be repurchased in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase plans, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, in one or more transactions, from time to time, depending upon market conditions and other factors, and in accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The program has an expiration date of December 31, 2024 and does not obligate the Company to purchase any shares. The program may be terminated or amended by the Board at any time prior to the expiration date. This program allows us to continue to opportunistically repurchase shares of our common stock when the market is advantageous. To date, no shares have been repurchased under this program. Prior to its expiration on December 31, 2022, the Company had in place a stock repurchase program that was authorized by the Company's board of directors in April 2021 whereby the Company was authorized to repurchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its common stock through the program’s expiration date. The program allowed the Company to repurchase its common shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase programs, in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise, in one or more transactions. The Company was not obligated to purchase any shares under this program, and the board of directors had the ability to terminate or amend the program at any time prior to the expiration date. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company repurchased 1.2 million shares of its common stock at an average cost of $48.90 per share, inclusive of commissions. In total, the Company repurchased 1.7 million of the 4.3 million authorized shares under the buyback program at an average cost of $48.77 per share. The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, signed into law in August 2022, includes a provision for an excise tax equal to 1% of the fair market value of any stock repurchased by covered corporations after December 31, 2022. Subject to certain limits and provisions, the excise tax is computed on the value of stock repurchased, net of stock issuances during the year, including shares issues under compensatory arrangements. Additionally, stock repurchases excludes repurchases where the value of the stock repurchased is contributed to an employer-sponsored retirement plan, employee stock ownership plan or a similar plan, among other exclusions. To date, the Company has not executed any transactions subject to this excise tax. While we may complete transactions subject to the excise tax in the future, we do not expect a material impact to our statement of condition or results of operations. 76 Table of Contents FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS Net income for the fourth quarter of 2023 was $50.6 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share, compared to $97.7 million, or $1.12 per diluted common share, in the third quarter of 2023 and $143.8 million, or $1.65 per diluted common share, in the fourth quarter of 2022. The fourth quarter of 2023 included a net charge of $75.4 million, or $0.68 per diluted share after-tax, of supplemental disclosure items that included an FDIC Special Assessment, a loss restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio, and a gain on the sale of a parking facility. Highlights of our fourth quarter of 2023 results (compared to third quarter of 2023): • • • • • • • • • Net income of $50.6 million, down $47.1 million, reflecting supplemental disclosure items noted above Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (a non-GAAP measure) of $157.5 million was up $4.1 million, or 3% Loans declined $61.8 million, or 1%, linked-quarter annualized Criticized commercial loans and nonaccrual loans remain at low levels Allowance for credit losses coverage remained strong at 1.41% Deposits decreased $630.3 million, or 8% linked-quarter annualized, largely due to the maturity of $567.5 million in brokered deposits Net interest margin unchanged at 3.27% Common equity tier 1 ratio was 12.33%, up 27 bps; tangible common equity ratio of 8.37%, up 103 bps Efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) improved 80 bps to 55.58% Total loans at December 31, 2023 were $23.9 billion, a decrease of $61.8 million, or less than 1%, from September 30, 2023. The linked-quarter decline reflects decreases in most of the portfolio segments, as demand has softened as a result of the interest rate environment and as we focus on full service client relationships. These declines were partially offset by growth in the residential mortgage portfolio that was driven in part by the completion of one-time close residential mortgage construction products converting to permanent financing. Total deposits at December 31, 2023 were $29.7 billion, down $630.3 million, or 2%, from September 30, 2023. The decline is largely the result of the maturity of $567.5 million of brokered time deposits. Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $11.0 billion at December 31, 2023, down $595.9 million, or 5%, from September 30, 2023 and comprised 37% of total deposits at December 31, 2023. Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits totaled $10.7 billion at December 31, 2023, down $8.3 million, or less than 1%, compared to September 30, 2023. Interest-bearing public fund deposits increased $289.8 million, or 10%, to $3.1 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in public funds is seasonal and primarily attributable to year-end tax collections by local municipalities. Typically, these balances begin to runoff in the first quarter of each year. Time deposits of $4.9 billion decreased $315.9 million, or 6%, from September 30, 2023, largely attributable to maturing brokered deposits noted above, and partially offset by an increase in retail time deposits in response to promotional rate offerings. Net interest income (te) for the fourth quarter of 2023 was $272.3 million, up $0.2 million, or less than 1%, from the third quarter of 2023. The net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2023 was flat at 3.27%, as higher loan yields and a more favorable earning asset mix (+8 bps), decreased short-term borrowing costs (+6 bps), and the securities portfolio restructure (+3 bps) offset the impact of the growth in average interest-bearing deposits and higher rate offerings (-17 bps). The provision for credit losses recorded in the fourth quarter of 2023 was $17.0 million, compared to $28.5 million in the third quarter of 2023. Net charge-offs were $16.1 million, or 0.27% of average total loans on an annualized basis in the fourth quarter of 2023, down from $38.3 million, or 0.64% of average total loans, in the third quarter of 2023, which included a charge-off of $29.7 million attributable to single borrower. Our allowance for credit losses was $336.8 million at December 31, 2023, up $0.9 million from September 30, 2023. Our asset quality metrics remained stable, with criticized commercial loans at $273.7 million, or 1.47% of total commercial loans, compared to $275.1 million, or 1.46% of total commercial loans at September 30, 2023. Nonaccrual loans totaled $59.0 million, or 0.25% of total loans at December 31, 2023, compared to $60.3 million, or 0.25% of total loans at September 30, 2023. ORE and foreclosed assets totaled $3.6 million at December 31, 2023, down $0.9 million from $4.5 million at September 30, 2023. Noninterest income totaled $39.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2023, down $47.0 million, or 55%, from the third quarter of 2023. Noninterest income for the fourth quarter included two supplemental disclosure items, a $16.1 million gain on the sale of a parking facility and a $65.4 million loss on the restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio. Excluding the supplemental 77 Table of Contents disclosure items, noninterest income was $88.2 million, up $2.2 million, or 3%, from the prior quarter. Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions were up $2.6 million, or 30%, from the third quarter of 2023 as a result of strong sales amid the favorable interest rate environment. Trust fees were up $0.3 million, or 2%, and bank card and ATM fees were up $0.2 million, or 1%, from the prior quarter. Service charges were down $0.6 million, or 3%, from the prior quarter. Income from secondary mortgage operations totaled $2.1 million, down $0.5 million, or 20%, as a result of declining demand for mortgage loans and refinancing. Noninterest expense totaled $229.2 million, up $24.5 million, or 12%, from the third quarter of 2023. Noninterest expense included a supplemental disclosure item in the amount of $26.1 million related to the FDIC special assessment. Excluding this supplemental disclosure item, noninterest expense totaled $203.0 million, down $1.6 million or 1%, from the prior quarter. The primary driver of the decrease is attributable to personnel expense, which was down $1.9 million, or 2%, from the third quarter of 2023, due to lower incentive expense. The effective income tax rate for fourth quarter 2023 was 18.8%. The effective income tax rate continues to be less than the statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and income tax credits. The following table provides selected comparative financial information for the five quarters ending with December 31, 2023. TABLE 31. Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results (in thousands, except per share data) Income Statement Data: Interest income Interest income (te) (a) Interest expense Net interest income (te) Provision for credit losses Noninterest income Noninterest expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Supplemental disclosure items-included above, pre-tax: Included in noninterest income: Gain on sale of parking facility Loss on securities portfolio restructure Included in noninterest expense: FDIC special assessment Balance Sheet Data: Period end balance sheet data: Loans Earning assets Total assets Noninterest-bearing deposits Total deposits Stockholders' equity Average balance sheet data: Loans Earning assets Total assets Noninterest-bearing deposits Total deposits Stockholders' equity Common Shares Data: Earnings per share: Basic Diluted Cash dividends per common share Performance Ratios: Return on average assets Return on average common equity Efficiency ratio (b) Net interest margin (te) Annualized net charge offs to average loans December 31, 2023 September 30, 2023 June 30, 2023 March 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 415,827 418,679 146,593 272,086 28,498 85,974 204,675 122,035 24,297 97,738 — — — 405,273 408,110 131,362 276,748 7,633 83,225 202,138 147,365 29,571 117,794 — — — 23,983,679 32,733,591 36,298,301 11,626,371 30,320,337 3,501,003 23,830,724 33,137,565 35,626,927 11,453,236 29,757,180 3,572,487 $ 23,789,886 32,715,630 36,210,148 12,171,817 30,043,501 3,554,476 23,654,994 33,619,829 36,205,396 12,153,453 29,372,899 3,567,260 $ $ $ $ 372,603 375,187 87,609 287,578 6,020 80,330 200,884 158,420 31,953 126,467 — — — 23,404,523 34,106,792 37,547,083 12,860,027 29,613,070 3,531,232 23,086,529 32,753,781 35,159,050 12,963,133 28,792,851 3,412,813 345,676 348,291 50,175 298,116 2,487 77,064 190,154 179,924 36,137 143,787 — — — 23,114,046 31,873,027 35,183,825 13,645,113 29,070,349 3,342,628 22,723,248 32,244,681 34,498,915 13,854,625 28,816,338 3,228,667 $ 1.12 1.12 0.30 1.09 % 10.85 % 56.38 % 3.27 % 0.64 % $ 1.35 1.35 0.30 1.30 % 13.24 % 55.33 % 3.30 % 0.06 % $ 1.45 1.45 0.30 1.46 % 15.03 % 53.76 % 3.55 % 0.10 % 1.65 1.65 0.27 1.65 % 17.67 % 49.81 % 3.68 % 0.02 % $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 426,794 429,628 157,334 272,294 16,952 38,951 229,151 62,308 11,705 50,603 16,126 (65,380 ) 26,123 23,921,917 32,175,097 35,578,573 11,030,515 29,690,059 3,803,661 23,795,681 33,128,130 35,538,300 11,132,354 29,974,941 3,560,978 $ 0.58 0.58 0.30 0.56 % 5.64 % 55.58 % 3.27 % 0.27 % 78 Table of Contents (in thousands, except per share data) Reconciliation of pre-provision net revenue (te) and adjusted pre-provision net revenue(te) (non-GAAP measures) (c) Net income (GAAP) Provision for credit losses Income tax expense Pre-provision net revenue Taxable equivalent adjustment Pre-provision net revenue (te) Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items Loss on securities portfolio restructure Gain on sale of parking facility FDIC special assessment Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te) Reconciliation of revenue (te), adjusted revenue (te) and efficiency ratio (non-GAAP measures) (c) Net interest income Noninterest income Total GAAP revenue Taxable equivalent adjustment Total revenue (te) Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items Loss on securities portfolio restructure Gain on sale of parking facility Adjusted revenue GAAP noninterest expense Amortization of intangibles Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items FDIC special assessment Adjusted noninterest expense Efficiency ratio (b) .. December 31, 2023 September 30, 2023 June 30, 2023 March 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 50,603 16,952 11,705 79,260 2,834 82,094 65,380 (16,126 ) 26,123 157,471 269,460 38,951 308,411 2,834 311,245 65,380 (16,126 ) 360,499 229,151 (2,672 ) $ $ $ 97,738 28,498 24,297 150,533 2,852 153,385 — — — 153,385 269,234 85,974 355,208 2,852 358,060 — — 358,060 204,675 (2,813 ) $ $ $ 117,794 7,633 29,571 154,998 2,837 157,835 — — — 157,835 273,911 83,225 357,136 2,837 359,973 — — 359,973 202,138 (2,957 ) $ $ $ 126,467 6,020 31,953 164,440 2,584 167,024 — — — 167,024 284,994 80,330 365,324 2,584 367,908 — — 367,908 200,884 (3,114 ) (26,123 ) 200,356 $ 55.58 % — 201,862 $ 56.38 % — 199,181 $ 55.33 % — 197,770 $ 53.76 % 143,787 2,487 36,137 182,411 2,615 185,026 — — — 185,026 295,501 77,064 372,565 2,615 375,180 — — 375,180 190,154 (3,271 ) — 186,883 49.81 % (a) Taxable equivalent basis (te). For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21%. (b) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items. (c) Refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES The accounting principles we follow and the methods for applying these principles conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices followed by the banking industry. The significant accounting principles and practices we follow are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this document. These principles and practices require management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management evaluates the estimates and assumptions made on an ongoing basis to help ensure the resulting reported amounts reflect management’s best estimates and judgments given current facts and circumstances. The following discusses certain critical accounting policies that involve a higher degree of management judgment and complexity in producing estimates that may significantly affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses (ACL) is comprised of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans and leases held for investment, and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, a liability established to absorb credit losses for the expected life of the contractual term of on and off-balance sheet exposures as of the date of the determination. Accounting standards require that management incorporate an economic forecast for a reasonable and supportable period, which is two years based on our current policy. We utilize third party forecasts that consist of multiple economic scenarios, including a baseline, with a probability distribution of 50% better or worse economic performance and various upside and downside scenarios utilized at an aggregated state (or regional) levels across our footprint or national level, depending on the portfolio. The economic forecasts are generally lagging and may not incorporate all events and circumstances through the financial statement date. The Company’s management considers available forecasts, current events not captured and our specific portfolio characteristics and applies weights to the scenario output based on a best estimate of likely outcomes. Changing economic conditions introduce enhanced estimation uncertainty in the forecasts used to estimate expected credit loss. Our credit loss models were built using historical data that may not correlate to existing economic conditions. The estimate of the life of a loan considers both contractual cash flows as well as estimated prepayments and forecasted draws on unfunded loan commitments that were also built on historical data that may react 79 Table of Contents differently given the current environment. Such forecasted information is inherently uncertain, therefore, actual results may differ significantly from management’s estimates. Management applies significant judgment when weighting the macroeconomic scenarios for the reasonable and supportable period. Our assessment considers the scenario description compared to our portfolio performance and benchmarking select variables to other third party forecasts. At December 31, 2023, the Company weighted the Moody’s baseline scenario at 40% and the mild recessionary S-2 scenario at 60%. Results by scenario can vary significantly from period to period as both the scenario assumptions and the portfolio composition are changing, therefore comparison of scenario weighting from period to period may not be meaningful. For example, holding all other assumptions constant, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced expected credit losses 34% higher than utilization of the baseline scenario at December 31, 2023. In contrast, for the year ended December 31, 2022, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced results 44% greater than the baseline scenario. In addition, these quantitative results are adjusted, sometimes materially, by the qualitative assessment described below. The quantitative loss rate analysis is supplemented by a review of qualitative factors that considers whether conditions differ from those existing during the historical periods used in the development of the credit loss models. Such factors include, but are not limited to, problem loan trends, changes in loan profiles and volumes, changes in lending policies and procedures, current or expected economic trends, business conditions, credit concentrations, model limitations and other relevant factors not captured by our models. While quantitative data for these factors is used where available, there is significant judgment applied in these processes. For credits that are individually evaluated, a specific allowance is calculated as the shortfall between the credit’s value and the bank’s exposure. The loan’s value is measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan (less liquidation costs) if it is collateral dependent, or by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Collateral supporting loans individually evaluated for credit loss may include, but is not limited to, commercial and residential real estate, accounts receivable and other corporate assets. Valuations are highly subjective and based on information available at the time of valuation and the current resolution strategy. These values are difficult to assess and have heightened uncertainty resulting from current market conditions. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Management considers the appropriateness of these critical assumptions as part of its allowance review and believes the ACL level is appropriate based on information available through the financial statement date. Refer to Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses, included in Part II, Item 8 of this document, for further discussion of significant assumptions used in the current allowance calculation. Accounting for Retirement Benefits Management makes a variety of assumptions in applying principles that govern the accounting for benefits under the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. These assumptions are essential to the actuarial valuation that determines the amounts recognized and certain disclosures it makes in the consolidated financial statements related to the operation of these plans. Two of the more significant assumptions concern the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the rate needed to discount projected benefits to their present value. Changes in these assumptions impact the cost of retirement benefits recognized in net income and comprehensive income. Certain assumptions are closely tied to current conditions and are generally revised at each measurement date. For example, the discount rate is reset annually with reference to market yields on high quality fixed-income investments. Other assumptions, such as the rate of return on assets, are determined, in part, with reference to historical and expected conditions over time and are not as susceptible to frequent revision. Holding other factors constant, the cost of retirement benefits will move opposite to changes in either the discount rate or the rate of return on assets. Note 17 – Retirement Plans, included in Part II, Item 8 of this document, provides further discussion on the accounting for retirement and employee benefit plans and the estimates used in determining the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit expense. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements that appears in Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK The information required for this item is included in the sections entitled “Asset/Liability Management” and “Net Interest Income at Risk” that appear in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and is incorporated here by reference. 80 Table of Contents ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING The management of Hancock Whitney Corporation has prepared the consolidated financial statements and other information in our Annual Report in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and is responsible for its accuracy. The financial statements necessarily include amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. In meeting its responsibility, management relies on internal accounting and related control systems. The internal control systems are designed to ensure that transactions are properly authorized and recorded in the Company’s financial records and to safeguard the Company’s assets from material loss or misuse. Such assurance cannot be absolute because of inherent limitations in any internal control system. The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the Rule 13(a)–15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management also conducted an assessment of requirements pertaining to Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. This section relates to management’s evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, including controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y- 9C) and in compliance with laws and regulations. Our evaluation included a review of the documentation of controls, evaluations of the design of the internal control system and tests of the effectiveness of internal controls. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 was audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their accompanying report which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023. Based on the Company’s evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013), management concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023. /s/ John M. Hairston John M. Hairston President & Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) February 28, 2024 /s/ Michael M. Achary Michael M. Achary Senior Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) February 28, 2024 81 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hancock Whitney Corporation Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hancock Whitney Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of changes in stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Basis for Opinions The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Management's assessment and our audit of Hancock Whitney Corporation's internal control over financial reporting also included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) to comply with the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 82 Table of Contents Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. Allowance for Credit Losses for the Collectively Evaluated Portfolios As described in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) is comprised of the allowance for loan and lease losses, a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans and leases held for investment, and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, a liability established to absorb credit losses for the expected life of the contractual term of on and off-balance sheet exposures. As of December 31, 2023, the total allowance for credit losses was $337 million on total loans of $23.9 billion. The analysis and methodology for estimating the ACL includes two primary elements: a collective approach for pools of loans that have similar risk characteristics using a loss rate analysis, and a specific reserve analysis for credits individually evaluated for credit loss. Management utilizes internally developed credit models and third party economic forecasts for the calculation of expected credit loss for the collectively evaluated portfolios. Management calculates a collective allowance for a two-year reasonable and supportable forecast period utilizing probability weighted multiple macroeconomic scenarios, and then reverts on a linear basis over four quarters to an average historical loss rate for the remaining term. Qualitative adjustments to the output of quantitative calculations are made when management deems it necessary to reflect differences in current and forecasted conditions as compared to those during the historical loss period used in model development. The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the allowance for credit losses for the collectively evaluated portfolios is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management in estimating the allowance for credit losses, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to the application of probability weighted multiple macroeconomic scenarios and the qualitative adjustments used in estimating the allowance for credit losses and (ii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge. Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s process for estimating the allowance for credit losses for the collectively evaluated portfolios, including controls over the application of probability weighted multiple macroeconomic scenarios and qualitative adjustments. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for estimating the allowance for credit losses by (i) evaluating the appropriateness of management’s methodology, (ii) testing certain data used in the estimate, and (iii) evaluating the reasonableness of the application of probability weighted multiple macroeconomic scenarios and the qualitative adjustments; professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in performing these procedures to test management’s process. /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP New Orleans, Louisiana February 28, 2024 We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009. 83 Table of Contents Hancock Whitney Corporation and Subsidiaries Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands, except per share data) Assets: Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing bank deposits Federal funds sold Securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $5,496,718 and $6,310,214) Securities held to maturity (fair value of $2,485,918 and $2,615,398) Loans held for sale (includes $13,269 and $10,843 measured at fair value) Loans Less: allowance for loan losses Loans, net Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $318,746 and $303,451 Right of use assets, net of accumulated amortization of $55,815 and $44,901 Prepaid expense Other real estate and foreclosed assets, net Accrued interest receivable Goodwill Other intangible assets, net Life insurance contracts Funded pension assets, net Deferred tax asset, net Other assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity: Deposits: Noninterest-bearing Interest-bearing Total deposits Short-term borrowings Long-term debt Accrued interest payable Lease liabilities Other liabilities Total liabilities Stockholders' equity: Common stock Capital surplus Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net Total stockholders' equity Total liabilities and stockholders' equity Preferred shares authorized (par value of $20.00 per share) Preferred shares issued and outstanding Common shares authorized (par value of $3.33 per share) Common shares issued Common shares outstanding See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 84 $ $ $ $ $ December 31, 2023 2022 561,202 $ 626,646 436 4,915,195 2,684,779 26,124 23,921,917 (307,907 ) 23,614,010 $ 301,639 105,799 45,234 3,628 157,179 855,453 44,637 749,495 216,849 153,384 516,884 35,578,573 $ 11,030,515 $ 18,659,544 29,690,059 1,154,829 236,317 45,000 125,618 523,089 31,774,912 309,513 1,739,671 2,375,604 (621,127 ) 3,803,661 35,578,573 $ 50,000 — 350,000 92,947 86,345 564,459 323,332 728 5,556,041 2,852,495 26,385 23,114,046 (307,789 ) 22,806,257 328,605 96,884 44,632 2,017 131,849 855,453 56,193 729,774 216,818 211,418 380,485 35,183,825 13,645,113 15,425,236 29,070,349 1,871,271 242,077 9,935 116,422 531,143 31,841,197 309,513 1,716,884 2,088,413 (772,182 ) 3,342,628 35,183,825 50,000 — 350,000 92,947 85,941 Hancock Whitney Corporation and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Income Table of Contents (in thousands, except per share data) Interest income: Loans, including fees Loans held for sale Securities-taxable Securities-tax exempt Short-term investments Total interest income Interest expense: Deposits Short-term borrowings Long-term debt Total interest expense Net interest income Provision for credit losses Net interest income after provision for credit losses Noninterest income: Service charges on deposit accounts Trust fees Bank card and ATM fees Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions Secondary mortgage market operations Securities transactions, net Other income Total noninterest income Noninterest expense: Compensation expense Employee benefits Personnel expense Net occupancy expense Equipment expense Data processing expense Professional services expense Amortization of intangibles Deposit insurance and regulatory fees Other real estate and foreclosed assets income Other expense Total noninterest expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Earnings per common share - basic Earnings per common share - diluted Dividends paid per share Weighted average shares outstanding - basic Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 85 Years Ended December 31, 2022 2021 2023 $ 1,379,263 $ 1,723 189,386 18,627 31,498 1,620,497 443,924 66,657 12,317 522,898 1,097,599 59,103 1,038,496 86,020 67,565 82,966 36,714 9,159 (65,380 ) 71,436 288,480 376,055 84,740 460,795 51,573 18,852 117,694 38,331 11,556 49,979 (624 ) 88,692 836,848 490,128 97,526 392,602 $ 4.51 $ 4.50 $ 1.20 $ 86,130 86,423 $ $ $ $ 940,629 $ 1,814 166,731 18,847 9,042 1,137,063 58,439 16,191 12,430 87,060 1,050,003 (28,399 ) 1,078,402 825,862 2,543 131,382 18,969 3,502 982,258 26,246 6,015 16,762 49,023 933,235 (77,494 ) 1,010,729 87,663 65,132 84,591 28,752 11,524 (87 ) 53,911 331,486 378,482 82,153 460,635 48,767 18,573 103,942 36,065 14,033 14,889 (4,407 ) 58,195 750,692 659,196 135,107 524,089 $ 6.00 $ 5.98 $ 1.08 $ 86,068 86,394 81,032 62,898 79,074 29,502 36,694 333 74,801 364,334 378,589 103,786 482,375 49,786 18,167 96,755 48,678 16,665 13,582 (210 ) 81,209 807,007 568,056 104,841 463,215 5.23 5.22 1.08 86,823 87,027 Table of Contents Hancock Whitney Corporation and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income ($ in thousands) Net income Other comprehensive income (loss) before income taxes: Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale and cash flow hedges Reclassification of net (gain) loss realized and included in earnings Valuation adjustments to pension plan attributable to the Voluntary Early Retirement Program and curtailment Other valuation adjustments to employee benefit plans Amortization of unrealized net (gain) loss on securities transferred to held to maturity $ Other comprehensive income (loss) before income taxes Income tax (benefit) expense Other comprehensive income (loss) net of income taxes Comprehensive income (loss) See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. $ 2023 Years Ended December 31, 2022 2021 392,602 $ 524,089 $ 463,215 91,061 115,619 — (13,325 ) 1,747 195,102 44,047 151,055 543,657 $ (898,241 ) (5,947 ) (211,580 ) (15,485 ) — (24,139 ) 1,355 (926,972 ) (208,725 ) (718,247 ) (194,158 ) $ 59,606 (6,735 ) (158 ) (174,352 ) (40,348 ) (134,004 ) 329,211 86 Table of Contents Hancock Whitney Corporation and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (in thousands, except parenthetical share data) Balance, December 31, 2020 Net income Other comprehensive loss Comprehensive income Cash dividends declared ($1.08 per common share) Common stock activity, long-term incentive plans Issuance of stock from dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plans Repurchase of common stock (449,876 shares) Balance, December 31, 2021 Net income Other comprehensive loss Comprehensive income (loss) Cash dividends declared ($1.08 per common share) Common stock activity, long-term incentive plans Issuance of stock from dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plans Repurchase of common stock (1,204,368 shares) Balance, December 31, 2022 Net income Other comprehensive income Comprehensive income Cash dividends declared ($1.20 per common share) Common stock activity, long-term incentive plans Issuance of stock from dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plans Balance, December 31, 2023 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. Common Stock Capital Amount Surplus Shares Accumulated Other Comprehensive Retained Income (Loss), Earnings Net Total 80,069 $ 3,439,025 463,215 (134,004 ) 329,211 (95,927 ) 15,967 — (134,004 ) (134,004 ) — — — — 3,872 (21,796 ) (53,935 ) $ 3,670,352 524,089 (718,247 ) (194,158 ) (94,891 ) 16,640 — (718,247 ) (718,247 ) — — — — 3,577 (58,892 ) (772,182 ) $ 3,342,628 392,602 151,055 543,657 (105,557 ) 19,118 — 151,055 151,055 — — — 3,815 (621,127 ) $ 3,803,661 92,947 $ 309,513 $ 1,757,937 $ 1,291,506 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 15,688 463,215 — 463,215 (95,927 ) 279 3,872 (21,796 ) — — 92,947 $ 309,513 $ 1,755,701 $ 1,659,073 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 16,498 524,089 — 524,089 (94,891 ) 142 3,577 (58,892 ) — — 92,947 $ 309,513 $ 1,716,884 $ 2,088,413 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — 392,602 — — 392,602 — — (105,557 ) 146 18,972 — 3,815 — 92,947 $ 309,513 $ 1,739,671 $ 2,375,604 $ 87 Table of Contents Hancock Whitney Corporation and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ($ in thousands) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization Provision for credit losses Gain on other real estate and foreclosed assets Deferred tax expense (benefit) Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance contracts (Gain) loss on disposal or impairment of assets Loss on extinguishment of debt Loss (gain) on sale of securities available for sale Net (increase) decrease in loans held for sale Net amortization of securities premium/discount Amortization of intangible assets Stock-based compensation expense Net change in derivative collateral liability Increase in interest payable and other liabilities (Increase) decrease in other assets Other, net Years Ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 $ 392,602 $ 524,089 $ 463,215 34,720 59,103 (967 ) 13,986 (17,671 ) (15,753 ) — 65,380 (24,589 ) 16,383 11,556 24,652 58,326 48,714 (160,890 ) (10,303 ) 495,249 $ 31,582 (28,399 ) (4,382 ) (22,166 ) (7,010 ) 259 — 87 61,031 35,490 14,033 23,489 64,867 6,838 176,354 (34,141 ) 842,021 $ 29,113 (77,494 ) (2,280 ) 10,376 (23,505 ) 14,354 4,165 (333 ) 41,157 50,311 16,665 22,442 62,670 20,869 (21,050 ) (24,985 ) 585,690 Net cash provided by operating activities $ 88 Table of Contents Hancock Whitney Corporation and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—(Continued) ($ in thousands) CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale Purchases of securities available for sale Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity Purchases of securities held to maturity Proceeds received upon termination of fair value hedge instruments Net redemptions (purchases) of Federal Home Loan Bank stock Net (increase) decrease in short-term investments Proceeds from sales of loans and leases Net (increase) decrease in loans Purchases of life insurance contracts Proceeds from surrender of life insurance contracts Purchases of property and equipment Proceeds from sales of property Proceeds from sales of other real estate and foreclosed assets Other, net Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Net increase (decrease) in deposits Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings Repayments of long-term debt Issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs Dividends paid Payroll tax remitted on net share settlement of equity awards Other repurchases of common stock Proceeds from exercise of stock options Proceeds from dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS, BEGINNING CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS, ENDING SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION Income taxes paid Interest paid SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION FOR NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES Assets acquired in settlement of loans See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 2023 Years Ended December 31, 2022 2021 977,114 $ 813,214 (1,044,988 ) 163,266 (6,023 ) 19,275 (68,057 ) (303,022 ) 115,119 (968,237 ) — — (25,025 ) 33,130 3,575 (4,552 ) (295,211 ) 619,710 (716,442 ) — — (104,697 ) (5,681 ) — — 3,815 (203,295 ) (3,257 ) 564,459 561,202 $ 73,219 $ 502,628 (635,593 ) 147,879 (884,427 ) 90,601 (12,095 ) 3,506,845 30,652 (2,088,836 ) (65,000 ) — (29,145 ) 62 14,081 11,487 662,358 (1,395,548 ) 206,210 (480 ) 5,629 (94,458 ) (7,386 ) (58,892 ) 227 3,577 (1,341,121 ) 163,258 401,201 564,459 $ 198,681 1,073,133 (2,527,272 ) 116,536 (338,089 ) — 52,535 (2,496,849 ) 22,485 670,958 (75,000 ) 44,045 (23,541 ) 1,906 15,527 40,361 (3,224,584 ) 2,768,020 (2,452 ) (153,444 ) 22,388 (95,927 ) (7,364 ) (21,796 ) 492 3,872 2,513,789 (125,105 ) 526,306 401,201 103,190 $ 487,681 135,193 $ 80,076 122,594 49,995 $ $ $ 4,302 596 2,806 89 Table of Contents Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS Hancock Whitney Corporation (the “Company”) is a financial services company headquartered in Gulfport, Mississippi that is both a financial holding company and a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company provides a comprehensive network of full-service financial choices to customers primarily in the Gulf South region through its bank subsidiary, Hancock Whitney Bank (the “Bank”), a Mississippi state bank. The Bank offers a broad range of traditional and online banking services to commercial, small business and retail customers, providing a variety of transaction and savings deposit products, treasury management services, secured and unsecured loan products (including revolving credit facilities), and letters of credit and similar financial guarantees. The Bank also provides access to trust and investment management services to retirement plans, corporations and individuals, as well as investment advisory and brokerage products. In addition, the Company offers its customers access to fixed annuity and life insurance products and investment management and other services through its limited purpose broker-dealer subsidiary, Hancock Whitney Investment Services, Inc., a nonbank subsidiary of the holding company. The Company primarily operates across the Gulf South region, including southern and central Mississippi; southern and central Alabama; southern, central and northwest Louisiana; the northern, central, and panhandle regions of Florida; and the certain areas of east and northeast Texas including Houston, Beaumont, Dallas, Austin, and San Antonio, among others. In addition, the Company operates loan and deposit production offices in the metropolitan areas of Nashville, Tennessee and Atlanta, Georgia. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (U.S. GAAP) and those generally practiced within the banking industry. Following is a summary of the more significant accounting policies. Basis of Presentation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all other entities in which the Company has a controlling interest. Variable interest entities for which the Company has been deemed the primary beneficiary are also consolidated. Significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. Use of Estimates The accounting principles the Company follows and the methods for applying these principles conform to U.S. GAAP and general practices followed by the banking industry. These accounting principles and practices require management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Fair Value Accounting Fair value is generally defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. U.S. GAAP requires the use of fair values in determining the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities in the financial statements, as well as for specific disclosures about certain assets and liabilities. Accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to these valuation techniques used to measure fair value giving preference to quoted prices in active markets (level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs such as a reporting entity’s own data or information or assumptions developed from this data (level 3). Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, observable inputs other than quoted prices, such as interest rates and yield curves, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. 90 Table of Contents Business Combinations Business combinations are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Purchased assets, including identifiable intangibles, and assumed liabilities are recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. If the fair value of net assets purchased exceeds the consideration given, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. If the consideration given exceeds the fair value of the net assets received or if the fair value of the net liabilities assumed exceeds the consideration received, goodwill is recognized. Fair values are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of an acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. All identifiable intangible assets that are acquired in a business combination are recognized at the acquisition date fair value. Identifiable intangible assets are recognized separately if they arise from contractual or other legal rights or if they are separable (i.e., capable of being sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged separately from the entity). Cash and Due from Banks The Company considers only cash on hand, cash items in process of collection and balances due from financial institutions as cash and cash equivalents. Securities Securities are classified as trading, held to maturity or available for sale. Management determines the appropriate classification of debt and equity securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates this classification periodically as conditions change that could require reclassification. Available for sale securities are stated at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and unrealized holding losses are reported net of tax in other comprehensive income or loss and in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) until realized. Securities that the Company both positively intends and has the ability to hold to maturity are classified as securities held to maturity and are carried at amortized cost. The intent and ability to hold are not considered satisfied when a security is available to be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment rates, liquidity needs or other reasons as part of an overall asset/liability management strategy. Premiums and discounts on securities, both those held to maturity and those available for sale, are amortized and accreted to income as an adjustment to the securities’ yields using the effective interest method. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities are reported net as a component of noninterest income. The cost of securities sold is specifically identified for use in calculating realized gains and losses. Credit Losses on Securities At least quarterly, or more often when warranted, the Company performs an assessment of held to maturity debt securities for expected credit losses and available for sale debt securities for credit-related impairment, resulting in an allowance for credit losses, if applicable. The Company applies the practical expedient to exclude the accrued interest receivable balance from amortized cost basis of financing receivables. The allowance for credit losses on held to maturity debt securities is estimated at the individual security level when there is a more than inconsequential risk of default. The assessment uses probability of default and loss given default models based on public ratings, where available, or mapped internally developed risk grades to public ratings and forecasted cash flows using the same economic forecasts and probability weighting as used for the Company’s evaluation of the loan portfolio. Qualitative adjustments to the output of the quantitative calculation are made when management deems it necessary to reflect differences in current and forecasted conditions as compared to those during the historical loss period used in model development. The Company evaluates credit impairment on available for sale debt securities at an individual security level. This evaluation is done for securities whose fair value is below amortized cost with a more than inconsequential risk of default and where the Company has assessed the decline in fair value is significant enough to suggest a credit event occurred. Credit events are generally assessed based on adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or geographic area, changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security, or in the case of an asset-backed debt security, changes in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors. The allowance for credit losses for such securities is measured using a discounted cash flow methodology, through which management compares the present value of expected cash flows with the amortized cost basis of the security. The allowance for credit loss is limited to the amount by which the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. The Company records changes in the allowance for credit losses on securities with a corresponding adjustment recorded in the provision for credit loss expense. If the Company intends to sell the debt security, or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the security is charged down to fair value against the allowance for credit losses, with any incremental impairment reported in earnings. 91 Table of Contents Loans Loans Held for Sale Residential mortgage loans originated for sale are classified as loans held for sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Beginning in the second quarter of 2021, the Company generally elects the fair value option on funded residential mortgage loans originated for sale that are associated with forward sales contracts. For mortgage loans for which the Company has elected the fair value option, gains and losses are included in noninterest income within secondary mortgage market operations. Held for sale loans also includes residential construction loans that are anticipated to be sold upon completion of the construction term. At times, management may originate other types of loans with the intent to sell or decide to sell loans that were not originated for that purpose. Such loans are reclassified as held for sale at the lower of cost or market when that decision is made. Loans Held for Investment Loans that the Company has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are considered loans held for investment and reported as loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and in the related footnote disclosures. Loans held for investment include loans originated for investment and loans acquired in purchase transactions. Loans are reported at the principal balance outstanding net of unearned income. Interest on loans and accretion of unearned income, including net deferred loan fees and costs, are computed in a manner that approximates a level yield on recorded principal. Interest on loans is recognized in income as earned. The accrual of interest is discontinued (“nonaccrual status”) when, in management’s opinion, it is probable that the borrower will be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. When accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed and payments subsequently received are applied first to recover principal. Interest income is recognized for payments received after contractual principal has been satisfied. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest contractually due are brought current and future payment performance is reasonably assured. Acquired Loans Subsequent to the adoption on January 1, 2020 of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 326, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses,” commonly referred to as Current Expected Credit Losses or CECL, acquired loans are segregated between those purchased with credit deterioration (“PCD”) and those that are not (“non-PCD”). Loans considered PCD include those individual loans (or groups of loans with similar risk characteristics) that as of the date of acquisition are assessed as having experienced a more- than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. The assessment of what is more-than-insignificant credit deterioration since origination considers information including, but not limited to, financial assets that are delinquent, on nonaccrual and/or otherwise adversely risk rated as of the acquisition date, those that have been downgraded since origination, and those for which, after origination, credit spreads have widened beyond the threshold specified in policy. The Company bifurcates the fair value discount between the credit and noncredit components and records an allowance for credit losses for PCD loans by adding the credit portion of the fair value discount to the initial amortized cost basis and increasing the allowance for credit losses at the date of acquisition. Any noncredit discount or premium resulting from acquiring loans with credit deterioration is allocated to each individual asset. All non-PCD loans acquired are recorded at the estimated fair value of the loan at acquisition, with the estimated allowance for credit loss recorded as a provision for credit losses through earnings in the period in which the acquisition has occurred. The noncredit discount or premium for PCD loans and full discount for non-PCD loans will be accreted to interest income using the interest method based on the effective interest rate at the acquisition date. Under the transition provisions for application of CECL, the Company classified all purchased credit impaired loans (“PCI”) previously accounted for under Financial Accounting Standard Subtopic 310-30 to be classified as PCD, without reassessing whether the financial assets meet the criteria of PCD as of the date of adoption. The application of these provisions resulted in an adjustment to the amortized cost basis of the financial asset to reflect the addition of the allowance for credit losses at the date of adoption. The Company elected not to maintain pools of loans accounted for under Subtopic 310-30 at adoption. The Company was also not required to reassess whether modifications to individual acquired financial assets accounted for in pools were troubled debt restructurings as of the date of adoption. The noncredit discount, after the adjustment for the allowance for credit losses, is accreted to interest income using the interest method based on the effective interest rate determined at the adoption date. Troubled Debt Restructurings and Modifications of Loans to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulties Prior to January 1, 2023, troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) occurred when a borrower was experiencing, or was expected to experience, financial difficulties in the near-term and a modification of loan terms was granted that would otherwise not have been considered. 92 Table of Contents Troubled debt restructurings resulted in loans remaining on nonaccrual, moving to nonaccrual, or continuing to accrue, depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. When establishing credit reserves on a loan modified in a TDR, the loan’s value was determined by either the present value of expected cash flows calculated using the loan’s effective interest rate before the restructuring, or the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan was collateral dependent. If the value as determined was less than the recorded investment in the loan, the difference was charged off through the allowance for loan and lease losses. Certain qualifying modifications made on or before December 31, 2021 were excluded from TDR accounting and disclosure requirements under relief provided by Section 4013 of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act. Qualifying loan modifications were those that were made by financial institutions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, where the borrower was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019, and the modifications were related to arrangements that defer or delay the payment of principal or interest, or change the interest rate on the loan. On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2022-02 "Financial Instruments: Credit Losses (Topic 326) - Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures." The amendments in this update eliminated the recognition and measurement guidance as prescribed by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-40 for troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) and introduced new requirements for certain modifications of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty (“MEFDs”). Qualifying modifications are interest rate reductions, other-than-insignificant payment delays, term extensions, or any combination of these terms. Our MEFD policy generally considers six months or less to be the time frame that is considered insignificant for payment delays and/or term extensions. Multiple payment delays and/or term extensions to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty within a twelve month period are evaluated collectively. Qualifying modified loans are subject to reporting requirements for the twelve month period following the modification. This standard was adopted on a prospective basis and therefore, only modifications on or after January 1, 2023 are evaluated and reported under the new requirements. Like TDRs, MEFDs can remain on nonaccrual, move to nonaccrual, return to accrual, or continue to accrue interest, depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. As allowed by ASC 326, the Company has elected to evaluate these modified loans for credit loss consistent with policies for the non-modified portfolio, which includes individually evaluating for specific reserves all nonaccrual MEFDs over our existing materiality threshold and collectively evaluating credit loss for all other MEFDs, including those that continue to accrue interest. The credit loss methodology for MEFDs is the same as described in the Allowance for Credit Losses section that follows. Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses (ACL) is comprised of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans and leases held for investment, and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, a liability established to absorb credit losses for the expected life of the contractual term of on and off-balance sheet exposures as of the date of the determination. Quarterly, management estimates losses in the portfolio and unfunded exposures based on a number of factors, including the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and potential risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and current and forecasted economic conditions. The analysis and methodology for estimating the ACL includes two primary elements: a collective approach for pools of loans that have similar risk characteristics using a loss rate analysis, and a specific reserve analysis for credits individually evaluated for credit loss. For the collective approach, the Company segments loans into commercial non-real estate, commercial real estate – owner occupied, commercial real estate – income producing, construction and land development, residential mortgage and consumer, with further segmentation by region and sub-portfolio, as deemed appropriate. Both quantitative and qualitative factors are applied at the portfolio segment levels. The Company applies the practical expedient that permits the exclusion of the accrued interest receivable balance from amortized cost basis of financing receivables for all classes of loans as our nonaccrual policy results in the timely write- off of interest accrued but uncollected. For the collectively evaluated portfolios, the Company utilizes internally developed credit models and third party economic forecasts for the calculation of expected credit loss over the reasonable and supportable forecast period for the majority of the portfolio and other methods, generally historical loss based, for select portfolios. The Company calculates a collective allowance for a two-year reasonable and supportable forecast period utilizing probability weighted multiple macroeconomic scenarios, and then reverts on a linear basis over four quarters to an average historical loss rate for the remaining term. The credit models consist primarily of multivariate regression and autoregressive models that correlate our historical net charge-off rates to select macroeconomic variables at a collective level. Forward-looking macroeconomic forecasts are applied as inputs to the regression equations to estimate quarterly collective net charge-off rates over the reasonable and supportable period. The net charge-off rates from the credit models for the reasonable and supportable period, the linear reversion rates, and the average loss rates for the post reasonable and supportable periods are applied to forecasted balance runoff for the estimated remaining term. The balance runoff incorporates prepayment assumptions developed from historical experience that are applied to the multiple macroeconomic forecasts. Forecasted net charge-off rates are also applied to forecasted draws and subsequent runoff of unfunded commitments in the calculation of the reserve for unfunded lending 93 Table of Contents commitments. Qualitative adjustments to the output of quantitative calculations are made when management deems it necessary to reflect differences in current and forecasted conditions as compared to those during the historical loss period used in model development. Conditions to be considered include, but are not limited to, problem loan trends, current business and economic conditions, credit concentrations, lending policies and procedures, lending staff, collateral values, loan profiles and volumes, loan review quality, changes in competition and regulations, and other adjustments for model limitations or other variables not specifically captured. The Company establishes specific reserves using an individually evaluated approach for nonaccrual loans and, prior to January 1, 2023, loans modified in troubled debt restructures and loans for which a troubled debt restructure was reasonably expected, as well as any other financial instruments that are deemed to not share risk characteristics with other collectively evaluated financial assets. For loans individually evaluated, a specific allowance is recognized for any shortfall between the loan’s value and its recorded investment. The loan’s value is measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan (less liquidation costs) if it is collateral dependent, or by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. The Company applies the practical expedient and defines collateral dependent loans as those where the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and on which repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral. Loans individually analyzed are not incorporated into the pool analysis to avoid double counting. The Company limits the individually evaluated specific reserve analysis to include commercial and residential mortgage loans with relationship balances of $1 million or greater and, prior to January 1, 2023, all loans classified as troubled debt restructurings. It is the policy of the Company to promptly charge off all commercial and residential mortgage loans, or portions of loans, when available information reasonably confirms that they are wholly or partially uncollectible. Prior to recording a charge, the loan’s value is established based on an assessment of the value of the collateral securing the loan, the borrower’s and the guarantor’s ability and willingness to pay and the status of the account in bankruptcy court, if applicable. Consumer loans are generally charged down when the loan is 120 days past due for most secured and unsecured loans and 150 days past due for consumer credit card loans, unless the loan is clearly both well secured and in the process of collection. Loans are charged down to the fair value of the collateral, if any, less estimated selling costs. Loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses, with subsequent recoveries added back to the allowance. Property and Equipment Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is charged to expense using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are up to 30 years for buildings and three to ten years for most furniture and equipment. Amortization expense for software is generally charged over three years, or seven years for core systems. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. The Company evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate that such long-lived assets have been impaired. Measurement of any impairment of such long-lived assets is based on their fair values. Property and equipment used in operations is considered held for sale when certain criteria are met, including when management has committed to a plan to sell the asset, the asset is available for sale in its immediate condition, and the sale is probable within one year of the reporting date. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. Gains and losses related to retirement or disposition of property and equipment are recorded in the consolidated statements of income as realized, reflected in either other income under noninterest income or other expense under noninterest expense, depending on the nature of the item. Operating Leases The Company recognizes a liability representing the present value of future lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset over the lease term in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception of the contract and assesses the appropriate classification as finance or operating. Operating leases with terms greater than one year are included in right-of-use lease assets and lease obligations on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The lease term includes payments to be made in optional or renewal periods only if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise an option to extend the lease or not to exercise an option to terminate the lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term using the interest rate implicit in the contract, when available, or the Company’s incremental collateralized borrowing rate with similar terms. Agreements with both lease and non-lease components are accounted for separately, with only the lease component capitalized. The right-of-use asset is the amount of the lease liability adjusted for prepaid or accrued lease payments, remaining balance of any lease incentives received, unamortized initial direct costs, and impairment. Lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term through amortization of the right-of-use asset plus implicit interest accreted on the operating lease liability obligation, and is reflected in net occupancy expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 94 Table of Contents The Company evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate right-of-use assets have been impaired. Measurement of any impairment of such assets is based on their fair values. Once a right-of-use asset for an operating lease is impaired, the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset is reduced through expense and the remaining balance is subsequently amortized on a straight-line basis. Certain of the Company’s leases contain variable components, such as annual changes to rent based on the consumer price index. Operating lease liabilities are not re-measured as a result of changes to variable components unless the lease must be re-measured for some other reason such as a renewal that was not reasonably certain of being exercised. Changes to the variable components are treated as variable lease payments and recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments was incurred. As allowed in the transition guidance in Topic 842, "Leases," the Company elected to use the standard’s “package of practical expedients,” which allows the use of previous conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and the accounting treatment for initial direct costs. The Company also elected the short-term lease recognition exemption for all leases with lease terms of one year or less; as such, the Company does not recognize right-of-use assets or lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet for such leases. Other Real Estate and Foreclosed Assets Other real estate and foreclosed assets includes real property and other assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of loans and leases, and real property no longer used in the Bank’s business. These assets are recorded at the estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition and carried at the lower of either cost or market. Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors. Any initial reduction in the carrying amount of a loan to the fair value of the collateral received less selling costs is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Each asset is revalued on an annual basis, or more often if market conditions necessitate. Subsequent losses on the periodic revaluation of these assets and gains or losses recognized on disposition are charged to current earnings, as are revenues from and costs of operating and maintaining real property; with the resulting net (income) expense reflected in noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Improvements made to real property are capitalized if the expenditures are expected to be recovered upon the sale of the property. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill represents the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired or the excess of the fair value liabilities assumed over consideration received in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but assessed for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. Accounting guidance permits the Company to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value exceeds book value, then a quantitative impairment test is not necessary. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment, or concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed. In addition, absent any triggering events, quantitative impairment test will be performed every three years to ensure goodwill is periodically reviewed within a reasonable timeframe. The quantitative impairment test compares the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its net book value. The Company has assigned all goodwill to one reporting unit that represents overall banking operations. The fair value of the reporting unit is based on valuation techniques that market participants would use in an acquisition of the whole unit, and may include analysis such as estimated discounted cash flows, the quoted market price of the Company’s stock adjusted for a control premium, and observable average price-to-earnings and price-to-book multiples of competitors. If the unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value, an estimate of the implied fair value of the goodwill is compared to the goodwill’s carrying value, and any impairment is recognized. Other identifiable intangible assets with finite lives, such as core deposit intangibles, customer lists and trade names, are initially recorded at fair value and are generally amortized over the periods benefited. These assets are evaluated for impairment in a similar manner to long-lived assets. Life Insurance Contracts Bank-owned life insurance contracts (BOLI) are comprised of long-term life insurance contracts on the lives of certain current and past employees where the insurance policy benefits and ownership are retained by the employer. Its cash surrender value is an asset that the Company uses to partially offset the future cost of employee benefits. The cash value accumulation on BOLI is permanently tax deferred if the policy is held to the insured person’s death and certain other conditions are met. Federal Home Loan Bank Stock As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), the Company is required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB in an amount equal to a membership investment plus an activity-based investment determined according to the level of 95 Table of Contents outstanding FHLB advances. The shares are recorded at amortized cost, which approximates fair value, and is reflected in Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities The Company records all derivatives on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value as components of other assets and other liabilities. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. For derivatives designated as hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or liability (fair value hedge), the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of the fair value change together with the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. Derivatives designated as hedging exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge), are reported as a component of other comprehensive income or loss and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings or, in certain circumstances, when the hedge is terminated, with the full impact of hedge gains and losses recognized in the period in which the hedged transaction impacts the entity’s earnings. For derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments, changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognized in earnings immediately. Note 11 - Derivatives describes the derivative instruments currently used by the Company and discloses how these derivatives impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Stockholders’ Equity Common stock reflects shares issued at par value. Repurchase of the Company’s common stock (treasury stock) is recorded at cost as a reduction of stockholders’ equity within capital surplus in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and the Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity. When treasury shares are subsequently reissued, treasury stock is reduced by the cost of such stock using the first-in-first-out method, with the difference recorded in capital surplus or retained earnings, as applicable. Revenue Recognition Interest Income Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis driven by written contracts, such as loan agreements or securities contracts. Loan origination fees and costs are recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment to yield. Unamortized premiums, discounts and other basis adjustments on loans and investment securities are recognized in interest income as a yield adjustment over the contractual lives. However, premiums for certain callable investment securities are amortized to the earliest call date. Service Charges on Deposit Accounts Service charges on deposit accounts include transaction based fees for nonsufficient funds, account analysis fees, and other service charges on deposits, including monthly account service fees. Nonsufficient funds fees are recognized at the time when the account overdraft occurs in accordance with regulatory guidelines. Account analysis fees consist of fees charged on certain business deposit accounts based upon account activity as well as other monthly account fees, and are recorded under the accrual method of accounting as services are performed. Other service charges are earned by providing depositors safeguard and remittance of funds as well as by providing other elective services for depositors that are performed upon the depositor’s request. Charges for deposit services for the safeguard and remittance of funds are recognized at the end of the statement cycle, after services are provided, as the customer retains funds in the account. Revenue for other elective services is earned at the point in time the customer uses the service. Trust Fees Trust fee income represents revenue generated from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses, and institutions. The Company has a fiduciary responsibility to the beneficiary of the trust to perform agreed upon services which can include investing assets, periodic reporting, and providing tax information regarding the trust. In exchange for these trust and custodial services, the Company collects fee income from beneficiaries as contractually determined via fee schedules. The Company’s performance 96 Table of Contents obligation is primarily satisfied over time as the services are performed and provided to the customer. These fees are recorded under the accrual method of accounting as the services are performed. The Company generally acts as the principal in these transactions and records revenue and expenses on a gross basis. Bank Card and Automated Teller Machine (“ATM”) Fees Bank card and ATM fees include credit card, debit card and ATM transaction revenue. The majority of this revenue is card interchange fees earned through a third party network. Performance obligations are satisfied for each transaction when the card is used and the funds are remitted. The network establishes interchange fees that the merchant remits for each transaction, and costs are incurred from the network for facilitating the interchange with the merchant. Card fees also include merchant services fees earned for providing merchants with card processing capabilities. ATM income is generated from allowing customers to withdraw funds from other banks’ machines and from allowing a non-customer cardholder to withdraw funds from the Company’s machines. The Company satisfies its performance obligations for each transaction at the point in time that the withdrawal is processed. Bank card and ATM fee income is recorded on accrual basis as services are provided with the related expense reflected in data processing expense. Investment and Annuity Fees and Insurance Commissions Investment and annuity services fee income represents income earned from investment and advisory services. The Company provides its customers with access to investment products through the use of third party carriers to meet their financial needs and investment objectives. Upon selection of an investment product, the customer enters into a policy with the carrier. The performance obligation is satisfied by fulfilling its responsibility to process the order to acquire the investment for which a commission fee is earned from either the carrier or our third party service provider based on agreed-upon fee percentages on a trade date basis, net of any associated costs. The Company has a contractual relationship with a third party broker dealer to provide full service brokerage and investment advisory activities. As the agent in the arrangement, the Company recognizes the investment services commissions on a net basis. Investment revenue also includes portfolio management fees, which represent monthly fees charged on a contractual basis to customers for the management of their investment portfolios and are recorded under the accrual method of accounting. Prior to August 12, 2022, investment and annuity services fee income was recorded on a gross basis, with expenses recorded in the appropriate expense line item; subsequent to that date, such fee income is recorded net of expenses, as the Company is now agent in these transactions following a change in service providers. This revenue line item includes investment banking income, which includes fees for services arising from securities offerings or placements in which the Company acts as a principal. Revenue is recognized at the time the underwriting is completed and the revenue is reasonably determinable. Any costs associated with these transactions are reflected in the appropriate expense line item. Insurance commission revenue is recognized as of the effective date of the insurance policy, as the Company’s performance obligation is connecting the customer to the insurance products. Until August 12, 2022, the Company also received contingent commissions from insurance companies as additional incentive for achieving specified premium volume goals and/or the loss experience of the insurance placed. Those fees are no longer earned following the change in service providers. Those contingent commissions from insurance companies as well as fees for policy renewals are recognized when determinable, which is generally when such commissions are received or when we receive data from the insurance companies and/or our third party service provider that allows the reasonable estimation of these amounts. Prior to August 12, 2022, costs associated with these transactions were reflected in the appropriate expense line item; subsequent to that date, with the change in service providers, the Company is now agent in these transactions and expenses are recorded net in this revenue line item. Secondary Mortgage Market Operations Secondary mortgage market operations revenue is primarily comprised of service release premiums earned on the sale of closed-end mortgage loans to other financial institutions or government agencies that are recognized in revenue as each sales transaction occurs. This revenue line item also includes derivative income associated with our mortgage banking operations. Refer to Note 11 – Derivatives for a discussion of these derivative instruments. Securities Transactions Securities transactions include net realized gain (losses) on securities sold reflecting the excess (deficiency) of proceeds received over the specifically identified carrying amount of the assets being sold plus cost to sell. Securities sales are recorded as each transaction occurs on a trade-date basis. 97 Table of Contents Income from Bank-Owned Life Insurance Bank-owned life insurance income primarily represents income earned from the appreciation of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held and the proceeds of insurance benefits. Revenue from the proceeds of insurance benefits is recognized at the time a claim is confirmed. Credit Related Fees Credit-related fee income is primarily composed of letter of credit fees and unused commercial commitment fees. Revenue for letters of credit fees is recognized over time. Revenue for unused commercial commitment fees are recognized based on contractual terms, generally when collected. Income from Derivatives Income from derivatives consists primarily of income from interest rate swaps, net of fair value adjustments for customer derivatives and the related offsetting agreements with unrelated financial institutions for which the derivative instruments are not designated as hedges. Net Gains on Sales of Premises, Equipment and Other Assets Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets consists primarily of net revenue earned from sales of excess-bank owned facilities and equipment no longer in use, gains on sales of non-residential mortgage loans and leases and other assets associated with the equipment finance line of business. Gains or losses are generally recognized when the asset has been legally transferred to the buyer, net of costs to sell. Other Miscellaneous Income Other miscellaneous income represents a variety of revenue streams, including safe deposit box income, wire transfer fees, syndication fees, and any other income not reflected above. Income is recorded once the performance obligation is satisfied, generally on the accrual basis or on a cash basis if not material and/or considered constrained. Advertising Costs Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and recorded as a component of noninterest expense. Income Taxes Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Current tax liabilities or assets are recognized for the estimated income taxes payable or refundable on tax returns to be filed with respect to the current year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be realized or settled. Valuation allowances are established against deferred tax assets if, based on all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the assets will not be realized. The benefit of a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return is recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on its technical merits. The effects of changes in tax rates and laws upon deferred tax balances are recognized in the period in which the legislation is enacted. The Company makes investments that generate investment tax credits (ITC). The Company uses the deferral method of accounting whereby the tax benefit from the investment tax credits is recognized as a reduction of the book basis of the related asset and is amortized into income over the tax life of the underlying investment. The Company also made investments in projects that yield tax credits issued under the Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (QZAB) and Qualified School Construction Bonds (QSCB) prior to December 31, 2017, as well as Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (NMTC) programs. Returns on these investments are generated through the receipt of federal and state tax credits. The tax credits are recorded as a reduction to the income tax provision in the year that they are earned. Tax credits from QZAB and QSCB bonds are generally earned over the life of the bonds in lieu of interest income. Credits on Federal NMTC investments are earned over the seven- year compliance period beginning with the year of investment. Credits on State NMTC investments are generally earned over a three to five-year period depending upon the specific state program. 98 Table of Contents The Company also invests in affordable housing projects that generate low-income tax credits (LIHTC) that are earned over a 10-year period, beginning with the year the rental activity begins. The Company has elected to use the practical expedient method of amortization, which approximates the proportional amortization method, over the 10 year tax credit period. With the exception of QZAB and QSCB tax credits, all of the tax credits described above can be carried back one-year and carried forward 20 years if the credit cannot be fully used in the year the credits first become available for use. QZAB and QSCB tax credits generally can be carried forward indefinitely if they cannot be fully used in the year the credits are generated. Retirement Benefits The Company sponsors defined benefit pension plans and certain other defined benefit postretirement plans for eligible employees. The amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements with respect to these plans are based on actuarial valuations that incorporate various assumptions regarding future experience under the plans. Note 17 – Retirement Benefit Plans discusses the actuarial assumptions and provides information about the liabilities or assets recognized for the funded status of the Company’s obligations under these plans, the net benefit expense charged to current operations, and the amounts recognized as a component of other comprehensive income or loss and AOCI. Share-Based Payment Arrangements The grant date fair value of equity instruments awarded to employees and directors establishes the cost of the services received in exchange, and the cost associated with awards that are expected to vest is recognized over the requisite service period. Share-based compensation for service-based awards that contain a graded vesting schedule is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Forfeitures of unvested awards are recognized in earnings in the period in which they occur. Refer to Note 18 – Share-Based Payment Arrangements for additional information. Earnings (Loss) per Common Share The Company computes earnings (loss) per share using the two-class method. The two-class method allocates net income to each class of common stock and participating security according to the common dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. For reporting periods in which a net loss is recorded, net loss is not allocated to participating securities because the holders of such securities bear no contractual obligation to fund or otherwise share in the loss. Participating securities currently consist of unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. Basic earnings (loss) per common share is computed by dividing income or loss available to common shareholders by the weighted- average number of common shares outstanding for the applicable period. Shares outstanding exclude treasury shares and unvested share-based payment awards under long-term incentive compensation plans and directors’ compensation plans. Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding increased by (1) the number of shares in which employees would vest under performance-based stock awards and stock unit awards based on expected performance factors and (2) the number of additional shares that would have been issued if potentially dilutive stock options were exercised; each as determined using the treasury stock method. For reporting periods in which a net loss is recorded, no effect is given to potentially dilutive shares as the impact of such shares would be anti-dilutive. Reportable Segment Disclosures U.S. GAAP require that information be reported about a company’s operating segments using a “management approach.” Reportable segments are identified in these standards as those revenue-producing components for which discrete financial information is produced internally and which are subject to evaluation by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources to segments. The Company’s stated strategy is to provide a consistent package of banking products and services throughout a coherent market area; as such, the Company has identified its overall banking operations as its only reportable segment. Because the overall banking operations comprise substantially all of the Company’s consolidated operations, no separate segment disclosures are presented. Other Assets held by the Bank in a fiduciary capacity are not assets of the Bank and are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS Accounting Standards Adopted in 2023 In March 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2022-01, "Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Fair Value Hedging - Portfolio Layer Method," to provide clarification of and expand upon 99 Table of Contents certain provisions of Topic 815 that became effective with the issuance of ASU 2017-12. The amendments in this update include the following provisions: (1) expand the current last-of-layer method to allow multiple hedged layers of a single closed portfolio and, accordingly, renaming the last-of-layer method to the portfolio layer method; (2) expand the scope of the portfolio layer method to include nonprepayable financial assets; (3) specify that eligible hedging instruments in a single-layer hedge may include spot-starting or forward-starting constant-notional swaps, or spot or forward-starting amortizing-notional swaps and that the number of hedged layers corresponds with the number of hedges designated; (4) provide additional guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of hedge basis adjustments that are applicable to the portfolio layer method whether a single hedged layer or multiple hedged layers are designated, and; (5) specify how hedge basis adjustments should be considered when determining credit losses for the assets included in the closed portfolio. The amendments in this update apply to all entities that elect to apply the portfolio layer method of hedge accounting in accordance with Topic 815. The amendments in this update were effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Upon adoption, any entity may designate multiple hedged layers of a single closed portfolio solely on a prospective basis. All entities are required to apply the amendments related to hedge basis adjustments under the portfolio layer method, except for those related to disclosures, on a modified retrospective basis by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings on the initial application date. Entities have the option to apply the amendments related to disclosures on a prospective basis from the initial application date or on a retrospective basis to each prior period presented after the date of adoption of the amendments in Update 2017-12. Within 30 days after the adoption, an entity may reclassify debt securities classified in the held-to-maturity category at the date of adoption to the available-for-sale category only if the entity applies portfolio layer method hedging to one or more closed portfolios that include those debt securities. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2023, and elected to apply amendments to disclose on a prospective basis with no reclassification of debt securities from held to maturity to available for sale. The impact of adoption was not material to the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations. In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-02, "Financial Instruments: Credit Losses (Topic 326) - Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures." The amendments in this update cover two matters: (1) the elimination of TDR recognition and measurement guidance as prescribed by ASC 310-40 and, instead, require that an entity evaluate (consistent with the accounting for other loan modifications) whether the modification represents a new loan or a continuation of an existing loan. The amendments enhance existing disclosure requirements and introduce new requirements related to certain modifications of receivables made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty; and, (2) for public business entities, the requirement that an entity disclose current-period gross write-offs by year of origination for financing receivables and net investment in leases within the scope of Subtopic 326-20. Gross write-off information must be included in the vintage disclosures required for public business entities in accordance with paragraph 326-20-50-6, which requires that an entity disclose the amortized cost basis of financing receivables by credit quality indicator and class of financing receivable by year of origination. The amendments in this update were effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For the elimination of recognition and measurement guidance on troubled debt restructurings by creditors in Subtopic 310-40, an entity may elect to apply a modified retrospective transition by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption, or a prospective approach applied to modifications occurring after the date of adoption. The remainder of amendments should be applied prospectively. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2023, on a prospective basis for all amendments. The adoption of this standard was not material to the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations. See further discussion of the resulting changes to our policies in the “Troubled Debt Restructurings (superseded) and Modifications of loans to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulties” section of this Note. Accounting Standards Adopted in 2022 and 2021 The following additional standards were applicable to the Company and adopted in 2022 and 2021, but did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operation:      ASU 2022-06, "Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Deferral of the Sunset Date of Topic 848" ASU 2021-06, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205), Financial Services – Depository and Lending (Topic 942) and Financial Services – Investment Companies (Topic 946)” ASU 2021-01, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848)” ASU 2020-08, “Codification Improvements to Subtopic 310-20, Receivables- Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs” ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740)” 100 Table of Contents Accounting Standards Issued But Not Yet Adopted The following accounting standards were issued and applicable to the Company but have not yet been adopted, and are either not expected to have a material impact to its consolidated financial position or results of operations or only impacts disclosure requirements: In March 2023, FASB issued ASU 2023-02, “Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method,” to allow reporting entities to have the option to elect and expand the use of the proportional amortization method of accounting for qualifying tax credit equity investments structures that meet certain criteria. Existing guidance under Subtopic 323-740 provides the option to apply the proportional amortization method only to investments in low-income-housing tax credit structures; equity investments in other tax credit structures are typically accounted for under Topic 321, Investments – Equity Securities. Under the provisions of this update, the accounting policy election to apply the proportional amortization method can be made on a tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program basis for programs that meeting certain conditions and is not made at the reporting entity or individual investment level. Application of the proportional amortization method to any eligible tax credit investments will result in the cost of the investment being amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received, with the amortization being presented as a component of income tax expense (benefit), as opposed to current guidance under Topic 321, where any investment income, gains and losses and tax credits are all presented gross in the statement of income. For public business entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years and must be applied on either a modified retrospective or a retrospective basis. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2024, and has elected not to apply the proportional amortization method to the new market tax program, which includes our existing qualifying new market tax credit investments. The election for any eligible future investments in other tax credit programs will be made at the time of investment. The adoption of this standard had no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06, “Disclosure Improvements,” to modify the disclosure or presentation requirements related to various subtopics in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The ASU was issued in response to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) August 2018 final rule that updated and simplified disclosure requirements that the SEC believed were redundant, duplicative, overlapping, outdated, or superseded. The amendments in this update are intended to align U.S. GAAP requirements with those of the SEC and to facilitate the application of U.S. GAAP for all entities. The amendments in this update add 14 of the 27 disclosure or presentation requirements identified in the SEC’s final rule to the Codification. However, each amendment in the ASU will only become effective if the SEC removes the related disclosure or presentation requirement from its existing regulations by June 30, 2027. For entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosure requirements, such as the Company, the effective date for each amendment will be the date on which the SEC’s removal of that related disclosure from Regulation S-X or Regulation S- K becomes effective, with early adoption prohibited. The amendments in this Update should be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the provision of this guidance, but expects any applicable provisions to affect only presentation or disclosure and, therefore, have no effect on the results of operations or financial condition. In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures,” to improve the disclosures about a public entity’s reportable segments and to enable investors to develop more decision- useful financial analyses. The amendments in this update require that a public entity disclose, on an annual and interim basis (1) significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (CODM) and included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss (collectively referred to as the “significant expense principle”); (2) require that a public entity disclose, on an annual and interim basis, an amount for other segment items by reportable segment and a description of its composition; (3) require that a public entity provide all annual disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets currently required by Topic 280 in interim periods; (4) clarify that if the CODM uses more than one measure of a segment’s profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources, a public entity may report one or more of those additional measures of segment profit; (5) require that a public entity disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources; and (6) require that a public entity that has a single reportable segment provide all the disclosures required by the amendments in this update and all existing segment disclosures in Topic 280. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. A public entity should apply the amendments in this update retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is currently assessing the provisions of this guidance. As the update contains only amendments to disclosure requirements, adoption will have no impact to the Company’s operating results or financial condition. In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09 "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures," to enhance the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures by requiring additional categories of information about federal, state, and foreign income taxes to be included in the rate reconciliation and by requiring more detail to be disclosed on certain reconciling item categories that meet a quantitative threshold. Additionally, the amendment requires all entities to disclose on an 101 Table of Contents annual basis (1) the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds received) disaggregated by federal (national), state, and foreign taxes, and (2) the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds received) disaggregated by individual jurisdictions in which income taxes paid is equal to or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid (net of refunds received). The amendments to this update related to other disclosures require that all entities disclose (1) income (or loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (or benefit) disaggregated between domestic and foreign, and (2) income tax expense (or benefit) from continuing operations disaggregated by federal (national), state, and foreign. The amendments in this update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. Entities should apply the amendments on a prospective basis and retrospective application is permitted. As the update contains only amendments to disclosure requirements, adoption will have no impact to the Company’s operating results or financial condition. Note 2. Securities The following tables set forth the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair value of debt securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity at December 31, 2023 and 2022. Amortized cost of securities does not include accrued interest which is reflected in the accrued interest line item on the consolidated balance sheets totaling $27.4 million and $29.1 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, the Company transferred securities with an aggregate fair value of $561.8 million, inclusive of an unrealized loss of $15.4 million, from the available for sale portfolio to the held to maturity portfolio; as such, the securities were recorded with an amortized cost of $561.8 million within the held to maturity portfolio. The unrealized loss is reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income and is being amortized to interest income over the remaining lives of the securities. Securities Available for Sale ($ in thousands) U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Corporate debt securities $ December 31, 2023 Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost December 31, 2022 Gross Gross Unrealized Unrealized Gains Losses Fair Value 97,741 $ 203,533 2,440,411 2,683,872 47,661 23,500 97,808 $ 201,412 1,581 $ 79 1,514 $ 2,200 113,211 $ 207,014 2,734 329,279 2,113,866 2,655,381 7,176 253,576 2,437,472 3,234,278 76,830 23,500 44,285 20,352 3,376 3,148 — — — $ 59 2,346 $ 110,865 203,092 3,981 224 398,619 2,256,986 2,032 342,880 2,893,430 70,588 6,242 21,080 2,420 2,315 $ 756,488 $ 5,556,041 — — Total $ 5,496,718 $ 11,570 $ 593,093 $ 4,915,195 $ 6,310,214 $ Securities Held to Maturity ($ in thousands) U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Total December 31, 2023 Gross Gross Unrealized Unrealized Gains Losses Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost December 31, 2022 Gross Gross Unrealized Unrealized Gains Losses Fair Value 21 $ 753 — — — 49,044 $ 377,431 673,103 26,558 661,946 72,532 861,480 87,211 41,438 2,526 774 $ 237,871 $ 2,615,398 $ 413,490 $ 664,488 654,262 920,048 32,491 179 $ 1,252 — — — 43,971 $ 369,698 $ 19,593 59,223 75,803 1,702 646,147 595,039 844,245 30,789 426,454 $ 698,908 734,478 948,691 43,964 $ 2,684,779 $ 1,431 $ 200,292 $ 2,485,918 $ 2,852,495 $ 102 Table of Contents The Company held no securities classified as trading at December 31, 2023 or 2022. The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2023 by contractual maturity. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because of rights to call or repay obligations with or without penalties and scheduled and unscheduled principal payments on mortgage-backed securities and collateral mortgage obligations. ($ in thousands) Debt Securities Available for Sale Due in one year or less Due after one year through five years Due after five years through ten years Due after ten years Total available for sale debt securities ($ in thousands) Debt Securities Held to Maturity Due in one year or less Due after one year through five years Due after five years through ten years Due after ten years Total held to maturity debt securities Amortized Cost Fair Value 115,178 $ 439,302 2,638,039 2,304,199 5,496,718 $ 113,610 429,623 2,385,895 1,986,067 4,915,195 Amortized Cost Fair Value 91,699 $ 664,913 791,158 1,137,009 2,684,779 $ 90,110 634,463 742,927 1,018,418 2,485,918 $ $ $ $ The following table presents the proceeds from, gross gains on, and gross losses on sales of securities during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. Net gains or losses are reflected in the "Securities transactions, net" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Income. ($ in thousands) Proceeds Gross gains Gross losses $ 2023 977,114 $ — 65,380 73,219 $ — 87 2021 198,681 1,649 1,316 Years Ended December 31, 2022 Securities with carrying values totaling approximately $4.7 billion at December 31, 2023 and $4.9 billion at December 31, 2022 were pledged as collateral, primarily to secure public deposits or securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Credit Quality The Company’s policy is to invest only in securities of investment grade quality. These investments are largely limited to U.S. agency securities and municipal securities. Management has concluded, based on the long history of no credit losses, that the expectation of nonpayment of the held to maturity securities carried at amortized cost is zero for securities that are backed by the full faith and credit of and/or guaranteed by the U.S. government. As such, no allowance for credit losses has been recorded for these securities. The municipal portfolio is analyzed separately for allowance for credit loss in accordance with the applicable guidance for each portfolio as noted below. The Company evaluates credit impairment for individual securities available for sale whose fair value was below amortized cost with a more than inconsequential risk of default and where the Company had assessed whether the decline in fair value was significant enough to suggest a credit event occurred. There were no securities with a material credit loss event and therefore, no allowance for credit loss was recorded in any period presented. 103 Table of Contents The fair value and gross unrealized losses for securities classified as available for sale with unrealized losses at December 31, 2023 are presented in the table below. Available for sale ($ in thousands) U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Corporate debt securities Losses < 12 Months Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses December 31, 2023 Losses 12 Months or > Gross Fair Value Unrealized Losses Total Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses $ — $ — $ 7,790 $ 49,832 3,062 — — — 374 25 — — — 128,965 1,795,154 2,227,703 44,285 19,852 1,514 $ 1,826 329,254 253,576 3,376 3,148 7,790 $ 178,797 1,798,216 2,227,703 44,285 19,852 1,514 2,200 329,279 253,576 3,376 3,148 593,093 Total $ 52,894 $ 399 $ 4,223,749 $ 592,694 $ 4,276,643 $ The fair value and gross unrealized losses for securities classified as available for sale with unrealized losses at December 31, 2022 are presented in the table below. Available for sale ($ in thousands) U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Corporate debt securities Total Losses < 12 Months Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses December 31, 2022 Losses 12 Months or > Gross Fair Value Unrealized Losses Total Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses $ $ 102,607 $ 192,334 636,060 1,489,974 41,703 13,194 2,475,872 $ 754 $ 3,981 49,790 114,195 3,275 1,306 8,258 $ — 1,611,832 1,351,530 28,884 7,386 1,592 $ — 348,829 228,685 2,967 1,114 110,865 $ 192,334 2,247,892 2,841,504 70,587 20,580 173,301 $ 3,007,890 $ 583,187 $ 5,483,762 $ 2,346 3,981 398,619 342,880 6,242 2,420 756,488 At the end of each reporting period, the Company evaluated its held to maturity municipal obligation portfolio for credit loss using probability of default and loss given default models. The models were run using a long-term average probability of default migration and with a probability weighting of Moody’s economic forecasts. The resulting credit loss, if any, were negligible and no allowance for credit losses was recorded. The fair value and gross unrealized losses for securities classified as held to maturity with unrealized losses at December 31, 2023 are presented in the table below. Held to maturity ($ in thousands) U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Total Losses < 12 Months Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses December 31, 2023 Losses 12 Months or > Gross Fair Value Unrealized Losses Total Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses $ 9,530 $ 63 $ 343,401 — — — 1,801 — — — 339,533 $ 226,165 595,039 844,245 30,789 43,908 $ 17,792 59,223 75,803 1,702 349,063 $ 569,566 595,039 844,245 30,789 $ 352,931 $ 1,864 $ 2,035,771 $ 198,428 $ 2,388,702 $ 43,971 19,593 59,223 75,803 1,702 200,292 104 Table of Contents The fair value and gross unrealized losses for securities classified as held to maturity with unrealized losses at December 31, 2022 are presented in the table below. Held to maturity ($ in thousands) U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Total Losses < 12 Months Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses December 31, 2022 Losses 12 Months or > Gross Fair Value Unrealized Losses Total Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses $ $ 145,893 $ 560,288 391,146 697,827 41,438 1,836,592 $ 13,245 $ 8,878 30,515 56,899 2,526 112,063 $ 226,499 $ 64,346 270,800 163,653 — 725,298 $ 35,799 $ 17,680 42,017 30,312 — 372,392 $ 624,634 661,946 861,480 41,438 125,808 $ 2,561,890 $ 49,044 26,558 72,532 87,211 2,526 237,871 At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had 698 and 757 securities, respectively, with market values below their cost basis. There were no material unrealized losses related to the marketability of the securities or the issuers’ abilities to meet contractual obligations. In all cases, the indicated impairment on these debt securities would be recovered no later than the security’s maturity date or possibly earlier if the market price for the security increases with a reduction in the yield required by the market. The unrealized losses were deemed to be materially non-credit related at December 31, 2023 and 2022. As noted above, no allowance for credit loss was recorded as of December 31, 2023 or 2022. The Company had adequate liquidity and, therefore, neither planned to nor expected to be required to liquidate these securities before recovery of the amortized cost basis. Note 3. Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses The Company generally makes loans in its market areas of southern and central Mississippi; southern and central Alabama; southern, central and northwest Louisiana; the northern, central and panhandle regions of Florida; certain areas of east and northeast Texas, including Houston, Beaumont, Dallas, Austin and San Antonio, among others; and the metropolitan areas of Nashville, Tennessee and Atlanta, Georgia. Loans, net of unearned income by portfolio are presented at amortized cost basis in the table below. Amortized cost does not include accrued interest, which is reflected in the accrued interest line item in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, totaling $124.7 million and $100.2 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The following table presents loans, net of unearned income, by portfolio class at December 31, 2023 and 2022: ($ in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial and industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans December 31, 2023 9,957,284 $ 3,093,763 13,051,047 3,986,943 1,551,091 3,886,072 1,446,764 23,921,917 $ 2022 10,146,453 3,033,058 13,179,511 3,560,991 1,703,592 3,092,605 1,577,347 23,114,046 $ $ The following briefly describes the composition of each loan category and portfolio class. Commercial and industrial Commercial and industrial loans are made available to businesses for working capital (including financing of inventory and receivables), business expansion, to facilitate the acquisition of a business, and the purchase of equipment and machinery, including equipment leasing. These loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and, when secured, have the added strength of the underlying collateral. Commercial non-real estate loans may be secured by the assets being financed or other tangible or intangible business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, ownership, enterprise value or commodity interests, and may incorporate a personal or corporate guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis, including a small portfolio of corporate credit cards, generally issued as a part of overall customer relationships. 105 Table of Contents Commercial real estate – owner occupied loans consist of commercial mortgages on properties where repayment is generally dependent on the cash flow from the ongoing operations and activities of the borrower. Like commercial non-real estate, these loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower, but also have the added strength of the value of underlying real estate collateral. Commercial real estate – income producing Commercial real estate – income producing loans consist of loans secured by commercial mortgages on properties where the loan is made to real estate developers or investors and repayment is dependent on the sale, refinance, or income generated from the operation of the property. Properties financed include retail, office, multifamily, senior housing, hotel/motel, skilled nursing facilities and other commercial properties. Construction and land development Construction and land development loans are made to facilitate the acquisition, development, improvement and construction of both commercial and residential-purpose properties. Such loans are made to builders and investors where repayment is expected to be made from the sale, refinance or operation of the property or to businesses to be used in their business operations. This portfolio also includes residential construction loans and loans secured by raw land not yet under development. Residential mortgages Residential mortgages consist of closed-end loans secured by first liens on 1- 4 family residential properties. The portfolio includes both fixed and adjustable rate loans, although most longer term, fixed rate loans originated are generally sold in the secondary mortgage market. Consumer Consumer loans include second lien mortgage home loans, home equity lines of credit and nonresidential consumer purpose loans. Nonresidential consumer loans include both direct and indirect loans. Direct nonresidential consumer loans are made to finance the purchase of personal property, including automobiles, recreational vehicles and boats, and for other personal purposes (secured and unsecured), and deposit account secured loans. Indirect nonresidential consumer loans include automobile financing provided to the consumer through an agreement with automobile dealerships, though the Company is no longer engaged in this type of lending and the remaining portfolio is in runoff. Consumer loans also include a small portfolio of credit card receivables issued on the basis of applications received through referrals from the Bank’s branches, online and other marketing efforts. The Bank makes loans in the normal course of business to directors and executive officers of the Company and the Bank and to their associates. Loans to such related parties are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral requirements, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability when originated. Balances of loans to the Company’s directors, executive officers and their associates at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were approximately $23.5 million and $30.4 million, respectively. Related party loan activity in 2023 reflect new loans of $4.5 million, and repayments of $11.4 million. The Bank has a line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas that is secured by blanket pledges of certain qualifying loan types. The Bank had borrowings on this line of $0.7 billion and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. LIBOR Transition Effective July 1, 2023, the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) is no longer a representative rate for the overnight, one-month, three-month, six-month, and twelve-month settings. The Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act (the “LIBOR Act”), signed into law in March of 2022, offers a federal solution for transitioning legacy instruments that lack sufficient provisions addressing LIBOR’s cessation by outlining a uniform process to govern the transition from LIBOR to a replacement rate. The Federal Reserve Bank Board, authorized under the LIBOR Act to issue appropriate and necessary regulations to administer and carry out the purposes of the Act, issued final regulations which became effective on February 27, 2023. Under the LIBOR Act and the related regulations, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“CME Term SOFR”) plus a tenor spread adjustment was designated as the replacement reference rate for instruments that previously referenced LIBOR. Effective July 3, 2023, approximately $3.1 billion of variable rate loans tied to LIBOR were transitioned in accordance with the statutory framework established by the Federal Reserve, with the transition rate to be utilized upon the next reset period, in a manner that is consistent with industry practice. There was no material financial impact from this transition on the Company’s operating results for the year ended December 31, 2023. 106 Table of Contents The following schedules show activity in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio class for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, as well as the corresponding recorded investment in loans at December 31, 2023 and 2022. ($ in thousands) Allowance for credit losses Allowance for loan losses: Beginning balance Charge-offs Recoveries Net provision for loan losses Ending balance - allowance for loan losses Reserve for unfunded lending commitments: Beginning balance Provision for losses on unfunded commitments Ending balance - reserve for unfunded lending commitments Total allowance for credit losses Allowance for loan losses: Individually evaluated Collectively evaluated Allowance for loan losses Reserve for unfunded lending commitments: Individually evaluated Collectively evaluated Reserve for unfunded lending commitments Total allowance for credit losses Loans: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total loans ($ in thousands) Allowance for credit losses Allowance for loan losses: Beginning balance Charge-offs Recoveries Net provision for loan losses Ending balance - allowance for loan losses Reserve for unfunded lending commitments: Beginning balance Provision for losses on unfunded commitments Ending balance - reserve for unfunded lending commitments Total allowance for credit losses Allowance for loan losses: Individually evaluated Collectively evaluated Allowance for loan losses Reserve for unfunded lending commitments: Individually evaluated Collectively evaluated Reserve for unfunded lending commitments: Total allowance for credit losses Loans: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total loans Commercial Non-Real Estate Commercial Real Estate- Owner Occupied Total Commercial and Industrial Commercial Real Estate- Income Producing Construction and Land Development Residential Mortgages Year Ended December 31, 2023 Consumer Total $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 96,461 (59,830 ) 6,152 58,954 101,737 $ $ 48,284 — 957 (9,044 ) 40,197 $ $ $ 144,745 (59,830 ) 7,109 49,910 141,934 $ 71,961 $ 30,498 $ 32,464 $ (73 ) 14 2,637 74,539 $ (72 ) 11 (3,398 ) 27,039 $ (55 ) 1,278 5,296 38,983 $ 28,121 (15,393 ) 3,611 9,073 25,412 $ $ 307,789 (75,423 ) 12,023 63,518 307,907 4,984 $ 302 $ 5,286 $ 1,395 $ 25,110 $ 31 $ 1,487 $ 33,309 523 25 548 (51 ) (5,091 ) (1 ) 180 (4,415 ) 5,507 107,244 $ $ 327 40,524 $ $ 5,834 147,768 $ $ 1,666 100,071 101,737 $ $ — 5,507 5,507 107,244 $ $ $ — 40,197 40,197 $ $ — 327 327 40,524 $ $ $ 1,666 140,268 141,934 $ $ — 5,834 5,834 147,768 $ $ $ 1,344 75,883 — 74,539 74,539 — 1,344 1,344 75,883 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 20,019 47,058 — 27,039 27,039 — 20,019 20,019 47,058 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 30 39,013 — 38,983 38,983 — 30 30 39,013 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,667 27,079 $ $ 28,894 336,801 — 25,412 25,412 $ $ — 1,667 1,667 27,079 $ $ $ 1,666 306,241 307,907 — 28,894 28,894 336,801 15,882 9,941,402 9,957,284 $ $ — 3,093,763 3,093,763 $ $ 15,882 13,035,165 13,051,047 $ $ — 3,986,943 3,986,943 $ $ — 1,551,091 1,551,091 $ $ — 3,886,072 3,886,072 $ $ — 1,446,764 1,446,764 $ 15,882 23,906,035 $ 23,921,917 Commercial Non-Real Estate Commercial Real Estate- Owner Occupied Total Commercial and Industrial Commercial Real Estate- Income Producing Construction and Land Development Residential Mortgages Year Ended December 31, 2022 Consumer Total $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 95,888 (7,637 ) 11,812 (3,602 ) 96,461 $ 53,433 $ 149,321 $ 108,058 $ 22,102 $ 30,623 $ (948 ) 733 (4,934 ) 48,284 $ (8,585 ) 12,545 (8,536 ) $ 144,745 $ (1,073 ) 878 (35,902 ) 71,961 $ (3 ) 134 8,265 30,498 $ (137 ) 1,749 229 32,464 $ 31,961 (12,792 ) 5,382 3,570 28,121 $ $ 342,065 (22,590 ) 20,688 (32,374 ) 307,789 4,522 $ 323 $ 4,845 $ 1,694 $ 21,907 $ 22 $ 866 $ 29,334 462 (21 ) 441 (299 ) 3,203 9 621 3,975 4,984 101,445 $ $ 302 48,586 $ $ 5,286 150,031 $ $ 1,395 73,356 $ $ 25,110 55,608 $ $ 31 32,495 $ $ 1,487 29,608 $ $ 33,309 341,098 71 96,390 96,461 — 4,984 4,984 101,445 $ $ $ $ $ 31 48,253 48,284 — 302 302 48,586 $ $ $ $ $ 102 144,643 144,745 — 5,286 5,286 150,031 $ $ $ $ $ 16 71,945 71,961 — 1,395 1,395 73,356 $ $ $ $ $ 18 30,480 30,498 — 25,110 25,110 55,608 $ $ $ $ $ 239 32,225 32,464 — 31 31 32,495 $ $ $ $ $ 101 28,020 28,121 — 1,487 1,487 29,608 $ $ $ $ $ 476 307,313 307,789 — 33,309 33,309 341,098 1,248 10,145,205 10,146,453 $ $ 920 3,032,138 3,033,058 $ $ 2,168 13,177,343 13,179,511 $ $ 1,240 3,559,751 3,560,991 $ $ 116 1,703,476 1,703,592 $ $ 3,476 3,089,129 3,092,605 $ $ 515 1,576,832 1,577,347 $ 7,515 23,106,531 $ 23,114,046 The calculation of the allowance for credit losses is performed using two primary approaches: a collective approach for pools of loans that have similar risk characteristics using a loss rate analysis, and a specific reserve analysis for credits individually evaluated. The allowance for credit losses for collectively evaluated portfolios is developed using multiple Moody’s Analytics (“Moody’s”) macroeconomic forecasts applied to internally developed credit models for a two year reasonable and supportable period. These forecasts are anchored on a baseline economic forecast, which Moody’s defines as the “most likely outcome” based on current conditions and its view of where the economy is headed. The baseline scenario is positioned at the 50th percentile of possible outcomes. Several upside and downside alternative scenarios are also derived from that baseline scenario and considered when 107 Table of Contents assessing reasonably possible outcomes. The mix of macroeconomic variables underlying the December 2023 scenarios differ in some respects from the comparable forecasts available at December 2022, given the shift in economic circumstances and risks. The modest decrease in the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022 reflects relatively stable economic conditions, outlook and credit quality metrics for the year. In arriving at the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2023, the Company weighted Moody’s December 2023 baseline economic forecast at 40% and downside mild recessionary S-2 scenario at 60%. The December 2023 baseline scenario maintains a generally optimistic outlook in its assumptions surrounding the drivers of economic growth, including its expectations of the effectiveness of the Federal Reserve's monetary policy in easing inflationary conditions without precipitating a recession. The S-2 scenario is less optimistic compared to the baseline, with the assumed combination of risk of a federal shutdown, rising political tensions, continuing elevated inflation, and reduced credit availability leading to a forecasted mild recession beginning in the first quarter of 2024 and lasting for three quarters. The decrease in the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2022 as compared to December 31, 2021 reflects improvement in economic conditions, particularly in the first half of the year, and in the Company’s credit quality metrics. In arriving at the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2022, the Company weighted the baseline economic forecast at 25%, the downside recessionary scenario S-2 at 75%. Nonaccrual Loans and Reportable Modified Loan Disclosures The following table shows the composition of nonaccrual loans and those without an allowance for loan loss, by portfolio class. ($ in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial and industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans December 31, 2023 2022 Nonaccrual without allowance for loan loss Total nonaccrual Nonaccrual without allowance for loan loss Total nonaccrual $ $ 20,840 $ 2,228 23,068 461 815 26,137 8,555 59,036 $ 13,637 — 13,637 — — — — 13,637 $ $ 4,020 $ 1,461 5,481 1,240 309 25,269 6,692 38,991 $ 941 692 1,633 1,174 — 1,884 — 4,691 As a part of our loss mitigation efforts, we may provide modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to improve long- term collectability of the loans and to avoid the need for repossession or foreclosure of collateral. As described in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements, accounting and reporting requirements changed related to such modifications effective January 1, 2023, impacting the comparability between periods of the disclosures that follow. Nonaccrual loans include reportable nonaccruing modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty ("MEFDs") of $0.1 million at December 31, 2023 and loans modified in troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs") of $2.6 million, at December 31, 2022. Total reportable MEFDs, both accruing and nonaccruing, were $24.5 million at December 31, 2023 and total TDRs were $4.5 million at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023 the Company had $0.7 million of unfunded commitments to borrowers whose terms have been modified as a reportable MEFD. There were no unfunded commitments loans reported as TDR at December 31, 2022. 108 Table of Contents The table below presents provide detail by portfolio class for reportable MEFDs entered into during the year ended December 31, 2023. Term extension Payment delay Term extensions and payment delay Other(1) Year Ended December 31, 2023 Percentage of portfolio Balance Balance $ Total commercial and industrial ($ in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied 4,274 — 4,274 — — — — 4,274 (1) Includes interest rate reduction and other than insignificant payment delays Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer 7,930 1,774 9,704 — 85 254 78 $ 10,121 0.08 % $ 0.06 % 0.07 % — 0.01 % 0.01 % 0.01 % 0.04 % $ Total reportable modified loans Percentage of portfolio Balance 0.04 % $ 9,753 — 9,753 — — — 196 0.02 % $ 9,949 — 0.03 % — — — — Percentage of portfolio — Balance 0.10 % $ — — 0.07 % — — — 202 0.01 % — 0.04 % $ 202 — — — Percentage of portfolio — — — — — 0.01 % — 0.00 % Reportable modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty during the year ended December 31, 2023 consisted of weighted average term extensions totaling 10 months for commercial, 10 years for residential mortgage and eight years for consumer. The weighted average term of other than insignificant payment delays was three months. The weighted average interest rate reduction was 80 basis points. Reported term extensions and payment delays are considered more than insignificant if they exceeded six months when considering other modifications made in the past twelve months. The table below presents the aging analysis of reportable modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty by portfolio class at December 31, 2023. December 31, 2023 (in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial and industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total reportable modified loans 30-59 days past due 60-89 days past due Greater than 90 days past due Total past due Current Total reportable modified Loans $ $ 3,149 $ — 3,149 — — 66 — 3,215 $ 233 $ — 233 — — — — 233 $ 4,430 $ — 4,430 — — — — 4,430 $ 7,812 — 7,812 — — 66 — 7,878 $ 14,145 $ 1,774 15,919 — 85 390 274 $ 16,668 $ 21,957 1,774 23,731 — 85 456 274 24,546 There was one commercial non-real estate loan totaling $4.4 million with a reportable significant payment delay and a term extension modification that had a post modification payment default during the twelve months ended December 31, 2023. A payment default occurs if the loan is either 90 days or more delinquent or has been charged off as of the end of the period presented. During the year ended December 31, 2022, three residential mortgage loans and three consumer loans with pre and post modification balances totaling $0.2 million were classified as TDRs. The TDRs modified during the year ended December 31, 2022, included $0.1 million of loans with reduced interest rates and $0.1 million with other modifications. Three commercial non real estate loans totaling $3.1 million and two residential mortgage loans and four consumer loans totaling $0.3 million with payment defaults during the year ended December 31, 2022 had been modified in a TDR in the twelve months preceding default. During the year ended December 31, 2021, four commercial non-real estate loans with pre and post modification balances of $7.2 million and six residential mortgage loans and four consumer loans with pre and post modification balances totaling $1.6 million were classified as TDRs. The TDRs modified during the year ended December 31, 2021, included $7.1 million of loans with extended amortization terms or other payment concessions, $0.5 million with reduced interest rates and $1.2 million with other modifications. One residential mortgage loan totaling $0.6 million with a payment defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2021 had been modified in a TDR during the twelve months prior to default. 109 Table of Contents Aging Analysis The tables below present the aging analysis of past due loans by portfolio class at December 31, 2023 and 2022. December 31, 2023 ($ in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial and industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans December 31, 2022 ($ in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial and industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans Credit Quality Indicators 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due Greater Than 90 Days Past Due Total Past Due Current Total Loans Recorded Investment > 90 Days and Accruing $ $ 12,311 $ 1,614 13,925 3,938 1,655 40,189 11,059 70,766 $ 4,381 $ 1,596 5,977 606 1,220 9,121 5,957 22,881 $ 21,132 $ 1,715 22,847 408 1,208 18,960 6,611 50,034 $ 143,681 $ 23,778,236 $ 23,921,917 $ 37,824 $ 9,919,460 $ 9,957,284 $ 4,925 3,088,838 3,093,763 42,749 13,008,298 13,051,047 4,952 3,981,991 3,986,943 4,083 1,547,008 1,551,091 68,270 3,817,802 3,886,072 23,627 1,423,137 1,446,764 5,782 431 6,213 — 742 172 2,482 9,609 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due Greater Than 90 Days Past Due Total Past Due Current Total Loans Recorded Investment > 90 Days and Accruing $ $ 4,050 $ 19,069 23,119 879 4,029 28,208 8,845 65,080 $ 21,329 $ 3,346 24,675 — 242 11,056 2,806 38,779 $ 3,418 $ 1,894 5,312 1,174 133 17,346 4,407 28,372 $ 132,231 $ 22,981,815 $ 23,114,046 $ 28,797 $ 10,117,656 $ 10,146,453 $ 24,309 3,008,749 3,033,058 53,106 13,126,405 13,179,511 2,053 3,558,938 3,560,991 4,404 1,699,188 1,703,592 56,610 3,035,995 3,092,605 16,058 1,561,289 1,577,347 996 1,623 2,619 — 54 293 1,619 4,585 The following tables present the credit quality indicators by segment and portfolio class of loans at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. ($ in thousands) Grade: Pass Pass-Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total December 31, 2023 Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied Commercial Non- Real Estate Total Commercial and Industrial Commercial Real Estate - Income Producing Construction and Land Development Total Commercial $ $ 9,524,018 $ 3,016,277 $ 12,540,295 $ 3,799,004 $ 1,542,460 $ 17,881,759 433,630 59,315 214,377 — 9,957,284 $ 3,093,763 $ 13,051,047 $ 3,986,943 $ 1,551,091 $ 18,589,081 139,932 40,826 7,181 — 286,238 18,133 206,381 — 234,211 11,486 187,569 — 52,027 6,647 18,812 — 7,460 356 815 — 110 Table of Contents ($ in thousands) Grade: Pass Pass-Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total ($ in thousands) Performing Nonperforming Total December 31, 2022 Commercial Non- Real Estate Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied Total Commercial and Industrial Commercial Real Estate - Income Producing Construction and Land Development Total Commercial $ 9,641,117 $ 2,912,057 $ 12,553,174 $ 3,440,648 $ 1,690,756 $ 17,684,578 457,620 90,253 211,643 — $ 10,146,453 $ 3,033,058 $ 13,179,511 $ 3,560,991 $ 1,703,592 $ 18,444,094 111,587 3,810 4,946 — 284,843 79,980 140,513 — 333,936 86,247 206,154 — 49,093 6,267 65,641 — 12,097 196 543 — December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Residential Mortgage Consumer Total Residential Mortgage Consumer Total $ 3,859,935 $ 1,438,209 $ 5,298,144 $ 3,066,319 $ 1,570,186 $ 4,636,505 33,447 $ 3,886,072 $ 1,446,764 $ 5,332,836 $ 3,092,605 $ 1,577,347 $ 4,669,952 26,286 26,137 34,692 8,555 7,161 The Company routinely assesses the ratings of loans in its portfolio through an established and comprehensive portfolio management process. Below are the definitions of the Company’s internally assigned grades: Commercial:       Pass - loans properly approved, documented, collateralized, and performing which do not reflect an abnormal credit risk. Pass - Watch - credits in this category are of sufficient risk to cause concern. This category is reserved for credits that display negative performance trends. The “Watch” grade should be regarded as a transition category. Special Mention - a criticized asset category defined as having potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit or the institution’s credit position. Special mention credits are not considered part of the Classified credit categories and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification. Substandard - an asset that is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Doubtful - an asset that has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. Loss - credits classified as Loss are considered uncollectable and are charged off promptly once so classified. Residential and Consumer:   Performing – accruing loans Nonperforming – loans for which there are good reasons to doubt that payments will be made in full. Nonperforming loans include all loans with nonaccrual status and, prior to January 1, 2023, all loans that were modified in a troubled debt restructuring are classified as nonperforming. 111 Table of Contents Vintage Analysis The following tables present credit quality disclosures of amortized cost by class and vintage for term loans and by revolving and revolving converted to amortizing at December 31, 2023 and 2022. The Company defines vintage as the later of origination, renewal or restructure date. December 31, 2023 ($ in thousands) Commercial Non-Real Estate: 2023 Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year Revolving 2022 2021 2020 2019 Prior Loans Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Total 30,360 411 48,264 — $ 1,557,202 $ 1,812,370 $ 1,106,433 $ 20,730 936 18,882 — $ 1,636,237 $ 1,926,982 $ 1,146,981 $ 1,484 $ $ 60,228 6,206 48,178 — 1,179 $ Gross Charge-offs Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied: 7,885 $ Gross Charge-offs Commercial Real Estate - Income Producing: Pass Pass-Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Pass Pass-Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Pass Pass-Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total $ $ $ $ $ $ 374,466 $ 2,574 837 2,322 — 380,199 $ — $ 456,334 $ 9,469 156 4,086 — 470,045 $ 73 $ Gross Charge-offs Construction and Land Development: Pass Pass-Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Gross Charge-offs Residential Mortgage: Performing Nonperforming Total Gross Charge-offs Consumer Loans: Performing Nonperforming Total Gross Charge-offs $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 388,453 $ 3,067 294 — — 391,814 $ — $ 439,024 $ 561 439,585 $ — $ 75,615 $ 176 75,791 $ 567 $ 689,626 $ 9,587 — 4,956 — 704,169 $ — $ 953,501 $ 3,064 32,255 1,921 — 990,741 $ — $ 676,687 $ 2,820 — 87 — 679,594 $ 7 $ 910,361 $ 2,233 912,594 $ — $ 59,454 $ 237 59,691 $ 2,388 $ 620,272 $ 9,654 617 967 — 631,510 $ — $ 966,402 $ 3,886 — 286 — 970,574 $ — $ 248,036 $ 827 — 96 — 248,959 $ 54 $ 950,400 $ 3,260 953,660 $ — $ 36,693 $ 245 36,938 $ 1,473 $ 483,739 $ 8,245 27 8,058 — 500,069 $ 27,000 $ 501,054 $ 3,451 — 1,295 — 505,800 $ — $ 618,003 $ 75,182 354 — — 693,539 $ — $ 62,086 $ 83 — 49 — 62,218 $ — $ 398,626 $ 4,988 26 3,079 — 406,719 $ 81 $ 284,032 $ 8,791 110 584 — 293,517 $ — $ 323,344 $ 23,827 — 122 — 347,293 $ — $ 6,008 $ 128 62 9 — 6,207 $ — $ 9,117 836 1,660 — 923,143 $ 3,186,189 $ 94,252 2,620 54,453 — 934,756 $ 3,337,514 $ 11,971 $ 1,750 $ 56,316 $ 9,524,018 234,211 6,291 11,486 424 187,569 4,995 — — 68,026 $ 9,957,284 59,830 8,480 $ 493,707 $ 17,581 5,083 7,374 — 523,745 $ — $ 367,010 $ 22,504 8,061 766 — 398,341 $ — $ 18,834 $ 323 — 279 — 19,436 $ 11 $ 40,533 $ 389 — 1,314 — 42,236 $ — $ 65,486 $ 2,000 — — — 67,486 $ — $ 139,587 $ 212 — 295 — 140,094 $ — $ 3,615 $ — 3,615 $ — $ — — — — 12,587 $ 3,016,277 52,027 6,647 18,812 — 12,587 $ 3,093,763 — — $ — — — — 48,924 $ 3,799,004 139,932 40,826 7,181 — 48,924 $ 3,986,943 73 — $ — — — — 2,769 $ 1,542,460 7,460 356 815 — 2,769 $ 1,551,091 72 — $ — $ 3,859,935 26,137 — — $ 3,886,072 55 — $ 489,262 $ 730 489,992 $ — $ 176,041 $ 2,366 178,407 $ — $ 891,232 $ 16,987 908,219 $ 55 $ 28,076 $ 438 28,514 $ 215 $ 31,802 $ 445 32,247 $ 573 $ 39,150 $ 1,144,401 $ 369 2,528 41,678 $ 1,144,770 $ 7,735 $ 824 $ 23,018 $ 1,438,209 8,555 4,117 27,135 $ 1,446,764 15,393 1,618 $ 112 Table of Contents December 31, 2022 ($ in thousands) Commercial Non-Real Estate: 2022 Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year Revolving 2021 2020 2019 2018 Prior Loans Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Total Pass Pass-Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total $ 2,600,656 $ 1,450,689 $ 38,949 13,625 13,807 — $ 2,728,906 $ 1,517,070 $ 68,307 30,276 29,667 — Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied: Pass Pass-Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total $ $ 630,121 $ 7,129 — 19,899 — 657,149 $ 650,742 $ 5,299 — 547 — 656,588 $ 679,355 $ 31,841 2,443 11,766 — 725,405 $ 537,849 $ 3,743 544 6,715 — 548,851 $ 569,842 $ 11,757 4,406 21,667 — 607,672 $ 328,364 $ 13,301 822 7,663 — 350,150 $ 267,025 $ 8,237 322 12,792 — 288,376 $ 265,437 $ 10,872 1,231 7,543 — 285,083 $ 763,122 $ 3,193,769 $ 66,339 25,184 39,213 — 815,603 $ 3,324,505 $ 49,577 1,654 1,250 — 116,659 $ 9,641,117 284,843 79,980 140,513 — 138,916 $ 10,146,453 9,836 2,070 10,351 — 447,707 $ 7,706 3,670 21,465 — 480,548 $ 46,730 $ 893 — 1,000 — 48,623 $ 5,107 $ 2,912,057 49,093 6,267 65,641 — 6,066 $ 3,033,058 150 — 809 — Commercial Real Estate - Income Producing: Pass Pass-Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total $ $ 894,522 $ 1,027 235 415 — 896,199 $ 795,378 $ 18,070 — — — 813,448 $ 660,235 $ 58,256 708 2,785 — 721,984 $ 420,435 $ 20,865 2,325 8 — 443,633 $ 232,145 $ 12,066 166 1,240 — 245,617 $ 317,446 $ 836 376 498 — 319,156 $ 113,487 $ 467 — — — 113,954 $ 7,000 $ 3,440,648 111,587 3,810 4,946 — 7,000 $ 3,560,991 — — — — Construction and Land Development: Pass Pass-Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Residential Mortgage: Performing Nonperforming Total Consumer Loans: Performing Nonperforming Total $ $ $ $ $ $ 663,735 $ 8,233 — 35 — 672,003 $ 711,731 $ 1,944 — 55 — 713,730 $ 148,579 $ 643 — — — 149,222 $ 9,198 $ 559 196 12 — 9,965 $ 15,360 $ 199 — 61 — 15,620 $ 10,854 $ 450 — 380 — 11,684 $ 128,842 $ 69 — — — 128,911 $ 2,457 $ 1,690,756 12,097 196 543 — 2,457 $ 1,703,592 — — — — 631,339 $ 1,058 632,397 $ 694,104 $ 2,434 696,538 $ 518,705 $ 716 519,421 $ 192,431 $ 1,196 193,627 $ 107,675 $ 2,080 109,755 $ 918,918 $ 18,802 937,720 $ 3,147 $ — 3,147 $ — $ 3,066,319 — 26,286 — $ 3,092,605 103,742 $ 193 103,935 $ 58,248 $ 198 58,446 $ 45,641 $ 228 45,869 $ 62,715 $ 758 63,473 $ 41,559 $ 381 41,940 $ 40,489 $ 1,212,958 $ 459 3,341 43,830 $ 1,213,417 $ 4,834 $ 1,570,186 1,603 7,161 6,437 $ 1,577,347 Residential Mortgage Loans in Process of Foreclosure Loans in process of foreclosure include those for which formal foreclosure proceedings are in process according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. Included in loans are $7.1 million and $4.9 million of consumer loans secured by single family residential mortgage real estate that are in process of foreclosure as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In addition to the single family residential real estate loans in process of foreclosure, the Company also held $1.6 million and $0.4 million of foreclosed single family residential properties in other real estate owned as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Loans Held for Sale Loans held for sale totaled $26.1 million and $26.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2023 and 2022. At December 31, 2023, residential mortgage loans carried at the fair value option totaled $13.3 million with an unpaid principal balance of $12.9 million. All other loans held for sale are carried at lower of cost or market. 113 Table of Contents Note 4. Property and Equipment Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2023 and 2022: ($ in thousands) Land and land improvements Buildings and leasehold improvements Furniture, fixtures and equipment Software Assets under development Property and equipment, gross Accumulated depreciation and amortization Property and equipment, net December 31, 2023 2022 63,016 $ 310,052 128,567 105,480 13,270 620,385 (318,746 ) 301,639 $ 68,016 323,305 121,796 103,022 15,917 632,056 (303,451 ) 328,605 $ $ Assets under development is comprised primarily of software design and implementation costs. Depreciation and amortization expense was $34.7 million, $31.6 million and $29.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Property and Equipment Held for Sale Certain of the Company’s property and equipment meet the criteria to be classified as assets held for sale. The carrying values of such assets were $0.3 million and $2.9 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and were reported within Other Assets in the consolidated balance sheets. For more information on the Company’s policy for accounting for assets held for sale, refer to Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements. Note 5. Operating Leases The Company has operating leases on a number of its branches, certain regional headquarters and other properties to limit its exposure to ownership risks such as fluctuations in real estate prices and obsolescence. The Company leases real estate with lease terms generally from five to 20 years, some of which have renewal options from one to 20 years. As these extension options are not generally considered reasonably certain of renewal, they are not included in the lease term. The Company is not a lessee in any contracts classified as finance leases. The following tables present supplemental information pertaining to operating leases at and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. ($ in thousands) Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities for operating leases Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities $ Weighted average remaining lease term (in years) Weighted average discount rate Years ended December 31, 2023 2022 16,903 $ 9,606 16,564 6,800 December 31, 2023 2022 10.82 3.66 % 12.03 3.41 % 114 Table of Contents The following table sets forth the maturities of the Company’s lease liabilities and the present value discount at December 31, 2023. ($ in thousands) 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 Thereafter Total Present value discount Lease liability $ $ $ 18,240 17,992 16,653 15,602 13,807 72,568 154,862 (29,244 ) 125,618 The following table sets forth the components of the Company’s lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. ($ in thousands) Operating lease expense Short-term lease expense Variable lease expense Sublease income Total $ $ Years ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 16,545 $ 16,881 $ 17,757 135 105 (320 ) 16,529 $ 16,645 $ 17,677 209 63 (508 ) 144 243 (403 ) At December 31, 2023, the Company had not entered into any material leases that had not yet commenced. Note 6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired or the excess of the fair value of the net liabilities assumed over the consideration received in a business combination. The carrying amount of goodwill was $855.5 million at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. The Company completed its annual impairment test of goodwill as of September 30, 2023 and concluded that its goodwill was not impaired. The Company first performed a qualitative (“Step Zero”) assessment that involved the examination of changes in macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, overall financial performance, cost factors and other relevant entity- specific events, including changes in management and other key personnel and changes in the share price of the Company’s common stock. As a result of the assessment, the Company concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is greater than the carrying amount. However, in accordance with the Company’s policy to ensure goodwill is periodically reviewed, a quantitative assessment was performed using multiple approaches. These methods included an income approach using the discounted net present value of estimated future cash flows and three market approaches using transaction or price-to-forward earnings multiples, price to tangible book value methodologies using the actual price paid in recent acquisition transactions for similar entities and a market capitalization approach using the Company’s stock price observed during the fourth quarter. The results from each of the approaches were weighted equally, with the valuation of the reporting unit approximately 36% in excess of net book value at September 30, 2023. Individually no valuation method resulted in estimated fair value less than the Company’s carrying value. Valuation techniques employed by the Company require significant assumptions. Depending upon the specific approach, assumptions are made regarding the economic environment, expected net interest margins, growth rates, discount rate used to present value future cash flows, control premiums, and price-to-forward earnings and price to-tangible-book-value multiples. Changes to any one of these assumptions could result in significantly different results. Changes in the amount and/or timing of the Company’s expected future cash flows or estimated growth rates, a decline in the price of the Company’s common stock relative to our book value per share, and/or deterioration in the economic environment beyond current estimates could result in an impairment charge to goodwill in future reporting periods. No goodwill impairment charges were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 or 2021. Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the periods benefited and are evaluated for impairment similar to other long-lived assets. The purchase and carrying values of intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows: 115 Table of Contents ($ in thousands) Core deposit intangibles Credit card and trust relationships Total ($ in thousands) Core deposit intangibles Credit card and trust relationships Total Purchase Value December 31, 2023 Accumulated Amortization Carrying Value 235,845 $ 49,962 285,807 $ 209,658 $ 31,512 241,170 $ 26,187 18,450 44,637 Purchase Value December 31, 2022 Accumulated Amortization Carrying Value 235,845 $ 49,962 285,807 $ 200,045 $ 29,569 229,614 $ 35,800 20,393 56,193 $ $ $ $ Aggregate amortization expense by category of finite lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 are as follows: ($ in thousands) Core deposit intangibles Credit card and trust relationships Total Years Ended December 31, 2022 2021 2023 $ $ 9,613 $ 1,943 11,556 $ 11,909 $ 2,124 14,033 $ 14,304 2,361 16,665 At December 31, 2023, the weighted-average remaining life of core deposit intangibles was approximately 8 years, and the weighted- average remaining life of other identifiable intangibles was approximately 12 years. The following table shows estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets at December 31, 2023 for the five succeeding years and all years thereafter, calculated based on current amortization schedules. ($ in thousands) 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 Thereafter Total Note 7. Other Assets $ $ 9,413 7,985 5,322 3,682 3,306 14,929 44,637 Significant balances included in Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2023 and 2022 are presented below. ($ in thousands) FHLB stock Derivative collateral Derivative assets Income tax receivable Investments in small business investment and other companies Investments in low income housing tax credit entities Other Total December 31, 2023 2022 $ 138,994 $ 96,176 90,712 57,761 60,686 29,583 42,972 $ 516,884 $ 65,466 27,852 109,497 35,042 57,946 32,968 51,714 380,485 The Company invests in certain affordable housing project limited partnerships that are qualified low-income housing tax credit developments. These investments are considered variable interest entities for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary and, therefore, are not consolidated. The tax credits, when realized, will be reflected in the consolidated statements of income as a 116 Table of Contents reduction of income tax expense. Excluding accumulated amortization, the Company’s investments in affordable housing limited partnerships totaled $37.8 million and $37.5 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Note 8. Deposits The following table presents a detail of deposits at December 31, 2023 and 2022: ($ in thousands) Noninterest-bearing deposits Interest-bearing retail transaction and savings deposits Interest-bearing public fund deposits Public fund transaction and savings deposits Public fund time deposits Total interest-bearing public fund deposits Retail time deposits Brokered time deposits Total interest-bearing deposits Total deposits The maturity of time deposits at December 31, 2023 follows. ($ in thousands) 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 Thereafter Total time deposits December 31, 2023 11,030,515 $ 10,680,741 2022 13,645,113 10,757,495 3,069,341 73,674 3,143,015 4,246,027 589,761 18,659,544 29,690,059 $ 3,132,828 111,397 3,244,225 1,418,596 4,920 15,425,236 29,070,349 $ $ $ $ 4,835,794 38,893 16,814 10,972 6,146 843 4,909,462 Certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $250,000 totaled approximately $1.6 billion at December 31, 2023. Note 9. Short-Term Borrowings The following table presents information concerning short-term borrowings at and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022: ($ in thousands) Federal funds purchased: Amount outstanding at period end Average amount outstanding during period Maximum amount at any month end during period Weighted-average interest at period end Weighted-average interest rate during period Securities sold under agreements to repurchase: Amount outstanding at period end Average amount outstanding during period Maximum amount at any month end during period Weighted-average interest at period end Weighted-average interest rate during period FHLB borrowings: Amount outstanding at period end Average amount outstanding during period Maximum amount at any month end during period Weighted-average interest at period end Weighted-average interest rate during period 117 $ $ $ December 31, 2023 2022 350 $ 7,525 100,350 4.90 % 5.70 % 454,479 $ 513,306 625,773 1.16 % 1.36 % 700,000 $ 1,172,603 3,100,000 5.58 % 5.05 % 1,850 13,176 2,350 3.90 % 2.82 % 444,421 536,727 640,592 0.53 % 0.21 % 1,425,000 808,784 1,425,000 4.70 % 1.82 % Table of Contents Federal funds purchased represent unsecured borrowings from other banks, generally on an overnight basis. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are funds borrowed on a secured basis by selling securities under agreements to repurchase, mainly in connection with treasury-management services offered to deposit customers. The customer repurchase agreements mature daily and are secured by agency securities. As the Company maintains effective control over assets sold under agreements to repurchase, the securities continue to be presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Because the Company acts as a borrower transferring assets to the counterparty, and the agreements mature daily, the Company’s risk is limited. The $700 million of FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2023 consists of one fixed rate note entered into on December 29, 2023, that matured on January 2, 2024. The $1.4 billion of FHLB borrowing at December 31, 2022 consisted of one fixed rate note that matured on January 3, 2023. Note 10. Long-Term Debt At December 31, 2023 and 2022, long-term debt was comprised of the following: ($ in thousands) Subordinated notes payable, maturing June 2060 Other long-term debt Less: unamortized debt issuance costs Total long-term debt December 31, 2023 2022 172,500 $ 69,349 (5,532 ) 236,317 $ 172,500 75,261 (5,684 ) 242,077 $ $ The following table sets forth unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the respective debt instruments at December 31, 2023: ($ in thousands) Subordinated notes payable, maturing June 2060 Other long-term debt Total Unamortized Debt Issuance Costs 5,532 — 5,532 Principal 172,500 $ 69,349 241,849 $ $ $ On June 9, 2020, the Company completed the issuance of subordinated notes payable with an aggregate principal amount of $172.5 million, with a stated maturity of June 15, 2060. The notes accrue interest at a fixed rate of 6.25% per annum, with quarterly interest payments that began September 15, 2020. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve, the Company may redeem the notes in whole or in part on any interest payment date on or after June 15, 2025. This debt qualifies as tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios. All of the Company’s other long-term debt consists of borrowings associated with tax credit fund activities. Although these borrowings have indicated maturities through 2052, each is expected to be satisfied at the end of the seven-year compliance period for the related tax credit investments. Note 11. Derivatives Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage risks related to differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments. The Bank also enters into interest rate derivative agreements as a service to certain qualifying customers. The Bank manages a matched book with respect to these customer derivatives in order to minimize its net interest rate risk exposure resulting from such agreements. In addition, the Bank also enters into risk participation agreements under which it may either sell or buy credit risk associated with a customer’s performance under certain interest rate derivative contracts related to loans in which participation interests have been sold to or purchased from other banks. 118 Table of Contents Fair Values of Derivative Instruments on the Balance Sheet The table below presents the notional or contractual amounts and fair values of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2023 and 2022. ($ in thousands) Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: December 31, 2023 Derivative (1) December 31, 2022 Derivative (1) Type of Hedge Notional or Contractual Amount Assets Liabilities Notional or Contractual Amount Assets Liabilities Interest rate swaps - variable rate loans Interest rate swaps - securities Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: Interest rate swaps Risk participation agreements Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans To Be Announced (TBA) securities Foreign exchange forward contracts Visa Class B derivative contract Total derivatives Less: netting adjustments (2) Total derivate assets/liabilities Cash Flow $ 1,550,000 $ Fair Value 2,301 $ 112,262 — 43,501 — $ 2,027,500 $ 22,819 $ 73,611 $ 2,816,000 $ 45,802 $ 112,262 — $ 73,611 $ 2,100,000 $ 477,500 716,000 22,819 N/A N/A $ 5,128,144 $ 131,271 $ 129,994 $ 4,620,544 $ 172,242 $ 169,712 13 18 364,906 298,729 34 1 N/A 13,355 — 286 10,930 8 113 N/A N/A N/A N/A — 47 1,840 1,342 372 — 1,864 — 18,563 13,500 83,134 42,617 8 7 1,594 1,883 $ 5,664,219 $ 133,541 $ 133,527 $ 5,120,239 $ 174,133 $ 173,330 $ 7,691,719 $ 156,360 $ 207,138 $ 7,936,239 $ 219,935 $ 285,592 (110,438 ) (81,471 ) — $ 109,497 $ 204,121 $ 90,712 $ 207,138 13,819 10,000 123,106 43,111 161 78 1,643 — (65,648 ) (1) (2) Derivative assets and liabilities are reported in other assets or other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets. Represents balance sheet netting of derivative assets and liabilities for variation margin collateral held or placed with the same central clearing counterparty. See offsetting assets and liabilities for further information. Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk The Company is party to various interest rate swap agreements designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges of the Company’s forecasted variable cash flows for pools of variable rate loans. For each agreement, the Company receives interest at a fixed rate and pays at a variable rate. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company terminated six cash flow hedges and received cash of approximately $23.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company terminated six agreements and paid $2.9 million. The net cash received/paid for these transactions was recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is being accreted into earnings through the original maturity dates of the respective contracts. Using the elections allowed for ASU 2022- 06 "Reference Rate Return (Topic 848)," as amended, the Company converted all of its LIBOR-based swaps to SOFR and replaced the variable rate loan pools with SOFR based instruments during the second quarter of 2023, with minimal impact to financial results. The notional amounts of the swap agreements in place at December 31, 2023 expire as follows: $50 million in 2025; $475 million in 2026, $925 million in 2027 and $100 million thereafter. Fair Value Hedges of Interest Rate Risk Interest rate swaps on securities available for sale The Company is party to forward-starting fixed payer swaps that convert the latter portion of the term of certain available for sale securities to a floating rate. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges of interest rate risk. This strategy provides the Company with a fixed rate coupon during the front-end unhedged tenor of the bonds and results in a floating rate security during the back-end hedged tenor, with hedged start dates between January 2025 and July 2026, and maturity dates from December 2027 119 Table of Contents through March 2031. The fair value of the hedged item attributable to interest rate risk will be presented in interest income along with the fair value of the hedging instrument. The hedged available for sale securities are part of a closed portfolio of pre-payable commercial mortgage backed securities. In accordance with ASC 815, prepayment risk may be excluded when measuring the change in fair value of such hedged items attributable to interest rate risk under the portfolio layer method (formerly referred to as last-of-layer). At December 31, 2023, the amortized cost basis of the closed portfolio of pre-payable commercial mortgage backed securities totaled $514.4 million, excluding any basis adjustment. The amount that represents the hedged items was $454.6 million and the basis adjustment associated with the hedged items was a loss of $22.9 million. The Company terminated 25 fair value swap agreements during the year ended December 31, 2022, and received cash of approximately $90.6 million. The Company terminated four fair value swap agreements during the year ended December 31, 2023 and received cash of approximately $19.3 million. At the time of termination, the value of the swap was recorded as an adjustment to the book value of the underlying security, thereby changing its current book yield and extending its duration, if held, or impacting the net gain or loss, if sold. Derivatives Not Designated as Hedges Customer interest rate derivative program The Bank enters into interest rate derivative agreements, primarily rate swaps, with commercial banking customers to facilitate their risk management strategies. The Bank enters into offsetting agreements with unrelated financial institutions, thereby mitigating its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. Because the interest rate derivatives associated with this program do not meet hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer derivatives and the offsetting derivatives are recognized directly in earnings. Risk participation agreements The Bank also enters into risk participation agreements under which it may either assume or sell credit risk associated with a borrower’s performance under certain interest rate derivative contracts. In those instances where the Bank has assumed credit risk, it is not a direct counterparty to the derivative contract with the borrower and has entered into the risk participation agreement because it is a party to the related loan agreement with the borrower. In those instances in which the Bank has sold credit risk, it is the sole counterparty to the derivative contract with the borrower and has entered into the risk participation agreement because other banks participate in the related loan agreement. The Bank manages its credit risk under risk participation agreements by monitoring the creditworthiness of the borrower, based on the Bank’s normal credit review process. Mortgage banking derivatives The Bank also enters into certain derivative agreements as part of its mortgage banking activities. These agreements include interest rate lock commitments on prospective residential mortgage loans and forward commitments to sell loans to investors on either a best efforts or a mandatory delivery basis. The Company uses these forward sales commitments, which may include To Be Announced (“TBA”) security contracts, on the open market to protect the value of its rate locks and mortgage loans held for sale from changes in interest rates and pricing between the origination of the rate lock and the final sale of these loans. These instruments meet the definition of derivative financial instruments and are reflected in other assets and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with changes to the fair value recorded in noninterest income within the secondary mortgage market operations line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The loans sold on a mandatory basis commit the Company to deliver a specific principal amount of mortgage loans to an investor at a specified price, by a specified date. If the Company fails to deliver the amount of mortgages necessary to fulfill the commitment by the specified date, we may be obligated to pay a pair-off fee, based on then-current market prices, to the investor/counterparty to compensate the investor for the shortfall. Mandatory delivery forward commitments include TBA security contracts on the open market to provide protection against changes in interest rates on the locked mortgage pipeline. The Company expects that mandatory delivery contracts, including TBA security contracts, will experience changes in fair value opposite to the changes in the fair value of derivative loan commitments. Certain assumptions, including pull through rates and rate lock periods, are used in managing the existing and future hedges. The accuracy of underlying assumptions could impact the ultimate effectiveness of any hedging strategies. Forward commitments under best effort contracts commit the Company to deliver a specific individual mortgage loan to an investor if the loan to the underlying borrower closes. Generally, best efforts cash contracts have no pair-off risk regardless of market movement. The price the investor will pay the seller for an individual loan is specified prior to the loan being funded, generally the same day the 120 Table of Contents Company enters into the interest rate lock commitment with the potential borrower. The Company expects that these best efforts forward loan sale commitments will experience a net neutral shift in fair value with related derivative loan commitments. At the closing of the loan, the rate lock commitment derivative expires and the Company generally records a loan held for sale at fair value under the election of fair value option. Customer foreign exchange forward contract derivatives The Company enters into foreign exchange forward derivative agreements, primarily forward foreign currency contracts, with commercial banking customers to facilitate their risk management strategies. The Bank manages its risk exposure from such transactions by entering into offsetting agreements with unrelated financial institutions. The Bank has not elected to designate these foreign exchange forward contract derivatives as hedges; as such, changes in the fair value of both the customer derivatives and the offsetting derivatives are recognized directly in earnings. Visa Class B derivative contract The Company is a member of Visa USA. In 2018, the Company sold the majority of its Visa Class B holdings, at which time it entered into a derivative agreement with the purchaser whereby the Company will make or receive cash payments whenever the conversion ratio of the Visa Class B shares into Visa Class A shares is adjusted. The conversion ratio changes when Visa deposits funds to a litigation escrow established by Visa to pay settlements for certain litigation, for which Visa is indemnified by Visa USA members. The Company is also required to make periodic financing payments to the purchaser until all of Visa’s covered litigation matters are resolved. Thus, the derivative contract extends until the end of Visa’s covered litigation matters, the timing of which is uncertain. The contract includes a contingent accelerated termination clause based on the credit ratings of the Company. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the fair value of the liability associated with this contract was $1.3 million and $1.9 million respectively. Refer to Note 20 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments for discussion of the valuation inputs and process for this derivative liability. LIBOR Transition Using the elections allowed for ASU 2022-06 "Reference Rate Return (Topic 848)," as amended, and in accordance with the Federal Reserve Bank Board’s Final Rule published pursuant to the authority granted under the LIBOR Act, all of the Company’s remaining derivative instruments with LIBOR based indexes were transitioned to the Fallback Rate SOFR benchmark as recommended by the International Swap and Derivatives Association effective July 1, 2023. Transitioned LIBOR based instruments included interest rate swaps and risk participation agreements with notional amounts totaling $3.5 billion and $163.5 million, respectively, at July 1, 2023. There was no material financial impact to the Company’s operating results from this transition. Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Statements of Income The effects of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 are presented in the table below. ($ in thousands) Derivative Instruments: Cash flow hedges: Variable rate loans Fair value hedges: Securities Securities - termination Derivatives not designated as hedging: Residential mortgage banking Customer and all other instruments Total gain (loss) Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in the Statements of Income: Years Ended December 31, 2023 2022 2021 Interest income - loans $ (40,714 ) $ 9,928 $ 26,674 Interest income - securities - taxable Noninterest income - securities transactions, net Noninterest income - secondary mortgage market operations Noninterest income - other noninterest income 11,945 4,963 (640 ) 2,725 1,620 2,499 753 420 $ (24,871 ) $ 2,918 1,568 5,832 25,261 $ 13,477 43,578 121 Table of Contents Credit Risk-Related Contingent Features Certain of the Bank’s derivative instruments contain provisions allowing the financial institution counterparty to terminate the contracts in certain circumstances, such as the downgrade of the Bank’s credit ratings below specified levels, a default by the Bank on its indebtedness, or the failure of the Bank to maintain specified minimum regulatory capital ratios or its regulatory status as a well- capitalized institution. These derivative agreements also contain provisions regarding the posting of collateral by each party. The Company is not in violation of any such provisions. The aggregate fair value of derivative instruments with credit risk-related contingent features that were in a net liability position at December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $65.6 million and $8.7 million, respectively, for which the Company had posted collateral of $66.0 million and $8.5 million, respectively. Offsetting Assets and Liabilities The Bank’s derivative instruments with certain counterparties contain legally enforceable netting provisions that allow for net settlement of multiple transactions to a single amount, which may be positive, negative, or zero. Agreements with certain bilateral counterparties require both parties to maintain collateral in the event that the fair values of derivative instruments exceed established exposure thresholds. For centrally cleared derivatives, the Company is subject to initial margin posting and daily variation margin exchange with the central clearinghouses. Offsetting information in regards to all derivative assets and liabilities, including accrued interest subject to these master netting agreements at December 31, 2023 and 2022 is presented in the following tables: As of December 31, 2023 ($ in thousands) Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities As of December 31, 2022 ($ in thousands) Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Net Amounts Presented in the Statement of Financial Position Gross Amounts Recognized Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Financial Instruments Cash Collateral Net Amount $ $ 152,740 $ 87,567 $ (68,282 ) $ — $ 84,458 $ 87,567 $ 84,458 $ 84,458 $ — $ 96,176 $ — (93,067 ) Net Amounts Presented in the Statement of Financial Position Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position (112,338 ) $ (83,794 ) $ Gross Amounts Recognized $ $ 223,072 $ 116,395 $ Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Financial Instruments Cash Collateral Net Amount 110,734 $ 32,601 $ 32,601 $ 32,601 $ 27,852 $ — $ 105,985 — The Company has excess posted collateral compared to total exposure due to initial margin requirements for day-to-day rate volatility. Note 12. Stockholders’ Equity Common Shares Outstanding Common shares outstanding excludes treasury shares of 6.3 million and 6.3 million with a first-in-first-out cost basis of $236.7 million and $238.6 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Shares outstanding also excludes unvested restricted share awards of $0.3 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Stock Buyback Programs On January 26, 2023, the Company’s board of directors approved a stock buyback program whereby the Company is authorized to repurchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its common stock through the program’s expiration date of December 31, 2024. The program allows the Company to repurchase its common shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase programs, in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise, in one or more transactions. The Company is not obligated to purchase any shares under this program, and the board of directors has the ability to terminate or amend the program at any time prior to the expiration date. To date, the Company has not repurchased shares under this program. Prior to its expiration on December 31, 2022, the Company had in place a stock repurchase program authorized by the board of directors on April 22, 2021, whereby the Company was authorized to repurchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its common stock. The program allowed the Company to repurchase its common shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase programs, in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise, in one or more transactions. During the year ended December 122 Table of Contents 31, 2022, the Company repurchased 1,204,368 shares of its common stock at an average cost of $48.90 per share, inclusive of commissions. In total, the Company repurchased 1,654,244 million shares at an average cost of $48.77 per share under this plan. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income or Loss (“AOCI”) is reported as a component of stockholders’ equity. AOCI can include, among other items, unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available for sale (“AFS”), including the Company’s share of unrealized gains and losses reported by a partnership accounted for under the equity method, gains and losses associated with pension or other post-retirement benefits that are not recognized immediately as a component of net periodic benefit cost, and gains and losses on derivative instruments that are designated as, and qualify as, cash flow hedges. Net unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities reclassified as securities held to maturity (“HTM”) also continue to be reported as a component of AOCI and will be amortized over the estimated remaining life of the securities as an adjustment to interest income. Subject to certain thresholds, unrealized losses on employee benefit plans will be reclassified into income as pension and post-retirement costs are recognized over the remaining service period of plan participants. Accumulated gains or losses on cash flow hedges of variable rate loans described in Note 11 will be reclassified into income over the life of the hedge. Accumulated other comprehensive loss resulting from the terminated interest rate swaps will be amortized over the remaining maturities of the designated instruments. Gains and losses within AOCI are net of deferred income taxes, where applicable. A rollforward of the components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) is presented in the table that follows: ($ in thousands) Balance, December 31, 2020 Net change in unrealized gain (loss) Reclassification of net (gain) loss realized and included in earnings Valuation adjustments to pension plan attributable to VERIP and curtailment Other valuation adjustments for employee benefit plans Amortization of unrealized net gain on securities transferred to held to maturity Income tax (expense) benefit Balance, December 31, 2021 Net change in unrealized gain (loss) Reclassification of net (gain) loss realized and included in earnings Valuation adjustments to employee benefit plans Transfer of net unrealized loss from AFS to HTM securities portfolio Amortization of unrealized net loss on securities transferred to held to maturity Income tax benefit Balance, December 31, 2022 Net change in unrealized gain (loss) Reclassification of net loss realized and included in earnings Valuation adjustments to employee benefit plans Amortization of unrealized net loss on securities transferred to held to maturity Income tax (expense) benefit Balance, December 31, 2023 Available for Sale Securities HTM Securities Transferred from AFS Employee Benefit Plans Cash Flow Hedges Equity Method Investment Total $ 171,224 $ (208,760 ) 276 $ (125,573 ) $ 39,511 $ — (3,258 ) — (5,369 ) $ 80,069 438 (211,580 ) 2,166 — 4,555 (26,674 ) 4,468 (15,485 ) — — — — 59,606 (6,735 ) — — — — 59,606 (6,735 ) — 46,407 $ 11,037 $ (785,538 ) 1,707 — (158 ) 35 — (12,799 ) — 6,705 153 $ (80,946 ) $ 16,284 $ — — — — (113,171 ) 2,274 (24,139 ) (9,928 ) — 15,405 (15,405 ) — — — 172,981 $ (584,408 ) $ (10,734 ) $ (97,952 ) $ (79,093 ) $ 104,543 — 27,722 1,355 3,163 — 4,859 (13,850 ) — — — — (158 ) 40,348 (463 ) $ (53,935 ) 468 (898,241 ) — — — (5,947 ) (24,139 ) — 1,355 — — 208,725 5 $ (772,182 ) 91,061 368 68,105 — — — 6,800 (13,325 ) 40,714 — — 115,619 (13,325 ) — 1,747 (398 ) — 1,416 (9,385 ) $ (103,061 ) $ (58,306 ) $ — (6,077 ) — — 1,747 (44,047 ) 373 $ (621,127 ) — (38,988 ) $ (450,748 ) $ 123 Table of Contents The following table shows the line items in the consolidated statements of income affected by amounts reclassified from AOCI: Amount reclassified from AOCI (a) ($ in thousands) Amortization of unrealized net loss on securities transferred to HTM $ Tax effect Net of tax Loss on sale of AFS securities Tax effect Net of tax Amortization of defined benefit pension and post-retirement items Tax effect Net of tax Reclassification of unrealized loss on cash flow hedges Tax effect Net of tax Amortization of gain on terminated cash flow hedges Tax effect Net of tax Total reclassifications, net of tax $ Year Ended December 31, 2023 2022 Increase (decrease) in affected line item in the income statement 1,747 $ (398 ) 1,349 (68,105 ) 15,380 (52,725 ) (6,800 ) 1,476 (5,324 ) (47,285 ) 10,697 (36,588 ) 6,571 (1,486 ) 5,085 (88,203 ) $ 1,355 Interest income (305 ) Income taxes 1,050 Net income (1,707 ) Securities transactions, net 385 Income taxes (1,322 ) Net income (2,274 ) Other noninterest expense 505 Income taxes (1,769 ) Net income (1,748 ) Interest income 394 Income taxes (1,354 ) Net income 11,676 Interest income (2,629 ) Income taxes 9,047 Net income 5,652 Net income (a) Amounts in parentheses indicate reduction in net income. Regulatory Capital Measures of regulatory capital are an important tool used by regulators to monitor the financial health of financial institutions. The primary quantitative measures used to gauge capital adequacy are Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total regulatory capital to risk- weighted assets (risk-based capital ratios) and the Tier 1 capital to average total assets (leverage ratio). Both the Company and the Bank subsidiary are required to maintain minimum risk-based capital ratios of 8.0% total capital, 4.5% Common Equity Tier 1, and 6.0% Tier 1 capital. The minimum leverage ratio is 3.0% for bank holding companies and banks that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest supervisory rating. All others are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4.0%. To evaluate capital adequacy, regulators compare an institution’s regulatory capital ratios with their agency guidelines, as well as with the guidelines established as part of the uniform regulatory framework for prompt corrective supervisory action toward financial institutions. The framework for prompt corrective action categorizes capital levels into one of five classifications rating from well- capitalized to critically under-capitalized. For an institution to be eligible to be classified as well capitalized its Total risk-based capital ratios must be at least 10.0% for total capital, 6.5% for Common Equity Tier 1 and 8.0% for Tier 1 capital, and its leverage ratio must be at least 5.0%. In reaching an overall conclusion on capital adequacy or assigning a classification under the uniform framework, regulators also consider other subjective and quantitative measures of risk associated with an institution. The Company and the Bank were deemed to be well capitalized based upon the most recent notifications from their regulators. There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes would change the classifications. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company and the Bank were in compliance with all of their respective minimum regulatory capital requirements. 124 5.00 5.00 6.50 6.50 8.00 8.00 5.00 5.00 6.50 6.50 8.00 8.00 Table of Contents Following is a summary of the actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank together with corresponding regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2023 and 2022. ($ in thousands) At December 31, 2023 Tier 1 leverage capital Actual Required for Minimum Capital Adequacy Required To Be Well Capitalized Amount Ratio % Amount Ratio % Amount Ratio % Hancock Whitney Corporation Hancock Whitney Bank $ 3,584,474 3,493,531 10.10 9.86 $ 1,419,209 1,417,854 4.00 4.00 $ 1,774,011 1,772,318 Common equity tier 1 (to risk weighted assets) Hancock Whitney Corporation Hancock Whitney Bank Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) Hancock Whitney Corporation Hancock Whitney Bank Total capital (to risk weighted assets) Hancock Whitney Corporation Hancock Whitney Bank At December 31, 2022 Tier 1 leverage capital $ $ $ 3,584,474 3,493,531 12.33 12.03 $ 1,308,034 1,306,464 4.50 4.50 $ 1,889,383 1,887,115 3,584,474 3,493,531 12.33 12.03 $ 1,744,046 1,741,952 6.00 6.00 $ 2,325,394 2,322,603 4,049,245 3,785,802 13.93 13.04 $ 2,325,394 2,322,603 8.00 8.00 $ 2,906,743 2,903,254 10.00 10.00 Hancock Whitney Corporation Hancock Whitney Bank $ 3,279,419 3,279,536 9.53 $ 1,376,092 1,374,761 9.54 4.00 $ 1,720,115 1,718,451 4.00 Common equity tier 1 (to risk weighted assets) $ Hancock Whitney Corporation Hancock Whitney Bank Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) Hancock Whitney Corporation Hancock Whitney Bank Total capital (to risk weighted assets) Hancock Whitney Corporation Hancock Whitney Bank $ $ 3,279,419 3,279,536 11.41 $ 1,293,035 1,291,467 11.43 4.50 $ 1,867,717 1,865,453 4.50 3,279,419 3,279,536 11.41 $ 1,724,046 1,721,956 11.43 6.00 $ 2,298,728 2,295,942 6.00 3,726,834 3,554,451 12.97 $ 2,298,728 2,295,942 12.39 8.00 $ 2,873,411 2,869,927 8.00 10.00 10.00 The Company elected the five-year rule that provides a full delay of the estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital transition (0%) for 2020 and 2021, followed by a three-year transition (25% of the impact included in 2022, 50% in 2023, 75% in 2024 and 100% thereafter). The two-year delay included the full impact of day one CECL plus the estimated impact of current CECL activity calculated quarterly as 25% of the current ACL over the day one balance (“modified transition amount”). The modified transition amounts were recalculated each quarter in 2020 and 2021, with the December 31, 2021 impact of $24.9 million, plus the day one impact of $44.1 million (net of tax) carrying through the remaining three years of the transition. Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends Regulatory policy statements provide that generally, bank holding companies should pay dividends only out of current operating earnings and that the level of dividends must be consistent with current and expected capital requirements. Dividends received from the Bank have been the primary source of funds available to the Company for the payment of dividends to its stockholders. Federal and State banking laws and regulations restrict the amount of dividends the Bank may distribute to the Company without prior regulatory approval, as well as the amount of loans it may make to the Company. Dividends paid by the Bank are subject to approval by the Commissioner of Banking and Consumer Finance of the State of Mississippi. Further, a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% above each of the minimum capital ratio requirements (Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1, and Total risk-based capital) must be met for a bank or bank holding company to be able to pay dividends without restrictions. 125 Table of Contents Note 13. Other Noninterest Income and Other Noninterest Expense The components of other noninterest income and other noninterest expense are as follows: ($ in thousands) Other noninterest income: Income from bank-owned life insurance Credit-related fees Income from derivatives Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets Other miscellaneous income Total other noninterest income Other noninterest expense: Corporate value and franchise taxes Advertising Telecommunication and postage Entertainment and contributions Tax credit investment amortization Travel expenses Printing and supplies Other retirement expense Loss on facilities and equipment from consolidation Loss on extinguishment of debt Other miscellaneous expense Total other noninterest expense Note 14. Income Taxes Years Ended December 31, 2022 2021 2023 $ $ $ $ 15,454 $ 12,557 420 19,388 23,617 71,436 $ 20,355 $ 13,454 10,773 10,664 5,791 5,469 4,073 (13,460 ) — — 31,573 88,692 $ 15,881 $ 10,483 5,832 3,096 18,619 53,911 $ 16,744 $ 13,783 11,870 10,336 4,768 4,336 3,795 (29,693 ) — — 22,256 58,195 $ 18,330 11,001 13,477 1,423 30,570 74,801 14,478 12,441 12,646 7,867 4,436 2,697 3,728 (27,941 ) 13,863 4,165 32,829 81,209 Income tax expense (benefit) included in net income consisted of the following components: ($ in thousands) Included in net income Current federal Current state Total current provision Deferred federal Deferred state Total deferred provision Total expense included in net income Years Ended December 31, 2022 2021 2023 $ $ 72,884 $ 10,656 83,540 12,139 1,847 13,986 97,526 $ 142,433 $ 14,840 157,273 (23,556 ) 1,390 (22,166 ) 135,107 $ 86,858 7,607 94,465 7,035 3,341 10,376 104,841 Income tax expense does not reflect the tax effects of amounts recognized in other comprehensive income and in AOCI, a separate component of stockholders’ equity. These amounts include unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale or transferred to held to maturity, unrealized gains and losses on derivatives and hedging transactions, and valuation adjustments of defined benefit and other post-retirement benefit plans. Refer to Note 12 – Stockholders’ Equity for additional information. Temporary differences arise between the tax bases of assets or liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. The expected tax effects from when these differences are resolved are recorded currently as deferred tax assets or liabilities. 126 Table of Contents Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows: ($ in thousands) Deferred tax assets: Allowance for loan losses Loan purchase accounting adjustments State net operating loss Lease liability Net unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale and cash flow hedges Derivatives Other Gross deferred tax assets Valuation allowance Net deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Employee compensation and benefits Fixed assets & intangibles Lease financing Right-of-use asset Other Gross deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax asset December 31, 2023 2022 76,407 $ 164 3,348 28,226 148,825 26,344 15,553 298,867 (5,145 ) 293,722 $ (9,895 ) $ (28,129 ) (56,576 ) (23,773 ) (21,965 ) (140,338 ) $ 153,384 $ 77,045 485 3,591 26,207 195,090 38,082 10,085 350,585 (3,591 ) 346,994 (8,399 ) (26,589 ) (52,385 ) (21,809 ) (26,394 ) (135,576 ) 211,418 $ $ $ $ $ Reported income tax expense (benefit) differed from amounts computed by applying the statutory income tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 to earnings or loss before income taxes. Historically, the primary differences have been due to tax-exempt income, federal and state tax credits and excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation. The main source of tax credits has been investments in tax-advantaged securities and tax credit projects. These investments are made primarily in the markets we serve and directed at tax credits issued under the Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (“NMTC”) programs, Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (“LIHTC”) programs, as well as pre-2018 Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (“QZAB”) and Qualified School Construction Bonds (“QSCB”). A summary of the factors that impacted income tax expense follows. 2023 2022 2021 ($ in thousands) Taxes computed at statutory rate Increases (decreases) in taxes resulting from: Amount $ 102,927 % Amount % Amount % 21.0 % $ 138,431 21.0 % $ 119,292 21.0 % State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit Tax-exempt interest Life insurance contracts Tax credits Employee share-based compensation FDIC assessment disallowance Net operating loss carryback under CARES act Other, net Income tax expense 10,323 (8,755 ) (4,020 ) (9,443 ) (505 ) 2,893 — 4,106 $ 97,526 2.1 % (1.8 %) (0.8 %) (1.9 %) (0.1 %) 0.6 % — 0.8 % 13,272 (8,612 ) (1,812 ) (8,039 ) (2,084 ) 1,836 238 1,877 19.9 % $ 135,107 2.0 % (1.3 %) (0.3 %) (1.2 %) (0.3 %) 0.3 % — 0.3 % 9,048 (9,100 ) (2,653 ) (7,889 ) (1,671 ) 1,609 (4,948 ) 1,153 20.5 % $ 104,841 1.6 % (1.6 %) (0.5 %) (1.4 %) (0.3 %) 0.3 % (0.9 %) 0.3 % 18.5 % The Company had approximately $57.0 million in state net operating loss carryforwards that originated in the tax years 2003 through 2023 and begin expiring in 2032. A $57.0 million gross state valuation allowance has been established for all non-bank entity level state net operating loss carryforwards, which translates to a net $3.3 million valuation allowance in the Company’s deferred tax inventory. The remainder of the allowance is related to deferred executive compensation. The impact of this valuation allowance is not material to the financial statements. The tax benefit of a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return should be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on its technical merits. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits was immaterial as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. The Company does not expect the liability for unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly during 2024. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to income tax matters in income tax expense, and the amounts recognized during 2023, 2022 and 2021 were insignificant. 127 Table of Contents The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, as well as filing various state returns. Generally, the federal returns for years prior to 2020 are no longer subject to examination. State returns that are open to examination vary by jurisdiction and are generally open three to four years. Note 15. Earnings Per Share The Company calculates earnings per share using the two-class method. The two-class method allocates net income to each class of common stock and participating security according to common dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Participating securities consist of nonvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents A summary of the information used in the computation of earnings per common share follows. ($ in thousands, except per share data) Numerator: Net income to common shareholders Net income or dividends allocated to participating securities - basic and diluted Net income allocated to common shareholders - basic and diluted Denominator: Weighted-average common shares - basic Dilutive potential common shares Weighted average common shares - diluted Earnings per common share: Basic Diluted Years Ended December 31, 2022 2023 2021 $ 392,602 $ 524,089 $ 463,215 9,134 $ 388,588 $ 516,469 $ 454,081 7,620 4,014 86,130 293 86,423 86,068 326 86,394 86,823 204 87,027 $ $ 4.51 $ 4.50 $ 6.00 $ 5.98 $ 5.23 5.22 Potential common shares consist of stock options, nonvested performance-based awards, nonvested restricted stock units, and nonvested restricted share awards deferred under the Company’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan. These potential common shares do not enter into the calculation of diluted earnings per share if the impact would be antidilutive, i.e., increase earnings per share or reduce a loss per share. The weighted average of potentially dilutive common shares that were anti-dilutive totaled 100,391, 3,116 and 1,079 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per common diluted share for the respective periods. Note 16. Segment Reporting Accounting standards require that information be reported about a company’s operating segments using a “management approach.” Reportable segments are identified in these standards as those revenue-producing components for which discrete financial information is produced internally and which are subject to evaluation by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources to segments. Consistent with the Company’s strategy that is focused on providing a consistent package of banking products and services across all markets, the Company has identified its overall banking operations as its only reportable segment. Because the overall banking operations comprise substantially all of the consolidated operations, no separate segment disclosures are presented. Note 17. Retirement Benefit Plans The Company offers a qualified defined benefit pension plan, the Hancock Whitney Corporation Pension Plan and Trust Agreement (“Pension Plan”), covering certain eligible associates. Eligibility is based on minimum age and service-related requirements. In 2017, the Pension Plan was amended to exclude any individual hired or rehired by the Company after June 30, 2017 from eligibility to participate. The Pension Plan amendment further provided that the accrued benefits of each participant in the Pension Plan whose combined age plus years of service as of January 1, 2018 totaled less than 55 were to be frozen as of January 1, 2018 and not thereafter increase. The Company makes contributions to this plan in amounts sufficient to meet funding requirements set forth in federal employee benefit and tax laws, plus such additional amounts as the Company may determine to be appropriate. The Company was not required to make a contribution to the Pension Plan during 2023 or 2022. The Company does not anticipate being required to make a contribution, nor does it anticipate making a discretionary contribution to the Pension Plan in 2024. The Company also offers a defined contribution retirement benefit plan (401(k) plan), the Hancock Whitney Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan and Trust Agreement (“401(k) Plan”), that covers substantially all associates who have been employed 60 days and meet 128 Table of Contents a minimum age requirement and employment classification criteria. The Company matches 100% of the first 1% of compensation saved by a participant, and 50% of the next 5% of compensation saved. Newly eligible associates are automatically enrolled at an initial 3% savings rate unless the associate actively opts out of participation in the plan. The 401(k) Plan was also amended during the second quarter of 2017 for participants whose benefits are frozen under the Pension Plan to add an enhanced Company contribution beginning January 1, 2018, in the amount of 2%, 4% or 6% of such participant’s eligible compensation, based on the participant’s age and years of service with the Company. The 401(k) Plan’s amendment further provided that the Company will contribute to the benefit of those associates of the Company hired or rehired after June 30, 2017 and those associates of the Company never enrolled in the Pension Plan an additional basic contribution in an amount equal to 2% of the associate’s eligible compensation beginning January 1, 2018. Participants vest in the new basic and enhanced Company contributions upon completion of three years of service. The Company’s 401(k) plan matching expense totaled $17.9 million, $17.3 million and $16.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Certain associates who were designated executive officers of Whitney Holding Corporation and/or Whitney National Bank before the acquisition by the Company are also covered by an unfunded nonqualified defined benefit pension plan. The benefits under this nonqualified plan were designed to supplement amounts to be paid under the defined benefit plan previously maintained for employees of Whitney Holding Corporation and/or Whitney National Bank (the “Whitney Pension Plan”), and are calculated using the Whitney Pension Plan’s formula, but without applying the restrictions imposed on qualified plans by certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Accrued benefits under this plan were frozen as of December 31, 2012 in connection with the merger of the Whitney Pension Plan into the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan, and no future benefits will be accrued under this plan. The Company also sponsors defined benefit postretirement plans for certain associates. The Hancock postretirement plans are available only to associates hired by the Company prior to January 1, 2000. The Hancock plans provide health care and life insurance benefits to retiring associates who participate in medical and/or group life insurance benefit plans for active associates and have reached 55 years of age with ten years of service, at the time of retirement. The postretirement health care plan is contributory, with retiree contributions adjusted annually and subject to certain employer contribution maximums. The Whitney postretirement plans are available only to former employees of Whitney Holding Corporation and/or Whitney National Bank who meet the eligibility requirements, and offer health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retirees and their eligible dependents. Participant contributions are required under the health plan. These plans restrict eligibility for postretirement health benefits to retirees already receiving benefits as of the date of the plan amendments in 2007 and to those active participants who were eligible to receive benefits as of December 31, 2007 (i.e., were age 55 with ten years of credited service). Life insurance benefits are currently only available to associates who retired before December 31, 2007. The Company assumed certain trends in health care costs in the determination of the benefit obligations. The plans assumed a 6.25% increase in health costs, increasing to 7% in 2024, declining to 5.6% uniformly over a three year period, and then following the Getzen model thereafter. At December 31, 2023, the mortality assumption was based on Revised RP-2014 Employee and Healthy Annuitants Bottom Quartile Fully Generational Mortality Table for Males and Females - Projected with Improvement Scale MP-2021. 129 Table of Contents The following tables detail the changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets of the defined benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, as well as the funded status of the plans at each year end and the amounts recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for all defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. ($ in thousands) Change in benefit obligation Benefit obligation at beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Plan participants' contributions Net actuarial gain (loss) Benefits paid Benefit obligation, end of year Change in plan assets Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year Actual return on plan assets Employer contributions Plan participants' contributions Benefit payments Expenses Fair value of plan assets, end of year Funded status at end of year - net asset (liability) Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss Unrecognized loss (gain) at beginning of year Net actuarial loss (gain) Unrecognized loss (gain) at end of year Projected benefit obligation Accumulated benefit obligation Fair value of plan assets 2023 2022 Pension Benefits 2023 2022 Other Post- Retirement Benefits $ $ $ $ $ 495,746 $ 7,916 23,854 — 15,285 (25,153 ) 517,648 700,535 48,497 1,136 — (25,153 ) (1,951 ) 723,064 205,416 $ 135,243 $ 5,806 141,049 $ 517,648 $ 493,800 723,064 646,832 $ 11,438 14,639 — (152,009 ) (25,154 ) 495,746 859,883 (133,843 ) 1,150 — (25,154 ) (1,501 ) 700,535 204,789 $ 108,121 $ 27,122 135,243 $ 495,746 472,843 700,535 13,796 $ 34 622 691 92 (1,831 ) 13,404 — — 1,140 691 (1,831 ) — — (13,404 ) $ (8,837 ) $ 935 (7,902 ) $ 20,282 59 375 794 (5,906 ) (1,808 ) 13,796 — — 1,015 793 (1,808 ) — — (13,796 ) (3,581 ) (5,256 ) (8,837 ) The net funded status of $205.4 million for pension benefits plans includes an excess of plan assets over the benefit obligation of $216.8 million on the defined benefit pension plan, offset by an unfunded benefit obligation of $11.4 million for the nonqualified retirement plan. Net actuarial gain is a significant component of the change in the projected benefit obligation of the Pension Plan for the year ended December 31, 2023. The actuarial gain was primarily driven by a change in the discount rate used in computing the projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2023. 130 Table of Contents The following table shows net periodic (benefit) cost included in expense and the changes in the amounts recognized in AOCI during 2023, 2022, and 2021. ($ in thousands) Net periodic (benefit) cost Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Special termination benefits Amortization of net (gain) loss/prior service cost Net periodic (benefit) cost Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income, before taxes Net (loss) gain recognized during the year Net actuarial loss (gain) Total recognized in other comprehensive income Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income Discount rate for benefit obligations Discount rate for net periodic benefit cost Expected long-term return on plan assets Rate of compensation increase *Graded scale, declining from 7.25% at age 20 to 2.25% at age 60 Years Ended December 31, 2023 2022 Pension Benefits 2021 2023 2021 2022 Other Post-Retirement Benefits $ 7,916 $ 11,438 $ 11,616 23,854 13,476 14,639 (44,710 ) (46,615 ) (46,654 ) $ — 7,643 (5,297 ) (17,708 ) — 2,830 16,052 5,284 (226 ) (7,643 ) (2,830 ) 13,449 29,952 (5,284 ) (51,365 ) 34 $ 59 $ 622 — — (843 ) (187 ) 375 — — (650 ) (216 ) 93 348 — 4,173 (729 ) 3,885 843 92 650 (5,906 ) 729 (1,506 ) 5,806 27,122 (56,649 ) 935 (5,256 ) (777 ) $ 509 $ 9,414 $ (56,875 ) 5.00 % 4.83 % 2.77 % 5.00 % 5.50 % 6.50 % 2.77 % 2.40 % 5.75 % $ scaled * scaled * scaled * 748 $ (5,472 ) $ 3,108 4.98 % 4.81 % 2.32 % 4.98 % n/a n/a n/a n/a 2.32 % 2.31 % n/a n/a During the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, the Company completed a Voluntary Early Retirement Incentive Program (VERIP), which was accepted by approximately 260 eligible Pension Plan participants. The event constituted a curtailment of the Pension Plan and resulted in a re-measurement of the projected benefit obligation. The program had two components: a supplemental cash incentive, substantially all of which was paid through the Pension Plan with existing plan assets, and coverage in a post- retirement medical plan, with each component having specific age and years of service requirements. The impact of offering these incentives is classified as special termination benefits in the table above. The long term rate of return on plan assets is determined by using the weighted-average of historical real returns for major asset classes based on target asset allocations. For all periods presented, the discount rate for the benefit obligation was calculated by matching expected future cash flows to the USI Consulting Group Pension Discount Curve (AA). The following table presents expected plan benefit payments over the ten years succeeding December 31, 2023: ($ in thousands) 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029-2033 . Pension Post-Retirement Total $ $ 27,992 $ 29,259 30,610 31,951 33,096 179,474 332,382 $ 1,241 $ 1,074 884 907 908 4,156 9,170 $ 29,233 30,333 31,494 32,858 34,004 183,630 341,552 The expected benefit payments are estimated based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligations at December 31, 2023. The fair values of pension plan assets at December 31, 2023 and 2022, by asset category, are shown in the following tables. The fair value is presented based on the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s fair value hierarchy that prioritizes inputs into the valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Level 1 uses quoted prices in active markets for identical assets, Level 2 uses significant observable inputs, and Level 3 uses significant unobservable inputs. In accordance with Subtopic 820-10 common trust funds are reported at fair value using net asset value per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient and are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. 131 Table of Contents For all investments, the plan attempts to use quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges, or Level 1 measurements. Where such quoted market prices are not available, the plan will use quoted prices for similar instruments or discounted cash flows to estimate the value, reported as Level 2. Fair Value Measurements by Asset Category / Fund ($ in thousands) Cash and equivalents Total cash and cash equivalents Fixed income securities Mutual fund-fixed income Exchange Traded Fund (ETF)-Fixed income Total fixed income Domestic and foreign stock Mutual funds-equity Total equity Total assets at fair value Common trust funds (fixed income) Common trust fund (real assets) Total Fair Value Measurements by Asset Category / Fund ($ in thousands) Cash and equivalents Total cash and cash equivalents Fixed income securities Mutual fund-fixed income Exchange Traded Fund (ETF)-Fixed income Total fixed income Domestic and foreign stock Mutual funds-equity Total equity Total assets at fair value Common trust funds (fixed income) Common trust fund (real assets) Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total December 31, 2023 5,268 $ 5,268 25,539 — 3,434 28,973 45,864 95,066 140,930 175,171 — — 175,171 $ — $ — 38,750 — 38,750 — — — 38,750 — — 38,750 $ — $ — — — — — — — — — — — — $ 5,268 5,268 64,289 — 3,434 67,723 45,864 95,066 140,930 213,921 451,493 57,650 723,064 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total December 31, 2022 9,050 $ 9,050 29,577 344 5,087 35,008 50,956 105,486 156,442 200,500 — — 200,500 $ — $ — 31,268 — — 31,268 — — — 31,268 — — 31,268 $ — $ — — — — — — — — — — — — $ 9,050 9,050 60,845 344 5,087 66,276 50,956 105,486 156,442 231,768 410,280 58,487 700,535 $ $ $ $ The following table presents the percentage allocation of the plan assets by asset category and corresponding target allocations at December 31, 2023 and 2022. Asset category Cash and equivalents Fixed income securities Equity securities Real assets Plan Assets at December 31, Target Allocation at December 31, 2023 2022 2023 2022 1 % 72 19 8 100 % 1 % 68 22 9 100 % 0 - 5% 62-84% 16-22% 4-10% 0 - 5% 62-84% 16-22% 4-10% 132 Table of Contents Plan assets are invested in long-term strategies and evaluated within the context of a long-term investment horizon. Plan assets will be diversified across multiple asset classes so as to minimize the risk of large losses. Short-term fluctuations in value will be considered secondary to long-term results. The Company employs a total return approach whereby a diversified mix of asset class investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for an acceptable level of risk. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of the plan liabilities, plan funded status and the Company’s financial condition. The investment performance of the plan is regularly monitored to ensure that appropriate risk levels are being taken and to evaluate returns versus a suitable market benchmark. The benefits investment committee meets periodically to review the policy, strategy, and performance of the plans. Note 18. Share-Based Payment Arrangements The Company maintains incentive compensation plans that incorporate share-based payment arrangements for associates and directors. The current plan under which share-based awards may be granted, the 2020 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”), was approved by the Company’s stockholders at the 2020 annual meeting as a successor to the Company’s 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Certain share-based awards remain outstanding under the 2014 Plan and prior equity incentive compensation plans, but no future awards may be granted thereunder. The Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors administers the equity incentive plans, makes determinations with respect to participation by employees or directors and authorizes the share-based awards. Under the 2020 Plan, participants may be awarded stock options (including incentive stock options for associates), restricted shares, performance stock awards and stock appreciation rights, all on a stand-alone, combination or tandem basis. To date, the Committee has awarded stock options, tenure- based restricted share awards and units, and performance stock units under the 2020 Plan and the prior equity incentive plans. Under the 2020 Plan, future awards may be granted for the issuance of an aggregate of 3,900,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, plus a number of additional shares of the Company’s common stock (not to exceed 1,000,000) for which awards under the 2014 Plan are cancelled, expired, forfeited or otherwise not issued, or settled in cash. The 2020 Plan limits the number of shares for which awards may be granted to any participant during any calendar year to 250,000 shares. The Company may use authorized unissued shares or shares held in treasury to satisfy awards under the 2020 Plan. As of December 31, 2023, there were approximately 2.0 million shares available for future issuance under the 2020 equity compensation plan. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, total share-based compensation expense recognized in income was $24.7 million, $23.5 million and $22.4 million, respectively. The total recognized tax benefit related to the share-based compensation was $5.7 million, $7.0 million and $9.9 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2023, all stock options that were outstanding at December 31, 2022 expired. At December 31, 2022, the Company had 1,476 outstanding and exercisable stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of $53.73. During the year ended December 31, 2022, 7,630 stock options with an aggregate intrinsic value of $0.1 million were exercised. A summary of the Company’s nonvested restricted and performance shares for the year ended December 31, 2023 is presented below: Nonvested at January 1, 2023 Granted Vested Cancelled/Forfeited Nonvested at December 31, 2023 Number of Shares 1,431,515 $ 652,461 (499,856 ) (126,719 ) 1,457,401 $ Weighted- Average Grant-Date Fair Value ($) 40.95 48.50 39.90 41.43 44.65 At December 31, 2023, there was $45.6 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested restricted and performance shares expected to vest in future periods. This compensation is expected to be recognized in expense over a weighted- average period of 2.9 years. The fair value of shares that vested during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 totaled $18.4 million and $16.9 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company began awarding restricted stock units (RSUs) to certain eligible employees. Unlike restricted share awards (RSAs), the holders of unvested restricted stock units have no rights as a shareholder of the Company, 133 Table of Contents including voting or dividend rights. The Company has elected to award dividend equivalents on each restricted stock unit. Such dividend equivalents are forfeited should the employee terminate employment prior to the vesting of the RSU. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company granted 41,495 performance shares subject to a total shareholder return (“TSR”) performance metric with a grant date fair value of $51.14 per share and 41,495 performance shares subject to an operating earnings per share performance metric with a grant date fair value of $46.73 per share to key members of executive management. The number of performance shares subject to TSR that ultimately vest at the end of the three-year performance period, if any, will be based on the relative rank of the Company’s three-year TSR among the TSRs of a peer group of 49 regional banks. The fair value of the performance shares subject to TSR at the grant date was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation method. The number of performance shares subject to operating earnings per share that ultimately vest will be based on the Company’s attainment of certain operating earnings per share goals over the two-year performance period. The maximum number of performance shares that could vest is 200% of the target award. Compensation expense for these performance shares is recognized on a straight-line basis over the three- year service period. Note 19. Commitments and Contingencies Credit Related In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements until they are funded, although they expose the Bank to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk in much the same way as funded loans. Under regulatory capital guidelines, the Company and Bank must include unfunded commitments meeting certain criteria in risk-weighted capital calculations. Commitments to extend credit include revolving commercial credit lines, nonrevolving loan commitments issued mainly to finance the acquisition and development or construction of real property or equipment, and credit card and personal credit lines. The availability of funds under commercial credit lines and loan commitments generally depends on whether the borrower continues to meet credit standards established in the underlying contract and has not violated other contractual conditions. Loan commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Credit card and personal credit lines are generally subject to cancellation if the borrower’s credit quality deteriorates. A number of commercial and personal credit lines are used only partially or, in some cases, not at all before they expire, and the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements of the Company. A substantial majority of the letters of credit are standby agreements that obligate the Bank to fulfill a customer’s financial commitments to a third party if the customer is unable to perform. The Bank issues standby letters of credit primarily to provide credit enhancement to its customers’ other commercial or public financing arrangements and to help them demonstrate financial capacity to vendors of essential goods and services. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the Company’s exposure to credit risk. The Company undertakes the same credit evaluation in making loan commitments and assuming conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments and may require collateral or other credit support. At December 31, 2023 and 2022 the Company had a reserve for unfunded lending commitments totaling $28.9 million and $33.3 million, respectively. The following table presents a summary of the Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022: ($ in thousands) Commitments to extend credit Letters of credit Legal Proceedings $ December 31, 2023 9,852,367 $ 481,910 2022 10,202,464 400,505 The Company is party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Management does not believe that loss contingencies, if any, arising from pending litigation and regulatory matters will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of the Company. 134 Table of Contents Note 20. Fair Value Measurements The FASB defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The FASB’s guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to these valuation techniques used to measure fair value, giving preference to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs such as a reporting entity’s own data (level 3). Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, observable inputs other than quoted prices, such as interest rates and yield curves, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis The following tables present for each of the fair value hierarchy levels the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2023 and 2022: ($ in thousands) Assets Available for sale debt securities: U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Corporate debt securities Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Total available for sale securities Mortgage loans held for sale Derivative assets (1) Total recurring fair value measurements - assets Liabilities Derivative liabilities (1) Total recurring fair value measurements - liabilities (1) $ $ For further disaggregation of derivative assets and liabilities, see Note 11 – Derivatives. (in thousands) Assets Available for sale debt securities: U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Corporate debt securities Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Total available for sale securities Mortgage loans held for sale Derivative assets (1) Total recurring fair value measurements - assets Liabilities Derivative liabilities (1) Total recurring fair value measurements - liabilities (1) $ $ For further disaggregation of derivative assets and liabilities, see Note 11 – Derivatives. Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total December 31, 2023 $ $ 97,808 $ — $ 201,412 — — 20,352 — 2,113,866 — 2,437,472 — 44,285 — 4,915,195 13,269 — 90,712 — — $ 5,019,176 $ 97,808 — $ 201,412 — 20,352 — 2,113,866 — 2,437,472 — 44,285 — 4,915,195 — 13,269 — 90,712 — — $ 5,019,176 — $ — $ 205,796 $ 205,796 $ 1,342 $ 1,342 $ 207,138 207,138 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total December 31, 2022 $ $ 110,865 $ — $ 203,092 — 21,080 — — 2,256,986 — 2,893,430 — 70,588 — 5,556,041 10,843 — — 109,497 — $ 5,676,381 $ 110,865 — $ 203,092 — 21,080 — 2,256,986 — 2,893,430 — 70,588 — 5,556,041 — 10,843 — — 109,497 — $ 5,676,381 — $ — $ 202,238 $ 202,238 $ 1,883 $ 1,883 $ 204,121 204,121 Securities classified as level 2 include obligations of U.S. Government agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored agencies, including “off-the-run” U.S. Treasury securities, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations that are issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, and state and municipal bonds. The level 2 fair value measurements for investment securities are obtained quarterly from a third-party pricing service that uses industry-standard pricing models. Substantially all of the model inputs are observable in the marketplace or can be supported by observable data. The Company invests only in 135 Table of Contents securities of investment grade quality with a targeted duration, for the overall portfolio, generally between two and five and a half years. Company policies generally limit U.S. investments to agency securities and municipal securities determined to be investment grade according to an internally generated score which generally includes a rating of not less than “Baa” or its equivalent by a nationally recognized statistical rating agency. Loans held for sale consist of residential mortgage loans carried under the fair value option. The fair value for these instruments is classified as level 2 based on market prices obtained from potential buyers. For the Company’s derivative financial instruments designated as hedges and those under the customer interest rate program, the fair value is obtained from a third-party pricing service that uses an industry-standard discounted cash flow model that relies on inputs, Overnight Index swap rate curves, and LIBOR swap curves (while published) all observable in the marketplace. To comply with the accounting guidance, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated in the fair values to appropriately reflect nonperformance risk for both the Company and the counterparties. Although the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value these derivative instruments fall within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit value adjustments utilize level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads. The Company has determined that the impact of the credit valuation adjustments is not significant to the overall valuation of these derivatives. As a result, the Company has classified its derivative valuations for these instruments in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company’s policy is to measure counterparty credit risk quarterly for all derivative instruments subject to master netting arrangements consistent with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date. The Company also has certain derivative instruments associated with the Bank’s mortgage-banking activities. These derivative instruments include interest rate lock commitments on prospective residential mortgage loans and forward commitments to sell these loans to investors on a best efforts delivery basis and To Be Announced securities for mandatory delivery contracts. The fair value of these derivative instruments is measured using observable market prices for similar instruments and is classified as a level 2 measurement. The Company’s Level 3 liability consists of a derivative contract with the purchaser of 192,163 shares of Visa Class B common stock. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company retains the risks associated with the ultimate conversion of the Visa Class B common shares into shares of Visa Class A common stock, such that the counterparty will be compensated for any dilutive adjustments to the conversion ratio and the Company will be compensated for any anti-dilutive adjustments to the ratio. The agreement also requires periodic payments by the Company to the counterparty calculated by reference to the market price of Visa Class A common shares at the time of sale and a fixed rate of interest that steps up once after the eighth scheduled quarterly payment. The fair value of the liability is determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement are the Company’s own assumptions about estimated changes in the conversion rate of the Visa Class B common shares into Visa Class A common shares, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and the estimated growth rate of the Visa Class A common share price. Refer to Note 11 – Derivatives for information about the derivative contract with the counterparty. The Company believes its valuation methods for its assets and liabilities carried at fair value are appropriate; however, the use of different methodologies or assumptions, particularly as applied to Level 3 assets and liabilities, could have a material effect on the computation of their estimated fair values. Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements and Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements The table below presents a rollforward of the amounts on the consolidated balance sheet for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 for financial instruments of a material nature that are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and are measured at fair value on a recurring basis: ($ in thousands) Balance at December 31, 2021 Cash settlement Losses included in earnings Balance at December 31, 2022 Cash settlement Losses included in earnings Balance at December 31, 2023 $ $ 4,116 (2,429 ) 196 1,883 (2,547 ) 2,006 1,342 The table below provides an overview of the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in those techniques to measure the financial instrument measured on a recurring basis and classified within Level 3 of the valuation. The range of 136 Table of Contents sensitivities that management utilized in its fair value calculations is deemed acceptable in the industry with respect to the identified financial instrument. Level 3 Class Derivative liability Valuation technique Unobservable inputs: Visa Class A appreciation - terminal range Visa Class A appreciation - at end of reporting period Conversion rate - range Conversion rate - at end of reporting period Time until resolution $ December 31, 2023 1,342 Discounted cash flow $ December 31, 2022 1,883 Discounted cash flow 6-12% 9% 1.60x-1.59x 1.5950x 3-9 months 6-12% 9% 1.61x-1.60x 1.6030x 3-12 months The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers between valuation hierarchy levels as of the end of a reporting period. Fair Value of Assets Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Collateral-dependent loans individually evaluated for credit loss loans are level 2 assets measured at the fair value of the underlying collateral based on independent third-party appraisals that take into consideration market-based information such as recent sales activity for similar assets in the property’s market. Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets, including both foreclosed property and surplus banking property, are level 3 assets that are adjusted to fair value, less estimated selling costs, upon transfer from loans or property and equipment. Subsequently, other real estate owned and foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less estimated selling costs. Fair values are determined by sales agreement or third-party appraisals as discounted for estimated selling costs, information from comparable sales, and marketability of the assets. The fair value information presented below is not as of the period end, rather it was as of the date the fair value adjustment was recorded during the twelve months for each of the dates presented below, and excludes nonrecurring fair value measurements of assets no longer on the balance sheet. The following tables present the Company’s financial assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for each of the fair value hierarchy levels: ($ in thousands) Collateral dependent individually evaluated loans Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets Total nonrecurring fair value measurements ($ in thousands) Collateral dependent individually evaluated loans Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets Total nonrecurring fair value measurements Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total December 31, 2023 — $ — — $ 15,882 $ — 15,882 $ — $ 3,628 3,628 $ 15,882 3,628 19,510 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total December 31, 2022 — $ — — $ 4,692 $ — 4,692 $ — $ 2,017 2,017 $ 4,692 2,017 6,709 $ $ $ $ Accounting guidance from the FASB requires the disclosure of estimated fair value information about certain on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments, including those financial instruments that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis. The significant methods and assumptions used by the Company to estimate the fair value of financial instruments are discussed below. Cash, Short-Term Investments and Federal Funds Sold – For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. 137 Table of Contents Securities – The fair value measurement for securities available for sale was discussed earlier in the note. The same measurement techniques were applied to the valuation of securities held to maturity. Loans, Net – The fair value measurement for certain collateral dependent loans that are individually evaluated for credit loss was described earlier in this note. For the remaining portfolio, fair values were generally determined by discounting scheduled cash flows using discount rates determined with reference to current market rates at which loans with similar terms would be made to borrowers of similar credit quality. Loans Held For Sale – These loans are either carried under the fair value option or at the lower of cost or market. Given the short duration of these instruments, the carrying amount is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value. Deposits – The accounting guidance requires that the fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits and interest-bearing checking and savings accounts, be assigned fair values equal to amounts payable upon demand (carrying amounts). The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase and Federal Funds Purchased– For these short- term liabilities, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Short-Term FHLB Borrowings – FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2023 and 2022 consist of short-term fixed rate borrowings (five calendar days outstanding); as such, the carrying amount of the instruments is a reasonable estimate of fair value and is reflected as Level 1 in the respective table below. Long-Term Debt – The fair value is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using current market rates at which debt with similar terms could be obtained. Derivative Financial Instruments – The fair value measurement for derivative financial instruments was described earlier in this note. The following tables present the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments by fair value hierarchy levels and the corresponding carrying amounts. ($ in thousands) Financial assets: Cash, interest-bearing bank deposits, and federal funds sold Available for sale securities Held to maturity securities Loans, net Loans held for sale Derivative financial instruments Financial liabilities: Deposits Federal funds purchased Securities sold under agreements to repurchase Short-term FHLB Borrowings Long-term debt Derivative financial instruments $ Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value Carrying Amount December 31, 2023 $ 1,188,284 $ — $ — 4,915,195 — 2,485,918 — — — — $ — — 15,882 23,170,377 — 26,124 — 90,712 1,188,284 $ 4,915,195 2,485,918 1,188,284 4,915,195 2,684,779 23,186,259 23,614,010 26,124 90,712 26,124 90,712 — $ 350 454,479 700,000 — — — $ 29,679,228 $ — — — — — — — 196,182 1,342 205,796 29,679,228 $ 29,690,059 350 454,479 700,000 236,317 207,138 350 454,479 700,000 196,182 207,138 138 Table of Contents Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value Carrying Amount December 31, 2022 $ ($ in thousands) Financial assets: Cash, interest-bearing bank deposits, and federal funds sold Available for sale securities Held to maturity securities Loans, net Loans held for sale Derivative financial instruments Financial liabilities: Deposits Federal funds purchased Securities sold under agreements to repurchase FHLB short-term borrowings Long-term debt Derivative financial instruments 888,519 $ — $ — 5,556,041 — 2,615,398 — — — 888,519 $ 5,556,041 2,615,398 4,692 22,132,683 22,137,375 26,385 26,385 109,497 109,497 — $ — — — — $ — $ 1,850 444,421 1,425,000 — — — $ 29,041,635 $ 29,041,635 $ 1,850 — — 444,421 — — 1,425,000 — — 200,060 — 200,060 204,121 1,883 202,238 888,519 5,556,041 2,852,495 22,806,257 26,385 109,497 29,070,349 1,850 444,421 1,425,000 242,077 204,121 Note 21. Condensed Parent Company Information The following condensed financial statements reflect the accounts and transactions of Hancock Whitney Corporation only: Condensed Balance Sheets ($ in thousands) Assets: Cash Investment in bank subsidiaries Investment in non-bank subsidiaries Due from subsidiaries and other assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity: Long term debt Other liabilities Stockholders' equity Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ($ in thousands) Operating income From subsidiaries: December 31, 2023 2022 218,714 $ 3,712,718 29,446 11,628 3,972,506 $ 166,968 $ 1,877 3,803,661 3,972,506 $ 127,184 3,342,743 25,634 14,939 3,510,500 166,816 1,056 3,342,628 3,510,500 $ $ $ $ Condensed Statements of Income 2023 Years Ended December 31, 2022 2021 Cash dividends received from bank subsidiaries Cash dividend from nonbank subsidiary Equity in earnings of subsidiaries greater than dividends received Total operating income Other expense, net Income tax benefit Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax Comprehensive income (loss) $ $ $ 185,000 $ — 222,731 407,731 19,587 (4,458 ) 392,602 $ 151,055 543,657 $ 180,000 $ 2,500 355,853 538,353 17,708 (3,444 ) 524,089 $ (718,247 ) (194,158 ) $ 150,000 5,000 327,950 482,950 25,814 (6,079 ) 463,215 (134,004 ) 329,211 139 Table of Contents Condensed Statements of Cash Flows ($ in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities - principally dividends received from subsidiaries Net cash provided by operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment Net cash provided by investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Repayment of long term debt Dividends paid to stockholders Repurchase of common stock Proceeds from dividend reinvestment and other incentive plans Payroll tax remitted on net share settlement of equity awards Net cash used in financing activities Net increase (decrease) in cash Cash, beginning of year Cash, end of year 2023 Years Ended December 31, 2022 2021 $ 198,093 $ 198,093 192,816 $ 192,816 160,887 160,887 — — 855 855 — — — (104,697 ) — 3,815 (5,681 ) (106,563 ) 91,530 127,184 218,714 $ — (94,458 ) (58,892 ) 3,972 (7,386 ) (156,764 ) 36,907 90,277 127,184 $ (150,000 ) (95,927 ) (21,796 ) 4,482 (7,364 ) (270,605 ) (109,718 ) 199,995 90,277 $ 140 Table of Contents ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures The term “disclosure controls and procedures” is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). The rules refer to our controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and (2) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2023. Internal Control Over Financial Reporting The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s management, with the participation of its principal executive and principal financial officers, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 based on the framework set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management also conducted an assessment of requirements pertaining to Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. This section relates to management’s evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, including controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form Y-9 C) and compliance with specific laws and regulations. Our evaluation included a review of the documentation of controls, evaluations of the design of the internal control system and tests of the effectiveness of internal controls. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which is also included in Item 8. Based on the foregoing evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023. There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2023 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION Pursuant to Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K, none of our directors or executive officers adopted, terminated or modified a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or a non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement during the quarter ended December 31, 2023. Hancock Whitney Corporation will hold its Annual Meeting of Shareholders of common stock on Wednesday, April 24, 2024, at 11:00 a.m. Central Daylight Time at Hancock Whitney Plaza, 2510 14th Street, Gulfport, Mississippi. Additional information about the Annual Meeting, including the matters to be considered, will be set forth in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting to be filed in due course with the SEC. ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS None. 141 Table of Contents PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Information concerning our directors will appear in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for our 2024 annual meeting of the shareholders under the caption, “Information about Our Directors.” Information concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will appear in our proxy statement under the caption, "Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports.” Information concerning our code of business ethics for officers and associates, our code of ethics for financial officers, and our code of ethics for directors will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Transactions with Related Persons.” Information concerning our audit committee will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance – Board Committees – Audit Committee.” The information set forth under each such caption is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by Item 10 of this Report regarding our executive officers appears in a separately captioned heading in Item 1 of this Report. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Information concerning our executive and director compensation will appear in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2024 annual meeting of shareholders under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation of Directors,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” and “Shareholder Proposals for the 2024 Annual Meeting.” Information concerning our compensation committee interlocks and insider participation and our compensation committee report will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report,” respectively. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS Information concerning ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will appear in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2024 annual meeting of shareholders under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” The information set forth under each such caption is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions will appear in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2024 annual meeting of shareholders under the caption “Transactions with Related Persons.” Information concerning director independence will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance.” The information set forth under each such caption is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, New Orleans, LA, Auditor Firm ID 238. Information concerning principal accountant fees and services will appear in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2024 annual meeting of shareholders under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference. 142 Table of Contents PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report: 1. The following consolidated financial statements of Hancock Whitney Corporation and subsidiaries are filed as part of this Report under Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”: Consolidated Balance Sheets – December 31, 2023 and 2022 Consolidated Statements of Income – Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive Income – Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity– Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows –Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – December 31, 2023 2. Financial schedules required to be filed by Item 8 of this Report, and by Item 15(d) below: The schedules to the consolidated financial statements set forth by Article 9 of Regulation S-X are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted. 3. Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K, and by Item 15(b) below. All other financial statements and schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the required information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or related notes. 143 Table of Contents Exhibit Number 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 *10.1 *10.2 *10.3 *10.4 *10.5 *10.6 *10.7 *10.8 *10.9 *10.10 *10.11 EXHIBIT INDEX Description Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s 8-K (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on May 1, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference). Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s 8-K (File No. 001- 36872) filed with the Commission on May 1, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference). Specimen stock certificate of the Company (reflecting change in par value from $10.00 to $3.33, effective March 6, 1989) (filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-11831) filed with the Commission on September 12, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference). Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2015, between Hancock Holding Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Hancock Whitney Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-Kfiled with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2015). Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 2, 2020, between Hancock Whitney Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on June 2, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Global Note representing the 6.25% Subordinated Notes due 2060 (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on June 2, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference). 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission on April 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment to the Hancock Holding Company 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix A of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on March 17, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference). Hancock Whitney Corporation 2020 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File Number 001-36872) filed with the Commission on May 1, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment to the Hancock Whitney Corporation 2020 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix B of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on March 15, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference). Hancock Whitney Corporation 2010 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, restated effective May 25, 2018 (filed as Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-258295) filed with the Commission on July 30, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference). Hancock Whitney Corporation 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, amended and restated effective July 1, 2018 (filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Form S-8 (file No. 333-258295) filed with the Commission on July 30, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Change in Control Employment Agreement between the Company and certain named executive officers effective January 1, 2021 (filed as exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on February 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference). Hancock Whitney Corporation Executive Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2022 (filed as exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on February 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference). Insurance Plan and Summary Plan Description, adopted by the Company effective July 1, 2014 (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission on February 27, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Restricted Common Stock Award Agreement effective January 1, 2020 (filed as exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on February 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference). Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement effective January 1, 2022 (filed as exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on February 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference). 144 Table of Contents *10.12 *10.13 Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement effective January 1, 2020 (filed as exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on February 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference). Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement effective January 1, 2022 (filed as exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on February 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference). **21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company. **23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP. **31.1 **31.2 **32.1 **32.2 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **97 Hancock Whitney Corporation Compensation Recoupment Policy 101.INS Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document 101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema With Embedded Linkbase Documents 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as iXBRL and contained in Exhibit 101). * ** Compensatory plan or arrangement. Filed with this Form 10-K. 145 Table of Contents ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY Not applicable. 146 Table of Contents SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. HANCOCK WHITNEY CORPORATION Registrant February 28, 2024 Date By: /s/ John M. Hairston John M. Hairston President & Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) February 28, 2024 Date By: /s/ Michael M. Achary Michael M. Achary Senior Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) 147 Table of Contents Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. /s/ Jerry L. Levens Jerry L. Levens /s/ Frank E. Bertucci Frank E. Bertucci /s/ Hardy B. Fowler Hardy B. Fowler /s/ Randall W. Hanna Randall W. Hanna /s/ James H. Horne James H. Horne /s/ Suzette K. Kent Suzette K. Kent /s/ H. Merritt Lane III H. Merritt Lane III /s/ Constantine S. Liollio Constantine S. Liollio /s/ Sonya C. Little Sonya C. Little /s/ Thomas H. Olinde Thomas H. Olinde /s/ Sonia A. Pérez Sonia A. Pérez /s/ Christine L. Pickering Christine L. Pickering /s/ Joan C. Teofilo Joan C. Teofilo /s/ C. Richard Wilkins C. Richard Wilkins Chairman of the Board, Director February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 February 28, 2024 Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director 148 Corporate Information Annual Meeting The annual meeting of shareholders will be held at 11:00 a.m. Central Time, Wednesday, April 24, 2024, virtually. Corporate Offices Hancock Whitney Plaza 2510 14th Street Gulfport, MS 39501 228-868-4000 800-522-6542 Financial Information Copies of Hancock Whitney Corporation financial reports, including its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, are available without charge upon request to: Kathryn Shrout Mistich Vice President Investor Relations Manager Hancock Whitney Corporation P.O. Box 4019 Gulfport, MS 39502-4019 Subsidiaries of Hancock Whitney Corporation Hancock Whitney Bank Hancock Whitney Equipment Finance, LLC InvestorRelations@hancockwhitney.com Earnings releases and other financial information about the company are available on the company’s Investor Relations website: Hancock Whitney Equipment Financing and Leasing, LLC investors.hancockwhitney.com Hancock Whitney Investment Services, Inc. Hancock Whitney New Markets Fund, LLC Common Stock The company’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol HWC. Stockholder Information Shareholders seeking information may call the transfer agent at 888-490-1239, email HelpAST@equiniti.com, access the website at www.equiniti.com, or write: Equiniti Trust Company, LLC 55 Challenger Road 2nd Floor Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660 Board of Directors Jerry L. Levens* Frank E. Bertucci Hardy B. Fowler John M. Hairston Randall W. Hanna James H. Horne Suzette K. Kent H. Merritt Lane, III Constantine “Dean” S. Liollio Sonya C. Little Thomas H. Olinde Sonia A. Pérez Christine L. Pickering Joan C. Teofilo C. Richard Wilkins Shareholders may also contact the company directly by emailing shareholderservices@hancockwhitney.com. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan Shareholders seeking full details about the plan may call 888-490-1239, email HelpAST@equiniti.com, access the website at www.equiniti.com, or write: Corporate & Affiliate Bank Officers John M. Hairston President & CEO Michael M. Achary Chief Financial Officer Alan M. Ganucheau Treasurer Juanita P. Kuhner General Counsel Equiniti Trust Company, LLC 55 Challenger Road 2nd Floor Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660 Cash Dividend Direct Deposit Shareholders may elect to have their Hancock Whitney Corporation dividends directly deposited into a checking, savings, or money market account. This service provides a safe, convenient method of receiving dividends and is offered at no cost to shareholders. To obtain more information and an enrollment form, call 888-490-1239, email HelpAST@equiniti.com, access the website at www.equiniti.com, or write: Equiniti Trust Company, LLC 55 Challenger Road 2nd Floor Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660 Joseph S. Exnicios President, Hancock Whitney Bank Miles S. Milton Chief Wealth Management Officer D. Shane Loper Chief Operating Officer Cecil “Chip” W. Knight, Jr. Chief Banking Officer Joshua R. Caldwell Chief Internal Auditor Cindy S. Collins Chief Compliance Officer Michael Otero Chief Risk Officer Joy Lambert Phillips Chief Legal Officer & Corporate Secretary Rudi Hall Thompson Chief Human Resources Officer Christopher S. Ziluca Chief Credit Officer *Independent Chairman of the Board Your Dream. Our Mission. hancockwhitney.com We conduct business in accordance with these core values: Honor & Integrity Strength & Stability Commitment to Service Teamwork Personal Responsibility

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above